ML13217A095: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Jul. 24, 2013Page1 of 2MANUAL HARD COPY DISTRIBUTION DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL 2013-33958 USER INFORMATION:
{{#Wiki_filter:Jul. 24, 2013 Page 1 of 2 MANUAL HARD COPY DISTRIBUTION DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL 2013-33958 USER INFORMATION:
GERLACH*ROSEY MEMPL#:028401 CA#: 0363Address:
GERLACH*ROSEY M EMPL#:028401 CA#: 0363 Address: NUCSA2 Phone#: 254-3194 TPANqMTTTAT.
NUCSA2Phone#: 254-3194TPANqMTTTAT.
TNmFCMATTOn:
TNmFCMATTOn:
TO: GERLACH*ROSEY M 07/24/2013 LOCATION:
TO: GERLACH*ROSEY M 07/24/2013 LOCATION:
USNRCFROM: NUCLEAR RECORDS DOCUMENT CONTROL CENTER (NUCSA-2)
USNRC FROM: NUCLEAR RECORDS DOCUMENT CONTROL CENTER (NUCSA-2)THE FOLLOWING CHANGES HAVE OCCURRED TO THE HARDCOPY OR ELECTRONIC MANUAL ASSIGNED TO YOU. HARDCOPY USERS MUST ENSURE THE DOCUMENTS PROVIDED MATCH THE INFORMATION ON THIS TRANSMITTAL.
THE FOLLOWING CHANGES HAVE OCCURRED TO THE HARDCOPY OR ELECTRONIC MANUAL ASSIGNEDTO YOU. HARDCOPY USERS MUST ENSURE THE DOCUMENTS PROVIDED MATCH THE INFORMATION ONTHIS TRANSMITTAL.
WHEN REPLACING THIS MATERIAL IN YOUR HARDCOPY MANUAL, ENSURE THE UPDATE DOCUMENT ID IS THE SAME DOCUMENT ID YOU'RE REMOVING FROM YOUR MANUAL. TOOLS FROM THE HUMAN PERFORMANCE TOOL BAG SHOULD BE UTILIZED TO ELIMINATE THE CHANCE OF ERRORS.ATTENTION: "REPLACE" directions do not affect the Table of Contents, Therefore no TOC will be issued with the updated material.TSBI -TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL REMOVE MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS DATE: 04/04/2013 ADD MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS DATE: 07/23/2013 CATEGORY:
WHEN REPLACING THIS MATERIAL IN YOUR HARDCOPY MANUAL, ENSURE THEUPDATE DOCUMENT ID IS THE SAME DOCUMENT ID YOU'RE REMOVING FROM YOUR MANUAL. TOOLSFROM THE HUMAN PERFORMANCE TOOL BAG SHOULD BE UTILIZED TO ELIMINATE THE CHANCE OFERRORS.ATTENTION:  
DOCUMENTS TYPE: TSBI AuD t,ýL Jul. 24, 2013 Page 2 of 2 ID: TEXT 3.3.1.1 ADD: REV: 5 REMOVE: REV:4 CATEGORY:
"REPLACE" directions do not affect the Table of Contents, Therefore noTOC will be issued with the updated material.
DOCUMENTS TYPE: TSB1 ID: TEXT 3.3.6.1 ADD: REV: 5 REMOVE: REV:4 CATEGORY:
TSBI -TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUALREMOVE MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS DATE: 04/04/2013 ADD MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS DATE: 07/23/2013 CATEGORY:
DOCUMENTS TYPE: TSBI ID: TEXT LOES ADD: REV: 110 REMOVE: REV:109 ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE MATERIAL PROVIDED, CONTACT DCS @ X3107 OR X3136 FOR ASSISTANCE.
DOCUMENTS TYPE: TSBIAuDt,ýL Jul. 24, 2013Page 2 of 2ID: TEXT 3.3.1.1ADD: REV: 5REMOVE: REV:4CATEGORY:
DOCUMENTS TYPE: TSB1ID: TEXT 3.3.6.1ADD: REV: 5REMOVE: REV:4CATEGORY:
DOCUMENTS TYPE: TSBIID: TEXT LOESADD: REV: 110REMOVE: REV:109ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE MATERIAL  
: PROVIDED, CONTACT DCS @ X3107 OR X3136 FORASSISTANCE.
UPDATES FOR HARDCOPY MANUALS WILL BE DISTRIBUTED WITHIN 3 DAYS IN*ACCORDANCE WITH DEPARTMENT PROCEDURES.
UPDATES FOR HARDCOPY MANUALS WILL BE DISTRIBUTED WITHIN 3 DAYS IN*ACCORDANCE WITH DEPARTMENT PROCEDURES.
PLEASE MAKE ALL CHANGES AND ACKNOWLEDGE COMPLETE IN YOUR NIMS INBOX UPON COMPLETION OF UPDATES.
PLEASE MAKE ALL CHANGES AND ACKNOWLEDGE COMPLETE IN YOUR NIMS INBOX UPON COMPLETION OF UPDATES. FOR ELECTRONIC MANUAL USERS, ELECTRONICALLY REVIEW THE APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS AND ACKNOWLEDGE COMPLETE IN YOUR NIMS INBOX.
FOR ELECTRONIC MANUALUSERS, ELECTRONICALLY REVIEW THE APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS AND ACKNOWLEDGE COMPLETE INYOUR NIMS INBOX.
SSES MANUAL Manual Name: TSB1 Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL CONTROLLE Table Of Contents Issue Date: Procedure Name 07/23/2013 Rev TEXT LOES 110 Title: LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS Issue Date 07/23/2013 Change ID Change Number TEXT TOC Title: TABLE OF CONTENTS 22 03/28/2013 TEXT 2.1.1 5 Title: SAFETY LIMITS (SLS) REACTOR TEXT 2.1.2 1 Title: SAFETY LIMITS (SLS) REACTOR 05/06/2009 CORE SLS 10/04/2007 COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) PRESSURE S TEXT 3.0 3 08/20/2009 Title: LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY TEXT 3.1.1 Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.2 Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.3 Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.4 Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.5 Title: REACTIVITY 1 04/18/2006 CONTROL SYSTEMS SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM)0 11/15/2002 CONTROL SYSTEMS REACTIVITY ANOMALIES 2 01/19/2009 CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL ROD OPERABILITY 4 01/30/2009 CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL ROD SCRAM TIMES 1 CONTROL SYSTEMS 07/06/2005 CONTROL ROD SCRAM ACCUMULATORS TEXT 3.1.6 2 04/18/2006 Title: REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS ROD PATTERN CONTROL Page 1 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13/
SSES MANUALManual Name: TSB1Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUALCONTROLLE Table Of ContentsIssue Date:Procedure Name07/23/2013 RevTEXT LOES 110Title: LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONSIssue Date07/23/2013 Change ID Change NumberTEXT TOCTitle: TABLE OF CONTENTS22 03/28/2013 TEXT 2.1.1 5Title: SAFETY LIMITS (SLS) REACTORTEXT 2.1.2 1Title: SAFETY LIMITS (SLS) REACTOR05/06/2009 CORE SLS10/04/2007 COOLANT SYSTEM(RCS) PRESSURE STEXT 3.0 3 08/20/2009 Title: LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY TEXT 3.1.1Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.2Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.3Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.4Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.5Title: REACTIVITY 1 04/18/2006 CONTROL SYSTEMS SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM)0 11/15/2002 CONTROL SYSTEMS REACTIVITY ANOMALIES 2 01/19/2009 CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL ROD OPERABILITY 4 01/30/2009 CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL ROD SCRAM TIMES1CONTROL SYSTEMS07/06/2005 CONTROL ROD SCRAM ACCUMULATORS TEXT 3.1.62 04/18/2006 Title: REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS ROD PATTERN CONTROLPage 1of 8Report Date: 07/24/13/
SSES MANUAL Manual Name: TSB1 Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.1.7 3 04/23/2008 Title: REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL (SLC) SYSTEM TEXT 3.1.8 3 05/06/2009 Title: REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS SCRAM DISCHARGE VOLUME (SDV) VENT AND DRAIN VALVES TEXT 3.2.1 2 04/23/2008 Title: POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS AVERAGE PLANAR LINEAR HEAT GENERATION TEXT 3.2.2 3 05/06/2009 Title: POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO (MCPR)TEXT 3.2.3 2 04/23/2008 Title: POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS LINEAR HEAT GENERATION RATE (LHGR)TEXT 3.3.1.1 5 07/23/2013 Title: INSTRUMENTATION REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.1.2 2 01/19/2009 Title: INSTRUMENTATION SOURCE RANGE MONITOR (SRM) INSTRUMENTATION RATE (APLHGR)TEXT 3.3.2.1 Title: INSTRUMENTATION 3 04/23/2008 CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.2.2 2 04/05/2010 Title: INSTRUMENTATION FEEDWATER MAIN TURBINE HIGH WATER LEVEL TRIP INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.3.1 9 02/28/2013 Title: INSTRUMENTATION POST ACCIDENT MONITORING (PAM) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.3.2 Title: INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.4.1 Title: INSTRUMENTATION 1 04/18/2005 REMOTE SHUTDOWN SYSTEM 1 04/23/2008 END OF CYCLE RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP (EOC-RPT)
SSES MANUALManual Name: TSB1Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUALTEXT 3.1.7 3 04/23/2008 Title: REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL (SLC) SYSTEMTEXT 3.1.8 3 05/06/2009 Title: REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS SCRAM DISCHARGE VOLUME (SDV) VENT AND DRAIN VALVESTEXT 3.2.1 2 04/23/2008 Title: POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS AVERAGE PLANAR LINEAR HEAT GENERATION TEXT 3.2.2 3 05/06/2009 Title: POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO (MCPR)TEXT 3.2.3 2 04/23/2008 Title: POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS LINEAR HEAT GENERATION RATE (LHGR)TEXT 3.3.1.1 5 07/23/2013 Title: INSTRUMENTATION REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.1.2 2 01/19/2009 Title: INSTRUMENTATION SOURCE RANGE MONITOR (SRM) INSTRUMENTATION RATE (APLHGR)TEXT 3.3.2.1Title: INSTRUMENTATION 3 04/23/2008 CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.2.2 2 04/05/2010 Title: INSTRUMENTATION FEEDWATER MAIN TURBINE HIGH WATER LEVEL TRIP INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.3.1 9 02/28/2013 Title: INSTRUMENTATION POST ACCIDENT MONITORING (PAM) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.3.2Title: INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.4.1Title: INSTRUMENTATION 1 04/18/2005 REMOTE SHUTDOWN SYSTEM1 04/23/2008 END OF CYCLE RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP (EOC-RPT)
INSTRUMENTATION Page2 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 2 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUAL Manual Name: TSB1 Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.3.4.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: INSTRUMENTATION ANTICIPATED TRANSIENT WITHOUT SCRAM RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP (ATWS-RPT)
INSTRUMENTATION Page2 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13Page 2 of 8Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUALManual Name: TSB1Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUALTEXT 3.3.4.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: INSTRUMENTATION ANTICIPATED TRANSIENT WITHOUT SCRAM RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP(ATWS-RPT)
INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.5.1 3 08/20/2009 Title: INSTRUMENTATION EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEM (ECCS) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.5.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: INSTRUMENTATION REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC) SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.6.1 5 07/23/2013 Title: INSTRUMENTATION PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.6.2 4 09/01/2010 Title: INSTRUMENTATION SECONDARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.7.1 Title: INSTRUMENTATION INSTRUMENTATION 2 10/27/2008 CONTROL ROOM EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY (CREOAS) SYSTEM TEXT 3.3.8.1 2 12/17/2007 Title: INSTRUMENTATION LOSS OF POWER (LOP) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.8.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: INSTRUMENTATION REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS) ELECTRIC POWER MONITORING TEXT 3.4.1 4 04/27/2010 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RECIRCULATION LOOPS OPERATING TEXT 3.4.2 2 04/27/2010 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) JET PUMPS TEXT 3.4.3 3 01/13/2012 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM RCS SAFETY RELIEF VALVES S/RVS TEXT 3.4.4 0 11/15/2002 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS OPERATIONAL LEAKAGE Page 3 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUJAL Manual Name: TSBI Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.4.5 1 01/16/2006 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS PRESSURE ISOLATION VALVE (PIV) LEAKAGE TEXT 3.4.6 3 01/25/2011 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS LEAKAGE DETECTION INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.4.7 2 10/04/2007 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS SPECIFIC ACTIVITY TEXT 3.4.8 Title: REACTOR COOLANT-HOT SHUTDOWN TEXT 3.4.9 Title: REACTOR COOLANT-COLD SHUTDOWN 2 SYSTEM (RCS)1 SYSTEM (RCS)03/28/2013 RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM 03/28/2013 RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM 0 TEXT 3.4.10 3 04/23/2008 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE (P/T) LIMITS TEXT 3.4.11 0 11/15/2002 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) REACTOR STEAM DOME PRESSURE TEXT 3.5. 1 2 01/16/2006 Title: EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTOR SYSTEM ECCS -OPERATING TEXT 3.5.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTOR SYSTEM ECCS -SHUTDOWN TEXT 3.5.3 2 07/09/2010 Title: EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTOR SYSTEM RCIC SYSTEM CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC)CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC)CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC)TEXT 3.6.1.1 Title: PRIMARY CONTAINMENT 4 11/09/2011 TEXT 3.6.1.2 1 04/23/2008 Title: CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT AIR LOCK Page4 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 4 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUJAL Manual Name: TSBl Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.6.1.3 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.1.4 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.1.5 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.1.6 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.1 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.2 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.3 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.4 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.3.1 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.3.2 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.3.3 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.4.1 Title: CONTAINMENT 10 05/23/2012 SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES (PCIVS)LDCN 3092 1 04/23/2008 SYSTEMS CONTAINMENT PRESSURE 1 10/05/2005 SYSTEMS DRYWELL AIR TEMPERATURE 0 11/15/2002 SYSTEMS SUPPRESSION CHAMBER-TO-DRYWELL VACUUM BREAKERS 2 04/23/2008 SYSTEMS SUPPRESSION POOL AVERAGE TEMPERATURE 0 11/15/2002 SYSTEMS SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL 1 01/16/2006 SYSTEMS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SUPPRESSION POOL COOLING 0 11/15/2002 SYSTEMS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SUPPRESSION POOL SPRAY 2 06/13/2006 SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN RECOMBINERS 1 04/18/2005 SYSTEMS DRYWELL AIR FLOW SYSTEM 1 02/28/2013 SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT OXYGEN CONCENTRATION 8 03/26/2012 SYSTEMS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT Pages of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 5 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SS~E MANUA-L Manual Name: TSB1 Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.6.4.2 8 03/28/2013 Title: CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES (SCIVS)TEXT 3.6.4.3 4 09/21/2006 Title: CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS STANDBY GAS TREATMENT (SGT) SYSTEM TEXT 3. 7.1 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS ULTIMATE HEAT TEXT 3.7.2 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.3 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.4 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.5 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.6 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.7 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.8 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS 4 04/05/2010 RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SERVICE WATER (RHRSW) SYSTEM AND THE SINK (UHS)2 02/11/2009 EMERGENCY SERVICE WATER (ESW) SYSTEM 1 01/08/2010 CONTROL ROOM EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY (CREOAS) SYSTEM 0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROOM FLOOR COOLING SYSTEM 1 10/04/2007 MAIN CONDENSER OFFGAS 2 04/23/2008 MAIN TURBINE BYPASS SYSTEM 1 10/04/2007 SPENT FUEL STORAGE POOL WATER LEVEL 0 04/23/2008 TEXT 3.8.1 6 05/06/2009 Title: ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS AC SOURCES -OPERATING TEXT 3.8.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS AC SOURCES -SHUTDOWN Pages of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 6 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUAL Manual Name: TSB1 Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.8.3 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.4 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.5 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.6 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3;8.7 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.8 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.9.1 Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.2 Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.3 Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.4 Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.5 Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.6 Title: REFUELING POWER SYST POWER SYST POWER SYST POWER SYST POWER SYST POWER SYST)PERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS)PERATIONS OPERATIONS)PERATIONS 3 02/28/2013 EMS DIESEL FUEL OIL, LUBE OIL, AND STARTING AIR 3 01/19/2009
INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.5.1 3 08/20/2009 Title: INSTRUMENTATION EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEM (ECCS) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.5.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: INSTRUMENTATION REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC) SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.6.1 5 07/23/2013 Title: INSTRUMENTATION PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.6.2 4 09/01/2010 Title: INSTRUMENTATION SECONDARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.7.1Title: INSTRUMENTATION INSTRUMENTATION 2 10/27/2008 CONTROL ROOM EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY (CREOAS)
SYSTEMTEXT 3.3.8.1 2 12/17/2007 Title: INSTRUMENTATION LOSS OF POWER (LOP) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.8.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: INSTRUMENTATION REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS) ELECTRIC POWER MONITORING TEXT 3.4.1 4 04/27/2010 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RECIRCULATION LOOPS OPERATING TEXT 3.4.2 2 04/27/2010 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) JET PUMPSTEXT 3.4.3 3 01/13/2012 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM RCS SAFETY RELIEF VALVES S/RVSTEXT 3.4.4 0 11/15/2002 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS OPERATIONAL LEAKAGEPage 3 of 8Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUJALManual Name: TSBIManual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUALTEXT 3.4.51 01/16/2006 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS PRESSURE ISOLATION VALVE (PIV) LEAKAGETEXT 3.4.6 3 01/25/2011 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS LEAKAGE DETECTION INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.4.7 2 10/04/2007 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS SPECIFIC ACTIVITYTEXT 3.4.8Title: REACTOR COOLANT-HOT SHUTDOWNTEXT 3.4.9Title: REACTOR COOLANT-COLD SHUTDOWN2SYSTEM (RCS)1SYSTEM (RCS)03/28/2013 RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM03/28/2013 RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SHUTDOWN COOLINGSYSTEM0TEXT 3.4.10 3 04/23/2008 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE (P/T) LIMITSTEXT 3.4.11 0 11/15/2002 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) REACTOR STEAM DOME PRESSURETEXT 3.5. 12 01/16/2006 Title: EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTORSYSTEM ECCS -OPERATING TEXT 3.5.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTORSYSTEM ECCS -SHUTDOWNTEXT 3.5.3 2 07/09/2010 Title: EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTORSYSTEM RCIC SYSTEMCORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC)CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC)CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC)TEXT 3.6.1.1Title: PRIMARY CONTAINMENT 4 11/09/2011 TEXT 3.6.1.2 1 04/23/2008 Title: CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT AIR LOCKPage4 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13Page 4 of 8Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUJALManual Name: TSBlManual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUALTEXT 3.6.1.3Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.1.4Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.1.5Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.1.6Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.1Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.2Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.3Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.4Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.3.1Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.3.2Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.3.3Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.4.1Title: CONTAINMENT 10 05/23/2012 SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES (PCIVS)LDCN 30921 04/23/2008 SYSTEMS CONTAINMENT PRESSURE1 10/05/2005 SYSTEMS DRYWELL AIR TEMPERATURE 0 11/15/2002 SYSTEMS SUPPRESSION CHAMBER-TO-DRYWELL VACUUM BREAKERS2 04/23/2008 SYSTEMS SUPPRESSION POOL AVERAGE TEMPERATURE 0 11/15/2002 SYSTEMS SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL1 01/16/2006 SYSTEMS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SUPPRESSION POOL COOLING0 11/15/2002 SYSTEMS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SUPPRESSION POOL SPRAY2 06/13/2006 SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN RECOMBINERS 1 04/18/2005 SYSTEMS DRYWELL AIR FLOW SYSTEM1 02/28/2013 SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT OXYGEN CONCENTRATION 8 03/26/2012 SYSTEMS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT Pages of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13Page 5 of 8Report Date: 07/24/13 SS~E MANUA-LManual Name: TSB1Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUALTEXT 3.6.4.2 8 03/28/2013 Title: CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES (SCIVS)TEXT 3.6.4.3 4 09/21/2006 Title: CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS STANDBY GAS TREATMENT (SGT) SYSTEMTEXT 3. 7.1Title: PLANT SYSTEMSULTIMATE HEATTEXT 3.7.2Title: PLANT SYSTEMSTEXT 3.7.3Title: PLANT SYSTEMSTEXT 3.7.4Title: PLANT SYSTEMSTEXT 3.7.5Title: PLANT SYSTEMSTEXT 3.7.6Title: PLANT SYSTEMSTEXT 3.7.7Title: PLANT SYSTEMSTEXT 3.7.8Title: PLANT SYSTEMS4 04/05/2010 RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SERVICE WATER (RHRSW) SYSTEM AND THESINK (UHS)2 02/11/2009 EMERGENCY SERVICE WATER (ESW) SYSTEM1 01/08/2010 CONTROL ROOM EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY (CREOAS)
SYSTEM0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROOM FLOOR COOLING SYSTEM1 10/04/2007 MAIN CONDENSER OFFGAS2 04/23/2008 MAIN TURBINE BYPASS SYSTEM1 10/04/2007 SPENT FUEL STORAGE POOL WATER LEVEL0 04/23/2008 TEXT 3.8.16 05/06/2009 Title: ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS AC SOURCES -OPERATING TEXT 3.8.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS AC SOURCES -SHUTDOWNPages of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13Page 6 of 8Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUALManual Name: TSB1Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUALTEXT 3.8.3Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.4Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.5Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.6Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3;8.7Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.8Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.9.1Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.2Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.3Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.4Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.5Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.6Title: REFUELING POWER SYSTPOWER SYSTPOWER SYSTPOWER SYSTPOWER SYSTPOWER SYST)PERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS
)PERATIONS OPERATIONS
)PERATIONS 3 02/28/2013 EMS DIESEL FUEL OIL, LUBE OIL, AND STARTING AIR3 01/19/2009
'EMS DC SOURCES -OPERATING 1 12/14/2006
'EMS DC SOURCES -OPERATING 1 12/14/2006
'EMS DC SOURCES -SHUTDOWN1 12/14/2006 PEMS BATTERY CELL PARAMETERS 1 10/05/2005 PEMS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS -OPERATING 0 11/15/2002
'EMS DC SOURCES -SHUTDOWN 1 12/14/2006 PEMS BATTERY CELL PARAMETERS 1 10/05/2005 PEMS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS -OPERATING 0 11/15/2002
'EMS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS -SHUTDOWN0 11/15/2002 REFUELING EQUIPMENT INTERLOCKS 1 09/01/2010 REFUEL POSITION ONE-ROD-OUT INTERLOCK 0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROD POSITION0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROD POSITION INDICATION 0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROD OPERABILITY  
'EMS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS -SHUTDOWN 0 11/15/2002 REFUELING EQUIPMENT INTERLOCKS 1 09/01/2010 REFUEL POSITION ONE-ROD-OUT INTERLOCK 0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROD POSITION 0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROD POSITION INDICATION 0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROD OPERABILITY  
-REFUELING 1 10/04/2007 REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL (RPV) WATER LEVELPagel of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13Page 7 of 8Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUALManual Name: TSBIManual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUALTEXT 3.9.7 0 11/15/2002 Title: REFUELING OPERATIONS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) -HIGH WATER LEVELTEXT 3.9.8 0 11/15/2002 Title: REFUELING OPERATIONS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) -LOW WATER LEVELTEXT 3.10.1Title: SPECIALTEXT 3.10.2Title: SPECIALTEXT 3.10.3Title: SPECIALTEXT 3.10.4Title: SPECIALTEXT 3.10.5Title: SPECIALTEXT 3.10.6Title: SPECIALTEXT 3.10.7Title: SPECIALTEXT 3.10.8Title: SPECIALOPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS 1 01/23/2008 INSERVICE LEAK AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING OPERATION 0 11/15/2002 REACTOR MODE SWITCH INTERLOCK TESTING0 11/15/2002 SINGLE CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL  
-REFUELING 1 10/04/2007 REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL (RPV) WATER LEVEL Pagel of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 7 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUAL Manual Name: TSBI Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.9.7 0 11/15/2002 Title: REFUELING OPERATIONS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) -HIGH WATER LEVEL TEXT 3.9.8 0 11/15/2002 Title: REFUELING OPERATIONS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) -LOW WATER LEVEL TEXT 3.10.1 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.2 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.3 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.4 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.5 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.6 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.7 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.8 Title: SPECIAL OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS 1 01/23/2008 INSERVICE LEAK AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING OPERATION 0 11/15/2002 REACTOR MODE SWITCH INTERLOCK TESTING 0 11/15/2002 SINGLE CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL  
-HOT SHUTDOWN0 11/15/2002 SINGLE CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL  
-HOT SHUTDOWN 0 11/15/2002 SINGLE CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL  
-COLD SHUTDOWN0 11/15/2002 SINGLE CONTROL ROD DRIVE (CRD) REMOVAL -REFUELING 0 11/15/2002 MULTIPLE CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL  
-COLD SHUTDOWN 0 11/15/2002 SINGLE CONTROL ROD DRIVE (CRD) REMOVAL -REFUELING 0 11/15/2002 MULTIPLE CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL  
-REFUELING 1 04/18/2006 CONTROL ROD TESTING -OPERATING 1 04/12/2006 SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM) TEST -REFUELING Page8 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13Page 8 of 8Report Date: 07/24/13 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATIONLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title RevisionTOC Table of Contents 22B 2.0 SAFETY LIMITS BASESPage B 2.0-1 0Page TS / B 2.0-2 3Page TS / B 2.0-3 5Page TS / B 2.0-4 3Page TS / B 2.0-5 5Page, TS / B 2.0-6 1Pages TS / B 2.0-7 through TS / B 2.0-9 1B 3.0 LCO AND SR APPLICABILITY BASESPage TS / B 3.0-1 1Pages TS / B 3.0-2 through TS / B 3.0-4 0Pages TS / B 3.0-5 through TS / B 3.0-7 1Page TS / B 3.0-8 3Pages TS / B 3.0-9 through TS / B 3.0-11 2Page TS / B 3.0-11a 0Page TS / B 3.0-12 1Pages TS / B 3.0-13 through TS / B 3.0-15 2Pages TS / B 3.0-16 and TS / B 3.0-17 0B 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL BASESPages B 3.1-1 through B 3.1-4 0Page TS / B 3.1-5 1Pages TS / B 3.1-6 and TS / B 3.1-7 2Pages B 3.1-8 through B 3.1-13 0Page TS / B 3.1-14 1Page B 3.1-15 0Page TS / B 3.1-16 1Pages B 3.1-17 through B 3.1-19 0Pages TS / B 3.1-20 and TS / B 3.1-21 1Page TS / B 3.1-22 0Page TS / B 3.1-23 1Page TS / B 3.1-24 0Pages TS / B 3.1-25 through TS / B 3.1-27 1Page TS / B 3.1-28 2Page TS / B 3.1-29 1Pages B 3.1-30 through B 3.1-33 0Pages TS / B 3.3-34 through TS / B 3.3-36 1Pages TS / B 3.1-37 and TS / B 3.1-38 2Pages TS / B 3.1-39 and TS / B 3.1-40 2Page TS / B 3.1-40a 0Pages TS / B 3.1-41 and TS / B 3.1-42 2SUSQUEHANNA
-REFUELING 1 04/18/2006 CONTROL ROD TESTING -OPERATING 1 04/12/2006 SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM) TEST -REFUELING Page8 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 8 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision TOC Table of Contents 22 B 2.0 SAFETY LIMITS BASES Page B 2.0-1 0 Page TS / B 2.0-2 3 Page TS / B 2.0-3 5 Page TS / B 2.0-4 3 Page TS / B 2.0-5 5 Page, TS / B 2.0-6 1 Pages TS / B 2.0-7 through TS / B 2.0-9 1 B 3.0 LCO AND SR APPLICABILITY BASES Page TS / B 3.0-1 1 Pages TS / B 3.0-2 through TS / B 3.0-4 0 Pages TS / B 3.0-5 through TS / B 3.0-7 1 Page TS / B 3.0-8 3 Pages TS / B 3.0-9 through TS / B 3.0-11 2 Page TS / B 3.0-11a 0 Page TS / B 3.0-12 1 Pages TS / B 3.0-13 through TS / B 3.0-15 2 Pages TS / B 3.0-16 and TS / B 3.0-17 0 B 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL BASES Pages B 3.1-1 through B 3.1-4 0 Page TS / B 3.1-5 1 Pages TS / B 3.1-6 and TS / B 3.1-7 2 Pages B 3.1-8 through B 3.1-13 0 Page TS / B 3.1-14 1 Page B 3.1-15 0 Page TS / B 3.1-16 1 Pages B 3.1-17 through B 3.1-19 0 Pages TS / B 3.1-20 and TS / B 3.1-21 1 Page TS / B 3.1-22 0 Page TS / B 3.1-23 1 Page TS / B 3.1-24 0 Pages TS / B 3.1-25 through TS / B 3.1-27 1 Page TS / B 3.1-28 2 Page TS / B 3.1-29 1 Pages B 3.1-30 through B 3.1-33 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-34 through TS / B 3.3-36 1 Pages TS / B 3.1-37 and TS / B 3.1-38 2 Pages TS / B 3.1-39 and TS / B 3.1-40 2 Page TS / B 3.1-40a 0 Pages TS / B 3.1-41 and TS / B 3.1-42 2 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-1 Revision 110SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-1 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1TS / B LOES-1Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATIONLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title RevisionPage TS / B 3.1.43 1Page TS / B 3.1-44 0Page TS / B 3.1-45 3Pages TS / B 3.1-46 through TS / B 3.1-49 1Page TS / B 3.1-50 0Page TS / B 3.1-51 3B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS BASESPage TS / B 3.2-1 2Pages TS / B 3.2-2 and TS / B 3.2-3 3Pages TS / B 3.2-4 and TS / B 3.2-5 2Page TS / B 3.2-6 3Page B 3.2-7 1Pages TS / B 3.2-8 and TS / B 3.2-9 3Page TS / B 3.2.10 2Page TS / B 3.2-11 3Page TS / B 3.2-12 1Page TS / B 3.2-13 2B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION Pages TS / B 3.3-1 through TS / B 3.3-4 1Page TS / B 3.3-5 2Page TS / B 3.3-6 1Page TS / B 3.3-7 3Page TS / B 3.3-7a 1Page TS / B 3.3-8 5Pages TS / B 3.3-9 through TS / B 3.3-12 3Pages TS / B 3.3-12a 1Pages TS / B 3.3-12b and TS / B 3.3-12c 0Page TS / B 3.3-13 1Page TS / B 3.3-14 3Pages TS / B 3.3-15 and TS / B 3.3-16 1Pages TS / B 3.3-17 and TS / B 3.3-18 4Page TS / B 3.3-19 1Pages TS / B 3.3-20 through TS / B 3.3-22 2Page TS / B 3.3-22a 0Pages TS / B 3.3-23 and TS / B 3.3-24 2Pages TS / B 3.3-24a and TS / B 3.3-24b 0Page TS / B 3.3-25 3Page TS / B 3.3-26 2Page TS / B 3.3-27 1Pages TS / B 3.3-28 through TS / B 3.3-30 3Page TS / B 3.3-30a 0SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-1 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Page TS / B 3.1.43 1 Page TS / B 3.1-44 0 Page TS / B 3.1-45 3 Pages TS / B 3.1-46 through TS / B 3.1-49 1 Page TS / B 3.1-50 0 Page TS / B 3.1-51 3 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS BASES Page TS / B 3.2-1 2 Pages TS / B 3.2-2 and TS / B 3.2-3 3 Pages TS / B 3.2-4 and TS / B 3.2-5 2 Page TS / B 3.2-6 3 Page B 3.2-7 1 Pages TS / B 3.2-8 and TS / B 3.2-9 3 Page TS / B 3.2.10 2 Page TS / B 3.2-11 3 Page TS / B 3.2-12 1 Page TS / B 3.2-13 2 B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION Pages TS / B 3.3-1 through TS / B 3.3-4 1 Page TS / B 3.3-5 2 Page TS / B 3.3-6 1 Page TS / B 3.3-7 3 Page TS / B 3.3-7a 1 Page TS / B 3.3-8 5 Pages TS / B 3.3-9 through TS / B 3.3-12 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-12a 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-12b and TS / B 3.3-12c 0 Page TS / B 3.3-13 1 Page TS / B 3.3-14 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-15 and TS / B 3.3-16 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-17 and TS / B 3.3-18 4 Page TS / B 3.3-19 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-20 through TS / B 3.3-22 2 Page TS / B 3.3-22a 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-23 and TS / B 3.3-24 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-24a and TS / B 3.3-24b 0 Page TS / B 3.3-25 3 Page TS / B 3.3-26 2 Page TS / B 3.3-27 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-28 through TS / B 3.3-30 3 Page TS / B 3.3-30a 0 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TSIB LOES-2 Revision 110SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TSIB LOES-2 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1TS / B LOES-2Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATIONLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title RevisionPage TS / B 3.3-31 4Page TS / B 3.3-32 5Pages TS / B 3.3-32a 0Page TS / B 3.3-32b 1Page TS / B 3.3-33 5Page TS / B 3.3-33a 0Page TS / B 3.3-34 1Pages TS / B 3.3-35 and TS / B 3.3-36 2Pages TS / B 3.3-37 and TS / B 3.3-38 1Page TS / B 3.3-39 2Pages TS / B 3.3-40 through TS / B 3.3-43 1Page TS / B 3.3-44 4Pages TS / B 3.3-44a and TS / B 3.3-44b 0Page TS / B 3.3-45 3Pages TS / B 3.3-45a and TS / B 3.3-45b 0Page TS / B 3.3-46 3Pages TS / B 3.3-47 2Pages TS / B 3.3-48 through TS / B 3.3-51 3Pages TS / B 3.3-52 and TS / B 3.3-53 2Page TS / B 3-3-53a 0Page TS / B 3.3-54 4Page TS / B 3.3-55 2Pages TS / B 3.3-56 and TS / B 3.3-57 1Page TS / B 3.3-58 0Page TS / B 3.3-59 1Page TS / B 3.3-60 0Page TS / B 3.3-61 1Pages TS / B 3.3-62 and TS / B 3.3-63 0Pages TS / B 3.3-64 and TS / B 3.3-65 2Page TS / B 3.3-66 4Page TS / B 3.3-67 3Page TS / B 3.3-68 4Page TS / B 3.3-69 5Pages TS / B 3.3-70 4Page TS / B 3.3-71 3Pages TS / B 3.3-72 and TS / B 3.3-73 2Page TS / B 3.3-74 3Page TS / B 3.3-75 2Page TS / B 3.3-75a 6Page TS / B 3.3-75b 7Page TS / B 3.3-75c 6SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-2 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Page TS / B 3.3-31 4 Page TS / B 3.3-32 5 Pages TS / B 3.3-32a 0 Page TS / B 3.3-32b 1 Page TS / B 3.3-33 5 Page TS / B 3.3-33a 0 Page TS / B 3.3-34 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-35 and TS / B 3.3-36 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-37 and TS / B 3.3-38 1 Page TS / B 3.3-39 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-40 through TS / B 3.3-43 1 Page TS / B 3.3-44 4 Pages TS / B 3.3-44a and TS / B 3.3-44b 0 Page TS / B 3.3-45 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-45a and TS / B 3.3-45b 0 Page TS / B 3.3-46 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-47 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-48 through TS / B 3.3-51 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-52 and TS / B 3.3-53 2 Page TS / B 3-3-53a 0 Page TS / B 3.3-54 4 Page TS / B 3.3-55 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-56 and TS / B 3.3-57 1 Page TS / B 3.3-58 0 Page TS / B 3.3-59 1 Page TS / B 3.3-60 0 Page TS / B 3.3-61 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-62 and TS / B 3.3-63 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-64 and TS / B 3.3-65 2 Page TS / B 3.3-66 4 Page TS / B 3.3-67 3 Page TS / B 3.3-68 4 Page TS / B 3.3-69 5 Pages TS / B 3.3-70 4 Page TS / B 3.3-71 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-72 and TS / B 3.3-73 2 Page TS / B 3.3-74 3 Page TS / B 3.3-75 2 Page TS / B 3.3-75a 6 Page TS / B 3.3-75b 7 Page TS / B 3.3-75c 6 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS I B LOES-3 Revision 110SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS I B LOES-3 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1TS / B LOES-3Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATIONLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title RevisionPages B 3.3-76 through 3.3-77 0Page TS / B 3.3-78 1Pages B 3.3-79 through B 3.3-81 0Page B 3.3-82 1Page B 3.3-83 0Pages B 3.3-84 and B 3.3-85 1Page B 3.3-86 0Page B 3.3-87 1Page B 3.3-88 0Page B 3.3-89 1Page TS / B 3.3-90 1Page B 3.3-91 0Pages TS / B 3.3-92 through TS / B 3.3-100 1Pages TS / B 3.3-101 through TS / B 3.3-103 0Page TS / B 3.3-104 2Pages TS / B 3.3-105 and TS / B 3.3-106 0Page TS / B 3.3-107 1Page TS / B 3.3-108 0Page TS / B 3.3-109 1Pages TS / B 3.3-110 and TS / B 3.3-111 0Pages TS / B 3.3-112 and TS 1B 3.3-112a 1Pages TS / B 3.3-113 through TS / B 3.3-115 1Page TS / B 3.3-116 3Page TS / B 3.3-117 1Pages TS / B 3.3-118 through TS / B 3.3-122 0Pages TS / B 3.3-123 and TS / B 3.3-124 1Page TS / B 3.3-124a 0Page TS / B 3.3-125 0Pages TS / B 3.3-126 and TS / B 3.3-127 1Pages TS / B 3.3-128 through TS/ B 3.3-130 0Page TS / B 3.3-131 1Pages TS / B 3.3-132 through TS / B 3.3-134 0Pages B 3.3-135 through B 3.3-137 0Page TS / B 3.3-138 1Pages B 3.3-139 through B 3.3-149 0Pages TS / B 3.3-150 and TS / B 3.3-151 1Pages TS / B 3.3-152 through TS / B 3.3-154 2Page TS / B 3.3-155 1Pages TS / B 3.3-156 through TS / B 3.3-158 2Pages TS / B 3.3-159 through TS / B 3.3-162 1Page TS / B 3.3-163 2Page TS / B 3.3-164 1Pages TS / B 3.3-165 through TS / B 3.3-167 2SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-3 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Pages B 3.3-76 through 3.3-77 0 Page TS / B 3.3-78 1 Pages B 3.3-79 through B 3.3-81 0 Page B 3.3-82 1 Page B 3.3-83 0 Pages B 3.3-84 and B 3.3-85 1 Page B 3.3-86 0 Page B 3.3-87 1 Page B 3.3-88 0 Page B 3.3-89 1 Page TS / B 3.3-90 1 Page B 3.3-91 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-92 through TS / B 3.3-100 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-101 through TS / B 3.3-103 0 Page TS / B 3.3-104 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-105 and TS / B 3.3-106 0 Page TS / B 3.3-107 1 Page TS / B 3.3-108 0 Page TS / B 3.3-109 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-110 and TS / B 3.3-111 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-112 and TS 1B 3.3-112a 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-113 through TS / B 3.3-115 1 Page TS / B 3.3-116 3 Page TS / B 3.3-117 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-118 through TS / B 3.3-122 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-123 and TS / B 3.3-124 1 Page TS / B 3.3-124a 0 Page TS / B 3.3-125 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-126 and TS / B 3.3-127 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-128 through TS/ B 3.3-130 0 Page TS / B 3.3-131 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-132 through TS / B 3.3-134 0 Pages B 3.3-135 through B 3.3-137 0 Page TS / B 3.3-138 1 Pages B 3.3-139 through B 3.3-149 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-150 and TS / B 3.3-151 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-152 through TS / B 3.3-154 2 Page TS / B 3.3-155 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-156 through TS / B 3.3-158 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-159 through TS / B 3.3-162 1 Page TS / B 3.3-163 2 Page TS / B 3.3-164 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-165 through TS / B 3.3-167 2 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-4 Revision 110SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-4 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1TS / B LOES-4Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATIONLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title RevisionPages TS / B 3.3-168 and TS / B 3.3-169 1Page TS / B 3.3-170 2Pages TS / B 3.3-171 through TS / B 3.3-177 1Pages TS / B 3.3-178 through TS / B 3.3-179a 2Pages TS / B 3.3-179b and TS / B 3.3-179c 0Page TS / B 3.3-180 1Page TS / B 3.3-181 3Page TS / B 3.3-182 1Page TS / B 3.3-183 2Page TS / B 3.3-184 1Page TS / B 3.3-185 4Page TS / B 3.3-186 1Pages TS / B 3.3-187 and TS / B 3.3-188 2Pages TS / B 3.3-189 through TS / B 3.3-191 1Page TS / B 3.3-192 0Page TS / B 3.3-193 1Pages TS / B 3.3-194 and TS / B 3.3-195 0Page TS / B 3.3-196 2Pages TS / B 3.3-197 through TS / B 3.3-204 0Page TS / B 3.3-205 1Pages B 3.3-206 through B 3.3-209 0Page TS / B 3.3-210 1Pages B 3.3-211 through B 3.3-219 0B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM BASESPages B 3.4-1 and B 3.4-2 0Pages TS / B 3.4-3 and Page TS / B 3.4-4 4Page TS / B 3.4-5 3Pages TS / B 3.4-6 through TS / B 3.4-9 2Page TS / B 3.4-10 1Pages TS / 3.4-11 and TS / B 3.4-12 0Page TS / B 3.4-13 1Page TS / B 3.4-14 0Page TS / B 3.4-15 2Pages TS / B 3.4-16 and TS / B 3.4-17 4Page TS / B 3.4-18 2Pages B 3.4-19 through B 3.4-27 0Pages TS / B 3.4-28 through TS / B 3.4-30 1Page TS / B 3.4-31 0Pages TS / B 3.4-32 and TS / B 3.4-33 1Page TS / B 3.4-34 0Pages TS / B 3.4-35 and TS / B 3.4-36 1Page TS / B 3.4-37 2Page TS / B 3.4-38 1SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-4 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Pages TS / B 3.3-168 and TS / B 3.3-169 1 Page TS / B 3.3-170 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-171 through TS / B 3.3-177 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-178 through TS / B 3.3-179a 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-179b and TS / B 3.3-179c 0 Page TS / B 3.3-180 1 Page TS / B 3.3-181 3 Page TS / B 3.3-182 1 Page TS / B 3.3-183 2 Page TS / B 3.3-184 1 Page TS / B 3.3-185 4 Page TS / B 3.3-186 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-187 and TS / B 3.3-188 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-189 through TS / B 3.3-191 1 Page TS / B 3.3-192 0 Page TS / B 3.3-193 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-194 and TS / B 3.3-195 0 Page TS / B 3.3-196 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-197 through TS / B 3.3-204 0 Page TS / B 3.3-205 1 Pages B 3.3-206 through B 3.3-209 0 Page TS / B 3.3-210 1 Pages B 3.3-211 through B 3.3-219 0 B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM BASES Pages B 3.4-1 and B 3.4-2 0 Pages TS / B 3.4-3 and Page TS / B 3.4-4 4 Page TS / B 3.4-5 3 Pages TS / B 3.4-6 through TS / B 3.4-9 2 Page TS / B 3.4-10 1 Pages TS / 3.4-11 and TS / B 3.4-12 0 Page TS / B 3.4-13 1 Page TS / B 3.4-14 0 Page TS / B 3.4-15 2 Pages TS / B 3.4-16 and TS / B 3.4-17 4 Page TS / B 3.4-18 2 Pages B 3.4-19 through B 3.4-27 0 Pages TS / B 3.4-28 through TS / B 3.4-30 1 Page TS / B 3.4-31 0 Pages TS / B 3.4-32 and TS / B 3.4-33 1 Page TS / B 3.4-34 0 Pages TS / B 3.4-35 and TS / B 3.4-36 1 Page TS / B 3.4-37 2 Page TS / B 3.4-38 1 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TSIB LOES-5 Revision 110SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TSIB LOES-5 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1TS / B LOES-5Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATIONLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title RevisionPages B 3.4-39 and B 3.4-40 0Page TS / B 3.4-41 2Pages TS / B 3.4-42 through TS / B 3.4-45 0Page TS / B 3.4-46 1Pages TS B 3.4-47 and TS / B 3.4-48 0Page TS / B 3.4-49 3Page TS / B 3.4-50 1Page TS / B 3.4-51 3Page TS / B 3.4-52 2Page TS / B 3.4-53 1Pages TS / B 3.4-54 through TS / B 3.4-56 2Page TS / B 3.4-57 3Pages TS / B 3.4-58 through TS / B 3.4-60 1B 3.5 ECCS AND RCIC BASESPages B 3.5-1 and B 3.5-2 0Page TS / B 3.5-3 2Page TS / B 3.5-4 1Page TS / B 3.5-5 2Page TS / B 3.5-6 1Pages B 3.5-7 through B 3.5-10 0Page TS / B 3.5-11 1Page TS / B 3.5-12 0Page TS / B 3.5-13 1Pages TS / B 3.5-14 and TS / B 3.5-15 0Pages TS / B 3.5-16 through TS / B 3.5-18 1Pages B 3.5-19 through B 3.5-24 0Page TS / B 3.5-25 through TS / B 3.5-27 1Page TS / B 3.5-28 0Page TS / B 3.5-29 1Pages TS / B 3.5-30 and TS / B 3.5-31 0B 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS BASESPage TS / B 3.6-1 2Page TS / B 3.6-1a 3Page TS / B 3.6-2 4Page TS / B 3.6-3 3Page TS / B 3.6-4 4Pages TS / B 3.6-5 and TS / B 3.6-6 3Page TS / B 3.6-6a 2Page TS / B 3.6-6b 3Page TS / B 3.6-6c 0Page B 3.6-7 0SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-5 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Pages B 3.4-39 and B 3.4-40 0 Page TS / B 3.4-41 2 Pages TS / B 3.4-42 through TS / B 3.4-45 0 Page TS / B 3.4-46 1 Pages TS B 3.4-47 and TS / B 3.4-48 0 Page TS / B 3.4-49 3 Page TS / B 3.4-50 1 Page TS / B 3.4-51 3 Page TS / B 3.4-52 2 Page TS / B 3.4-53 1 Pages TS / B 3.4-54 through TS / B 3.4-56 2 Page TS / B 3.4-57 3 Pages TS / B 3.4-58 through TS / B 3.4-60 1 B 3.5 ECCS AND RCIC BASES Pages B 3.5-1 and B 3.5-2 0 Page TS / B 3.5-3 2 Page TS / B 3.5-4 1 Page TS / B 3.5-5 2 Page TS / B 3.5-6 1 Pages B 3.5-7 through B 3.5-10 0 Page TS / B 3.5-11 1 Page TS / B 3.5-12 0 Page TS / B 3.5-13 1 Pages TS / B 3.5-14 and TS / B 3.5-15 0 Pages TS / B 3.5-16 through TS / B 3.5-18 1 Pages B 3.5-19 through B 3.5-24 0 Page TS / B 3.5-25 through TS / B 3.5-27 1 Page TS / B 3.5-28 0 Page TS / B 3.5-29 1 Pages TS / B 3.5-30 and TS / B 3.5-31 0 B 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS BASES Page TS / B 3.6-1 2 Page TS / B 3.6-1a 3 Page TS / B 3.6-2 4 Page TS / B 3.6-3 3 Page TS / B 3.6-4 4 Pages TS / B 3.6-5 and TS / B 3.6-6 3 Page TS / B 3.6-6a 2 Page TS / B 3.6-6b 3 Page TS / B 3.6-6c 0 Page B 3.6-7 0 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1TS / B LOES-6Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATIONLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title RevisionPage B 3.6-8 1Pages B 3.6-9 through B 3.6-14 0Page TS / B 3.6-15 3Page TS / B 3.6-15a 0Page TS / B 3.6-15b 2Pages TS / B 3.6-16 and TS / B 3.6-17 2Page TS / B 3.6-17a 1Pages TS / B 3.6-18 and TS / B 3.6-19 0Page TS / B 3.6-20 1Page TS / B 3.6-21 2Page TS / B 3.6-22 1Page TS / B 3.6-22a 0Page TS / B 3.6-23 1Pages TS / B 3.6-24 and TS / B 3.6-25 0Pages TS / B 3.6-26 and TS / B 3.6-27 2Page TS / B 3.6-28 7Page TS / B 3.6-29 2Page TS / B 3.6-30 1Page TS / B 3.6-31 3Pages TS / B 3.6-32 and TS / B 3.6-33 1Pages TS / B 3.6-34 and TS / B 3.6-35 0Page TS / B 3.6-36 1Page TS / B 3.6-37 0Page TS / B 3.6-38 3Page TS / B 3.6-39 2Page TS / B 3.6-40 6Page TS / B 3.6-40a 0Page B 3.6-41 1Pages B 3.6-42 and B 3.6-43 3Pages TS / B 3.6-44 and TS / B 3.6-45 1Page TS / B 3.6-46 2Pages TS / B 3.6-47 through TS / B 3.6-51 1Page TS / B 3.6-52 2Pages TS / B 3.6-53 through TS / B 3.6-56 0Page TS / B 3.6-57 1Page TS / 3.6-58 2Pages B 3.6-59 through B 3.6-63 0Pages TS / B 3.6-64 and TS / B 3.6-65 1Pages B 3.6-66 through B 3.6-69 0Pages TS / B 3.6-70 through TS / B 3.6-72 1Page TS / B 3.6-73 2Pages TS / B 3.6-74 and TS / B 3.6-75 1Pages B 3.6-76 and B 3.6-77 0SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-6 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Page B 3.6-8 1 Pages B 3.6-9 through B 3.6-14 0 Page TS / B 3.6-15 3 Page TS / B 3.6-15a 0 Page TS / B 3.6-15b 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-16 and TS / B 3.6-17 2 Page TS / B 3.6-17a 1 Pages TS / B 3.6-18 and TS / B 3.6-19 0 Page TS / B 3.6-20 1 Page TS / B 3.6-21 2 Page TS / B 3.6-22 1 Page TS / B 3.6-22a 0 Page TS / B 3.6-23 1 Pages TS / B 3.6-24 and TS / B 3.6-25 0 Pages TS / B 3.6-26 and TS / B 3.6-27 2 Page TS / B 3.6-28 7 Page TS / B 3.6-29 2 Page TS / B 3.6-30 1 Page TS / B 3.6-31 3 Pages TS / B 3.6-32 and TS / B 3.6-33 1 Pages TS / B 3.6-34 and TS / B 3.6-35 0 Page TS / B 3.6-36 1 Page TS / B 3.6-37 0 Page TS / B 3.6-38 3 Page TS / B 3.6-39 2 Page TS / B 3.6-40 6 Page TS / B 3.6-40a 0 Page B 3.6-41 1 Pages B 3.6-42 and B 3.6-43 3 Pages TS / B 3.6-44 and TS / B 3.6-45 1 Page TS / B 3.6-46 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-47 through TS / B 3.6-51 1 Page TS / B 3.6-52 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-53 through TS / B 3.6-56 0 Page TS / B 3.6-57 1 Page TS / 3.6-58 2 Pages B 3.6-59 through B 3.6-63 0 Pages TS / B 3.6-64 and TS / B 3.6-65 1 Pages B 3.6-66 through B 3.6-69 0 Pages TS / B 3.6-70 through TS / B 3.6-72 1 Page TS / B 3.6-73 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-74 and TS / B 3.6-75 1 Pages B 3.6-76 and B 3.6-77 0 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT I TSIBLOES-7 Revision 110SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT I TSIBLOES-7 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1TS / B LOES-7Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATIONLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title RevisionPage TS / B 3.6-78 1Pages B 3.6-79 and B 3.3.6-80 0Page TS / B 3.6-81 1Pages TS / B 3.6-82 and TS / B 3.6-83 0Page TS / B 3.6-84 4Page TS / B 3.6-85 2Page TS / B 3.6-86 4Pages TS / B 3.6-87 through TS / B 3.6-88a 2Page TS / B 3.6-89 4Page TS / B 3.6-90 2Pages TS / B 3.6-91 and TS / B 3.6-92 3Page TS / B 3.6-93 2Pages TS / B 3.6-94 through TS / B 3.6-96 1Page TS / B 3.6-97 2Page TS / B 3.6-98 1Page TS / B 3.6-99 2Pages TS / B 3.6-100 and TS / B 3.6-100a 5Page TS / B 3.6-100b 3Pages TS / B 3.6-101 and TS / B 3.6-102 1Pages TS / B 3.6-103 and TS / B 3.6-104 2Page TS / B 3.6-105 3Page TS / B 3.6-106 2Page TS / B 3.6-107 3B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS BASESPages TS / B 3.7-1 3Page TS / B 3.7-2 4Pages TS / B 3.7-3 through TS / B 3.7-5 3Page TS / B 3.7-5a 1Page TS / B 3.7-6 3Page TS / B 3.7-6a 2Page TS / B 3.7-6b 1Page TS / B 3.7-6c 2Page TS / B 3.7-7 3Page TS / B 3.7-8 2Pages TS / B 3.7-9 through TS / B 3.7-11 1Pages TS / B 3.7-12 and TS / B 3.7-13 2Pages TS / B 3.7-14 through TS / B 3.7-18 3Page TS / B 3.7-18a 1Pages TS / B 3.7-18b through TS / B 3.7-18e 0Pages TS / B 3.7-19 through TS / B 3.7-23 1Page TS / B 3.7-24 1SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-7 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Page TS / B 3.6-78 1 Pages B 3.6-79 and B 3.3.6-80 0 Page TS / B 3.6-81 1 Pages TS / B 3.6-82 and TS / B 3.6-83 0 Page TS / B 3.6-84 4 Page TS / B 3.6-85 2 Page TS / B 3.6-86 4 Pages TS / B 3.6-87 through TS / B 3.6-88a 2 Page TS / B 3.6-89 4 Page TS / B 3.6-90 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-91 and TS / B 3.6-92 3 Page TS / B 3.6-93 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-94 through TS / B 3.6-96 1 Page TS / B 3.6-97 2 Page TS / B 3.6-98 1 Page TS / B 3.6-99 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-100 and TS / B 3.6-100a 5 Page TS / B 3.6-100b 3 Pages TS / B 3.6-101 and TS / B 3.6-102 1 Pages TS / B 3.6-103 and TS / B 3.6-104 2 Page TS / B 3.6-105 3 Page TS / B 3.6-106 2 Page TS / B 3.6-107 3 B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS BASES Pages TS / B 3.7-1 3 Page TS / B 3.7-2 4 Pages TS / B 3.7-3 through TS / B 3.7-5 3 Page TS / B 3.7-5a 1 Page TS / B 3.7-6 3 Page TS / B 3.7-6a 2 Page TS / B 3.7-6b 1 Page TS / B 3.7-6c 2 Page TS / B 3.7-7 3 Page TS / B 3.7-8 2 Pages TS / B 3.7-9 through TS / B 3.7-11 1 Pages TS / B 3.7-12 and TS / B 3.7-13 2 Pages TS / B 3.7-14 through TS / B 3.7-18 3 Page TS / B 3.7-18a 1 Pages TS / B 3.7-18b through TS / B 3.7-18e 0 Pages TS / B 3.7-19 through TS / B 3.7-23 1 Page TS / B 3.7-24 1 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS/BLOES-8 Revision 110SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS/BLOES-8 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1TS / B LOES-8Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATIONLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title RevisionPages TS / B 3.7-25 and TS / B 3.7-26 0Pages TS / B 3.7-27 through TS I B 3.7-29 5Page TS / B 3.7-30 2Page TS / B 3.7-31 1Page TS / B 3.7-32 0Page TS / B 3.7-33 1Pages TS / B 3.7-34 through TS / B 3.7-37 0B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS BASESPage TS / B 3.8-1 3Pages TS / B 3.8-2 and TS / B 3.8-3 2Page TS / B 3.8-4 3Pages TS / B 3.8-4a and TS / B 3.8-4b 0Page TS / B 3.8-5 5Page TS / B 3.8-6 3Pages TS / B 3.8-7 through TS/B 3.8-8 2Page TS / B 3.8-9 4Page TS / B 3.8-10 3Pages TS / B 3.8-11 and TS / B 3.8-17 2Page TS / B 3.8-18 3Pages TS / B 3.8-19 through TS / B 3.8-21 2Pages TS / B 3.8-22 and TS / B 3.8-23 3Pages TS / B 3.8-24 through TS / B 3.8-37 2Pages B 3.8-38 through B 3.8-44 .0Page TS / B 3.8-45 2Pages TS / B 3.8-46 through TS / B 3.8-48 0Pages TS / B 3.8-49 and TS / B 3.8-50 2Page TS / B 3.8-51 1Page TS / B 3.8-52 0Page TS / B 3.8-53 1Pages TS / B 3.8-54 through TS / B 3.8-57 2Pages TS / B 3.8-58 through TS / B 3.8-61 3Pages TS / B 3.8-62 and TS / B 3.8-63 5Page TS / B 3.8-64 4Page TS / B 3.8-65 5Pages TS / B 3.8-66 through TS / B 3.8-77 1Pages TS / B 3.8-77A through TS / B 3.8-77C 0Pages B 3.8-78 through B 3.8-80 0Page TS / B 3.8-81 1Pages B 3.8-82 through B 3.8-90 0SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-8 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Pages TS / B 3.7-25 and TS / B 3.7-26 0 Pages TS / B 3.7-27 through TS I B 3.7-29 5 Page TS / B 3.7-30 2 Page TS / B 3.7-31 1 Page TS / B 3.7-32 0 Page TS / B 3.7-33 1 Pages TS / B 3.7-34 through TS / B 3.7-37 0 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS BASES Page TS / B 3.8-1 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-2 and TS / B 3.8-3 2 Page TS / B 3.8-4 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-4a and TS / B 3.8-4b 0 Page TS / B 3.8-5 5 Page TS / B 3.8-6 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-7 through TS/B 3.8-8 2 Page TS / B 3.8-9 4 Page TS / B 3.8-10 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-11 and TS / B 3.8-17 2 Page TS / B 3.8-18 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-19 through TS / B 3.8-21 2 Pages TS / B 3.8-22 and TS / B 3.8-23 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-24 through TS / B 3.8-37 2 Pages B 3.8-38 through B 3.8-44 .0 Page TS / B 3.8-45 2 Pages TS / B 3.8-46 through TS / B 3.8-48 0 Pages TS / B 3.8-49 and TS / B 3.8-50 2 Page TS / B 3.8-51 1 Page TS / B 3.8-52 0 Page TS / B 3.8-53 1 Pages TS / B 3.8-54 through TS / B 3.8-57 2 Pages TS / B 3.8-58 through TS / B 3.8-61 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-62 and TS / B 3.8-63 5 Page TS / B 3.8-64 4 Page TS / B 3.8-65 5 Pages TS / B 3.8-66 through TS / B 3.8-77 1 Pages TS / B 3.8-77A through TS / B 3.8-77C 0 Pages B 3.8-78 through B 3.8-80 0 Page TS / B 3.8-81 1 Pages B 3.8-82 through B 3.8-90 0 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS/BLOES-9 Revision 110SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS/BLOES-9 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1TS / B LOES-9Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATIONLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title RevisionB 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS BASESPages TS / B 3.9-1 and TS / B 3.9-1a IPages TS / B 3.9-2 through TS / B 3.9-5 1Pages TS / B 3.9-6 through TS / B 3.9-8 0Pages B 3.9-9 through B 3.9-18 0Pages TS / B 3.9-19 through TS / B 3.9-21 1Pages B 3.9-22 through B 3.9-30 0B 3.10 SPECIAL OPERATIONS BASESPage TS / B 3.10-1 2Pages TS / B 3.10-2 through TS / B 3.10-5 1Pages B 3.10-6 through B 3.10-31 0Page TS / B 3.10-32 2Page B 3.10-33 0Page TS / B 3.10-34 1Pages B 3.10-35 and B 3.10-36 0Page TS / B 3.10-37 1Page TS / B 3.10-38 2TSB1 Text LOES.doc7/17/2013 SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-9 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision B 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS BASES Pages TS / B 3.9-1 and TS / B 3.9-1a I Pages TS / B 3.9-2 through TS / B 3.9-5 1 Pages TS / B 3.9-6 through TS / B 3.9-8 0 Pages B 3.9-9 through B 3.9-18 0 Pages TS / B 3.9-19 through TS / B 3.9-21 1 Pages B 3.9-22 through B 3.9-30 0 B 3.10 SPECIAL OPERATIONS BASES Page TS / B 3.10-1 2 Pages TS / B 3.10-2 through TS / B 3.10-5 1 Pages B 3.10-6 through B 3.10-31 0 Page TS / B 3.10-32 2 Page B 3.10-33 0 Page TS / B 3.10-34 1 Pages B 3.10-35 and B 3.10-36 0 Page TS / B 3.10-37 1 Page TS / B 3.10-38 2 TSB1 Text LOES.doc 7/17/2013 SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-lO Revision 110SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-lO Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA
-UNIT 1TS / B LOES-10Revision 110 PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.1.1 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation BASESBACKGROUND The RPS initiates a reactor scram when one or more monitored parameters exceed their specified limits, to preserve the integrity of thefuel cladding and the Reactor Coolant System (RCS) and minimize theenergy that must be absorbed following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA).This can be accomplished either automatically or manually.
-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-10 Revision 110 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.1.1 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND The RPS initiates a reactor scram when one or more monitored parameters exceed their specified limits, to preserve the integrity of the fuel cladding and the Reactor Coolant System (RCS) and minimize the energy that must be absorbed following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA).This can be accomplished either automatically or manually.The protection and monitoring functions of the RPS have been designed to ensure safe operation of the reactor. This is achieved by specifying limiting safety system settings (LSSS) in terms of parameters directly monitored by the RPS, as well as LCOs on other reactor system parameters and equipment performance.
The protection and monitoring functions of the RPS have been designedto ensure safe operation of the reactor.
The LSSS are defined in this Specification as the Allowable Values, which, in conjunction with the LCOs, establish the threshold for protective system action to prevent exceeding acceptable limits, including Safety Limits (SLs) during Design Basis Accidents (DBAs).The RPS, as shown in the FSAR, Figure 7.2-1 (Ref. 1), includes sensors, relays, bypass circuits, and switches that are necessary to cause initiation of a reactor scram. Functional diversity is provided by monitoring a wide range of dependent and independent parameters.
This is achieved by specifying limiting safety system settings (LSSS) in terms of parameters directlymonitored by the RPS, as well as LCOs on other reactor systemparameters and equipment performance.
The input parameters to the scram logic are from instrumentation that monitors reactor vessel water level, reactor vessel pressure, neutron flux, main steam line isolation valve position, turbine control valve (TCV) fast closure trip oil pressure, turbine stop valve (TSV) position, drywell pressure, and scram discharge volume (SDV) water level, as well as reactor mode switch in shutdown position and manual scram signals. There are at least four redundant sensor input signals from each of these parameters (with the exception of the reactor mode switch in shutdown scram signal). When the setpoint is reached, the channel sensor actuates, which then outputs an RPS trip signal to the trip logic. Table B 3.3.1.1-1 summarizes the diversity of sensors capable of initiating scrams during anticipated operating transients typically analyzed.The RPS is comprised of two independent trip systems (A and B) with two logic channels in each trip system (logic (continued)
The LSSS are defined in thisSpecification as the Allowable Values, which, in conjunction with theLCOs, establish the threshold for protective system action to preventexceeding acceptable limits, including Safety Limits (SLs) during DesignBasis Accidents (DBAs).The RPS, as shown in the FSAR, Figure 7.2-1 (Ref. 1), includes sensors,relays, bypass circuits, and switches that are necessary to cause initiation of a reactor scram. Functional diversity is provided by monitoring a widerange of dependent and independent parameters.
The input parameters to the scram logic are from instrumentation that monitors reactor vesselwater level, reactor vessel pressure, neutron flux, main steam line isolation valve position, turbine control valve (TCV) fast closure trip oil pressure, turbine stop valve (TSV) position, drywell pressure, and scram discharge volume (SDV) water level, as well as reactor mode switch in shutdownposition and manual scram signals.
There are at least four redundant sensor input signals from each of these parameters (with the exception ofthe reactor mode switch in shutdown scram signal).
When the setpoint isreached, the channel sensor actuates, which then outputs an RPS tripsignal to the trip logic. Table B 3.3.1.1-1 summarizes the diversity ofsensors capable of initiating scrams during anticipated operating transients typically analyzed.
The RPS is comprised of two independent trip systems (A and B) with twologic channels in each trip system (logic(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B] 3.3-1Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B] 3.3-1 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES BACKGROUND (continued) channels Al and A2, B1 and B2) as shown in Reference  
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESBACKGROUND (continued) channels Al and A2, B1 and B2) as shown in Reference  
: 1. The outputs of the logic channels in a trip system are combined in a one-out-of-two logic so that either channel can trip the associated trip system. The tripping of both trip systems will produce a reactor scram. This logic arrangement is referred to as a one-out-of-two taken twice logic. Each trip system can be reset by use of a reset switch. If a full scram occurs (both trip systems trip), a relay prevents reset of the trip systems for 10 seconds after the full scram signal is received.
: 1. The outputsof the logic channels in a trip system are combined in a one-out-of-two logic so that either channel can trip the associated trip system. Thetripping of both trip systems will produce a reactor scram. This logicarrangement is referred to as a one-out-of-two taken twice logic. Each tripsystem can be reset by use of a reset switch. If a full scram occurs (bothtrip systems trip), a relay prevents reset of the trip systems for 10 secondsafter the full scram signal is received.
This 10 second delay on reset ensures that the scram function will be completed.
This 10 second delay on resetensures that the scram function will be completed.
Two AC powered scram pilot solenoids are located in the hydraulic control unit for each control rod drive (CRD). Each scram pilot valve is operated with the solenoids normally energized.
Two AC powered scram pilot solenoids are located in the hydraulic controlunit for each control rod drive (CRD). Each scram pilot valve is operatedwith the solenoids normally energized.
The scram pilot valves control the air supply to the scram inlet and outlet valves for the associated CRD.When either scram pilot valve solenoid is energized, air pressure holds the scram valves closed and, therefore, both scram pilot valve solenoids must be de-energized to cause a control rod to scram. The scram valves control the supply and discharge paths for the CRD water during a scram.One of the scram pilot valve solenoids for each CRD is controlled by trip system A, and the other solenoid is controlled by trip system B. Any trip of trip system A in conjunction with any trip in trip system B results in de-energizing both solenoids, air bleeding off, scram valves opening, and control rod scram.The DC powered backup scram valves, which energize on a scram signal to depressurize the scram air header, are also controlled by the RPS.Additionally, the RPS System controls the SDV vent and drain valves such that when both trip systems trip, the SDV vent and drain valves close to isolate the SDV.APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY The actions of the RPS are assumed in the safety analyses of References 3, 4, 5 and 6. The RPS initiates a reactor scram before the monitored parameter values reach the Allowable Values, specified by the setpoint methodology and listed in Table 3.3.1.1-1 to preserve the integrity of the fuel cladding, the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB), and (continued)
The scram pilot valves control theair supply to the scram inlet and outlet valves for the associated CRD.When either scram pilot valve solenoid is energized, air pressure holds thescram valves closed and, therefore, both scram pilot valve solenoids mustbe de-energized to cause a control rod to scram. The scram valvescontrol the supply and discharge paths for the CRD water during a scram.One of the scram pilot valve solenoids for each CRD is controlled by tripsystem A, and the other solenoid is controlled by trip system B. Any trip oftrip system A in conjunction with any trip in trip system B results inde-energizing both solenoids, air bleeding off, scram valves opening, andcontrol rod scram.The DC powered backup scram valves, which energize on a scram signalto depressurize the scram air header, are also controlled by the RPS.Additionally, the RPS System controls the SDV vent and drain valves suchthat when both trip systems trip, the SDV vent and drain valves close toisolate the SDV.APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY The actions of the RPS are assumed in the safety analyses ofReferences 3, 4, 5 and 6. The RPS initiates a reactor scram before themonitored parameter values reach the Allowable Values, specified by thesetpoint methodology and listed in Table 3.3.1.1-1 to preserve the integrity of the fuel cladding, the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB), and(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-2Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-2 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE the containment by minimizing the energy that must be absorbed following SAFETY a LOCA.ANALYSES, LCO, and RPS instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE the containment by minimizing the energy that must be absorbed following SAFETY a LOCA.ANALYSES, LCO, and RPS instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
APPLICABILITY (Ref. 2)(continued)
APPLICABILITY (Ref. 2)(continued)
Functions not specifically credited in the accident analysis are retained forthe overall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRCapproved licensing basis.The OPERABILITY of the RPS is dependent on the OPERABILITY of theindividual instrumentation channel Functions specified in Table 3.3.1.1-1.
Functions not specifically credited in the accident analysis are retained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approved licensing basis.The OPERABILITY of the RPS is dependent on the OPERABILITY of the individual instrumentation channel Functions specified in Table 3.3.1.1-1.
Each Function must have a required number of OPERABLE channels perRPS trip system, with their setpoints within the specified Allowable Value,where appropriate.
Each Function must have a required number of OPERABLE channels per RPS trip system, with their setpoints within the specified Allowable Value, where appropriate.
The actual setpoint is calibrated consistent withapplicable setpoint methodology assumptions.
The actual setpoint is calibrated consistent with applicable setpoint methodology assumptions.
Each channel must alsorespond within its assumed response time.Allowable Values are specified for each RPS Function specified in theTable. Nominal trip setpoints are specified in the setpoint calculations.
Each channel must also respond within its assumed response time.Allowable Values are specified for each RPS Function specified in the Table. Nominal trip setpoints are specified in the setpoint calculations.
The nominal setpoints are selected to ensure that the actual setpoints donot exceed the Allowable Value between successive CHANNELCALIBRATIONS.
The nominal setpoints are selected to ensure that the actual setpoints do not exceed the Allowable Value between successive CHANNEL CALIBRATIONS.
Operation with a trip setpoint less conservatie than thenominal trip setpoint, but within its Allowable Value, is acceptable.
Operation with a trip setpoint less conservatie than the nominal trip setpoint, but within its Allowable Value, is acceptable.
Achannel is inoperable if its actual trip setpoint is not within its requiredAllowable Value.Trip setpoints are those predetermined values of output at which an actionshould take place. The setpoints are compared to the actual processparameter (e.g., reactor vessel water level), and when the measuredoutput value of the process parameter reaches the setpoint, theassociated device changes state. The analytic limits are derived from thelimiting values of the process parameters obtained from the safetyanalysis.
A channel is inoperable if its actual trip setpoint is not within its required Allowable Value.Trip setpoints are those predetermined values of output at which an action should take place. The setpoints are compared to the actual process parameter (e.g., reactor vessel water level), and when the measured output value of the process parameter reaches the setpoint, the associated device changes state. The analytic limits are derived from the limiting values of the process parameters obtained from the safety analysis.
The Allowable Values are derived from the analytic limits,corrected for calibration,  
The Allowable Values are derived from the analytic limits, corrected for calibration, process, and some of the instrument errors. The trip setpoints are then determined accounting for the remaining instrument errors (e.g., drift). The trip setpoints derived in this manner provide adequate protection because instrumentation uncertainties, process effects, calibration tolerances, (continued)
: process, and some of the instrument errors. Thetrip setpoints are then determined accounting for the remaining instrument errors (e.g., drift). The trip setpoints derived in this manner provideadequate protection because instrumentation uncertainties, processeffects, calibration tolerances, (continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-3Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-3 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE instrument drift and severe environment errors (for channels that must SAFETY function in harsh environments as defined by 10 CFR 50.49) are ANALYSES, accounted for.LCO, and APPLICABILITY The OPERABILITY of scram pilot valves and associated solenoids, (continued) backup scram valves, and SDV valves, described in the Background section, are not addressed by this LCO.The individual Functions are required to be OPERABLE in the MODES specified in the table, which may require an RPS trip to mitigate the consequences of a design basis accident or transient.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE instrument drift and severe environment errors (for channels that mustSAFETY function in harsh environments as defined by 10 CFR 50.49) areANALYSES, accounted for.LCO, andAPPLICABILITY The OPERABILITY of scram pilot valves and associated solenoids, (continued) backup scram valves, and SDV valves, described in the Background
To ensure a reliable scram function, a combination of Functions are required in each MODE to provide primary and diverse initiation signals.The RPS is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies.
: section, are not addressed by this LCO.The individual Functions are required to be OPERABLE in the MODESspecified in the table, which may require an RPS trip to mitigate theconsequences of a design basis accident or transient.
Control rods withdrawn from a core cell containing no fuel assemblies do not affect the reactivity of the core and, therefore, are not required to have the capability to scram. Provided all other control rods remain inserted, the RPS function is not required.
To ensure areliable scram function, a combination of Functions are required in eachMODE to provide primary and diverse initiation signals.The RPS is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 with any control rodwithdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies.
In this condition, the required SDM (LCO 3.1.1) and refuel position one-rod-out interlock (LCO 3.9.2) ensure that no event requiring RPS will occur. During normal operation in MODES 3 and 4, all control rods are fully inserted and the Reactor Mode Switch Shutdown Position control rod withdrawal block (LCO 3.3.2.1) does not allow any control rod to be withdrawn.
Control rods withdrawn from a core cell containing no fuel assemblies donot affect the reactivity of the core and, therefore, are not required to havethe capability to scram. Provided all other control rods remain inserted, the RPS function is not required.
Under these conditions, the RPS function is not required to be OPERABLE.
In this condition, the required SDM(LCO 3.1.1) and refuel position one-rod-out interlock (LCO 3.9.2) ensurethat no event requiring RPS will occur. During normal operation inMODES 3 and 4, all control rods are fully inserted and the Reactor ModeSwitch Shutdown Position control rod withdrawal block (LCO 3.3.2.1) doesnot allow any control rod to be withdrawn.
The exception to this is Special Operations (LCO 3.10.3 and LCO 3.10.4) which ensure compliance with appropriate requirements.
Under these conditions, theRPS function is not required to be OPERABLE.
The specific Applicable Safety Analyses, LCO, and Applicability discussions are listed below on a Function by Function basis.Intermediate Range Monitor (IRM)1.a. Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High The IRMs monitor neutron flux levels from the upper range of the source range monitor (SRM) to the lower range of the average power range monitors (APRMs). The IRMs are capable of generating trip signals that can be used to prevent fuel (continued)
The exception to this isSpecial Operations (LCO 3.10.3 and LCO 3.10.4) which ensurecompliance with appropriate requirements.
The specific Applicable Safety Analyses, LCO, and Applicability discussions are listed below on a Function by Function basis.Intermediate Range Monitor (IRM)1.a. Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High The IRMs monitor neutron flux levels from the upper range of the sourcerange monitor (SRM) to the lower range of the average power rangemonitors (APRMs).
The IRMs are capable of generating trip signals thatcan be used to prevent fuel(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-4Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-4 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY l.a. Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (continued) damage resulting from abnormal operating transients in the intermediate power range. In this power range, the most significant source of reactivity change is due to control rod withdrawal.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY l.a. Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (continued) damage resulting from abnormal operating transients in the intermediate power range. In this power range, the most significant source of reactivity change is due to control rod withdrawal.
The IRM provides diverse protection for the rod worth minimizer (RWM), which monitors and controls the movement of control rods at low power. The RWM prevents the withdrawal of an out of sequence control rod during startup that could result in an unacceptable neutron flux excursion (Ref. 5). The IRM provides mitigation of the neutron flux excursion.
The IRM provides diverseprotection for the rod worth minimizer (RWM), which monitors and controlsthe movement of control rods at low power. The RWM prevents thewithdrawal of an out of sequence control rod during startup that couldresult in an unacceptable neutron flux excursion (Ref. 5). The IRMprovides mitigation of the neutron flux excursion.
To demonstrate the capability of the IRM System to mitigate control rod withdrawal events, generic analyses have been performed (Ref. 3) to evaluate the consequences of control rod withdrawal events during startup that are mitigated only by the IRM. This analysis, which assumes that one IRM channel in each trip system is bypassed, demonstrates that the IRMs provide protection against local control rod withdrawal errors and results in peak fuel energy depositions below the 170 cal/gm fuel failure threshold criterion.
To demonstrate thecapability of the IRM System to mitigate control rod withdrawal events,generic analyses have been performed (Ref. 3) to evaluate theconsequences of control rod withdrawal events during startup that aremitigated only by the IRM. This analysis, which assumes that one IRMchannel in each trip system is bypassed, demonstrates that the IRMsprovide protection against local control rod withdrawal errors and results inpeak fuel energy depositions below the 170 cal/gm fuel failure threshold criterion.
The IRMs are also capable of limiting other reactivity excursions during startup, such as cold water injection events, although no credit is specifically assumed.The IRM System is divided into two trip systems, with four IRM channels inputting to each trip system. The analysis of Reference 3 assumes that one channel in each trip system is bypassed.
The IRMs are also capable of limiting other reactivity excursions duringstartup, such as cold water injection events, although no credit isspecifically assumed.The IRM System is divided into two trip systems, with four IRM channelsinputting to each trip system. The analysis of Reference 3 assumes thatone channel in each trip system is bypassed.
Therefore, six channels with three channels in each trip system are required for IRM OPERABILITY to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal. This trip is active in each of the 10 ranges of the IRM, which must be selected by the operator to maintain the neutron flux within the monitored level of an IRM range.The analysis of Reference 3 has adequate conservatism to permit an IRM Allowable Value of 122 divisions of a 125 division scale.The Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function must be OPERABLE during MODE 2 when control rods may be withdrawn and the potential for criticality exists. In (continued)
Therefore, six channels withthree channels in each trip system are required for IRM OPERABILITY toensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from thisFunction on a valid signal. This trip is active in each of the 10 ranges ofthe IRM, which must be selected by the operator to maintain the neutronflux within the monitored level of an IRM range.The analysis of Reference 3 has adequate conservatism to permit an IRMAllowable Value of 122 divisions of a 125 division scale.The Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function must beOPERABLE during MODE 2 when control rods may be withdrawn and thepotential for criticality exists. In(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-5Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-5 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY l.a. Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY l.a. Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (continued)
MODE 5, when a cell with fuel has its control rod withdrawn, the IRMs provide monitoring for and protection against unexpected reactivity excursions.
MODE 5, when a cell with fuel has its control rod withdrawn, the IRMsprovide monitoring for and protection against unexpected reactivity excursions.
In MODE 1, the APRM System and the RWM provide protection against control rod withdrawal error events and the IRMs are not required.
In MODE 1, the APRM System and the RWM provideprotection against control rod withdrawal error events and the IRMs arenot required.
In addition, the Function is automatically bypassed when the Reactor Mode Switch is in the Run position.1.b. Intermediate Range Monitor-Inop This trip signal provides assurance that a minimum number of IRMs are OPERABLE.
In addition, the Function is automatically bypassed when theReactor Mode Switch is in the Run position.
Anytime an IRM mode switch is moved to any position other than "Operate," the detector voltage drops below a preset level, or when a module is not plugged in, an inoperative trip signal will be received by the RPS unless the IRM is bypassed.
1.b. Intermediate Range Monitor-Inop This trip signal provides assurance that a minimum number of IRMs areOPERABLE.
Since only one IRM in each trip system may be bypassed, only one IRM in each RPS trip system may be inoperable without resulting in an RPS trip signal.This Function was not specifically credited in the accident analysis but it is retained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approved licensing basis.Six channels of Intermediate Range Monitor-Inop with three channels in each trip system are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal.Since this Function is not assumed in the safety analysis, there is no Allowable Value for this Function.This Function is required to be OPERABLE when the Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function is required.(continued)
Anytime an IRM mode switch is moved to any position otherthan "Operate,"
the detector voltage drops below a preset level, or when amodule is not plugged in, an inoperative trip signal will be received by theRPS unless the IRM is bypassed.
Since only one IRM in each trip systemmay be bypassed, only one IRM in each RPS trip system may beinoperable without resulting in an RPS trip signal.This Function was not specifically credited in the accident analysis but it isretained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as requiredby the NRC approved licensing basis.Six channels of Intermediate Range Monitor-Inop with three channels ineach trip system are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no singleinstrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a validsignal.Since this Function is not assumed in the safety analysis, there is noAllowable Value for this Function.
This Function is required to be OPERABLE when the Intermediate RangeMonitor Neutron Flux-High Function is required.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-6Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-6 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued)
Average Power Range Monitor (APRM)The APRM channels provide the primary indication of neutron flux within the core and respond almost instantaneously to neutron flux increases.
Average Power Range Monitor (APRM)The APRM channels provide the primary indication of neutron flux withinthe core and respond almost instantaneously to neutron flux increases.
The APRM channels receive input signals from the local power range monitors (LPRMs) within the reactor core to provide an indication of the power distribution and local power changes. The APRM channels average these LPRM signals to provide a continuous indication of average reactor power from a few percent to greater than RTP. Each APRM channel also includes an Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM) Upscale Function which monitors small groups of LPRM signals to detect thermal-hydraulic instabilities.
The APRM channels receive input signals from the local power rangemonitors (LPRMs) within the reactor core to provide an indication of thepower distribution and local power changes.
The APRM channels averagethese LPRM signals to provide a continuous indication of average reactorpower from a few percent to greater than RTP. Each APRM channel alsoincludes an Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM) Upscale Functionwhich monitors small groups of LPRM signals to detect thermal-hydraulic instabilities.
The APRM trip System is divided into four APRM channels and four 2-out-of-4 Voter channels.
The APRM trip System is divided into four APRM channels and four 2-out-of-4 Voter channels.
Each APRM channel provides inputs to each of thefour voter channels.
Each APRM channel provides inputs to each of the four voter channels.
The four voter channels are divided into two groupsof two each with each group of two providing inputs to one RPS tripsystem. The system is designed to allow one APRM channel, but no voterchannels, to be bypassed.
The four voter channels are divided into two groups of two each with each group of two providing inputs to one RPS trip system. The system is designed to allow one APRM channel, but no voter channels, to be bypassed.
A trip from any one unbypassed APRM willresult in a "half-trip" in all four of the voter channels, but no trip inputs toeither RPS trip system.APRM trip Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, and 2.d are voted independently fromOPRM Trip Function 2.f. Therefore, any Function 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, or 2.d tripfrom any two unbypassed APRM channels will result in a full trip in each ofthe four voter channels, which in turn results in two trip inputs into eachRPS trip system logic channel (Al, A2, B1, and B2), thus resulting in a fullscram signal. Similarly, a Function 2.f trip from any two unbypassed APRM channels will result in a full trip from each of the four voterchannels.
A trip from any one unbypassed APRM will result in a "half-trip" in all four of the voter channels, but no trip inputs to either RPS trip system.APRM trip Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, and 2.d are voted independently from OPRM Trip Function 2.f. Therefore, any Function 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, or 2.d trip from any two unbypassed APRM channels will result in a full trip in each of the four voter channels, which in turn results in two trip inputs into each RPS trip system logic channel (Al, A2, B1, and B2), thus resulting in a full scram signal. Similarly, a Function 2.f trip from any two unbypassed APRM channels will result in a full trip from each of the four voter channels.Three of the four APRM channels and all four of the voter channels are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single failure will preclude a scram on a valid signal. In addition, to provide adequate coverage of the entire core consistent with the design bases for the APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, and 2.c, at least [20] LPRM inputs with at least three LPRM inputs from each of the four axial levels at which the LPRMs are located must be OPERABLE for each APRM channel, with no more than [9], LPRM detectors declared inoperable since the most recent APRM gain calibration.
Three of the four APRM channels and all four of the voter channels arerequired to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single failure will preclude ascram on a valid signal. In addition, to provide adequate coverage of theentire core consistent with the design bases for the APRM Functions 2.a,2.b, and 2.c, at least [20] LPRM inputs with at least three LPRM inputsfrom each of the four axial levels at which the LPRMs are located must beOPERABLE for each APRM channel, with no more than [9], LPRMdetectors declared inoperable since the most recent APRM gaincalibration.
Per Reference 23, the minimum input requirement for an APRM channel with 43 LPRM inputs is determined given that the total number of LPRM outputs used as inputs to an APRM channel that may be bypassed shall not exceed twenty-three (23). Hence, (20) LPRM inputs (continued)
Per Reference 23, the minimum input requirement for anAPRM channel with 43 LPRM inputs is determined given that the totalnumber of LPRM outputs used as inputs to an APRM channel that may bebypassed shall not exceed twenty-three (23). Hence, (20) LPRM inputs(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-7Revision 3
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-7 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY Average Power Range Monitor (APRM) (continued) needed to be operable.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY Average Power Range Monitor (APRM) (continued) needed to be operable.
For the OPRM Trip Function 2.f, each LPRM in an APRM channel is further associated in a pattern of OPRM "cells," as described in References 17 and 18. Each OPRM cell is capable of producing a channel trip signal.2.a. Averaae Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-Hiqh (Setdown)For operation at low power (i.e., MODE 2), the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (Setdown)
For the OPRM Trip Function 2.f, each LPRM inan APRM channel is further associated in a pattern of OPRM "cells,"
Function is capable of generating a trip signal that prevents fuel damage resulting from abnormal operating transients in this power range. For most operation at low power levels, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (Setdown)
asdescribed in References 17 and 18. Each OPRM cell is capable ofproducing a channel trip signal.2.a. Averaae Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-Hiqh (Setdown)
Function will provide a secondary scram to the Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function because of the relative setpoints.
For operation at low power (i.e., MODE 2), the Average Power RangeMonitor Neutron Flux-High (Setdown)
With the IRMs at Range 9 or 10, it is possible that the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux- High (Setdown)
Function is capable of generating atrip signal that prevents fuel damage resulting from abnormal operating transients in this power range. For most operation at low power levels, theAverage Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (Setdown)
Function will provide the primary trip signal for a corewide increase in power.The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (Setdown)Function together with the IRM -High Function provide mitigation for the control rod withdrawal event during startup (Section 15.4.1 of Ref. 5).Also, the Function indirectly ensures that before the reactor mode switch is placed in the run position, reactor power does not exceed 23% RTP (SL 2.1.1.1) when operating at low reactor pressure and low core flow.Therefore, it indirectly prevents fuel damage during significant reactivity increases with THERMAL POWER < 23% RTP.(continued)
Function willprovide a secondary scram to the Intermediate Range Monitor NeutronFlux-High Function because of the relative setpoints.
With the IRMs atRange 9 or 10, it is possible that the Average Power Range MonitorNeutron Flux- High (Setdown)
Function will provide the primary trip signalfor a corewide increase in power.The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (Setdown)
Function together with the IRM -High Function provide mitigation for thecontrol rod withdrawal event during startup (Section 15.4.1 of Ref. 5).Also, the Function indirectly ensures that before the reactor mode switch isplaced in the run position, reactor power does not exceed 23% RTP(SL 2.1.1.1) when operating at low reactor pressure and low core flow.Therefore, it indirectly prevents fuel damage during significant reactivity increases with THERMAL POWER < 23% RTP.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-7aRevision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-7a Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE 2.a. Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (Setdown)SAFETY (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE 2.a. Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (Setdown)
ANALYSES, LCO, and The Allowable Value is based on preventing significant increases in power APPLICABILITY when THERMAL POWER is< 23% RTP.The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (Setdown)Function must be OPERABLE during MODE 2 when control rods may be withdrawn since the potential for criticality exists. In MODE 1, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function provides protection against reactivity transients and the RWM protects against control rod withdrawal error events.There are provisions in the design of the NUMAC PRNM that given certain circumstances, such as loss of one division of RPS power, an individual APRM will default to a 'run' mode condition logic. If the plant is in mode 2 when this occurs, the individual APRM will be in a condition where the 'run'mode setpoint (Function 2.c) and not the 'setdown' setpoint (Function 2.a)will be applied. If this condition occurs while in reactor mode 2 condition, the appropriate LCO condition per Table 3.3.1.1-1 needs to be entered.2.b. Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power- High The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function monitors neutron flux to approximate the THERMAL POWER being transferred to the reactor coolant. The APRM neutron flux is electronically filtered with a time constant representative of the fuel heat transfer dynamics to generate a signal proportional to the THERMAL POWER in the reactor. The trip level is varied as a function of recirculation drive flow (i.e., at lower core flows, the setpoint is reduced proportional to the reduction in power experienced as core flow is reduced with a fixed control rod pattern) but is clamped at an upper limit that is always lower than the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function Allowable Value. The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function is not credited in any plant Safety Analyses.
SAFETY (continued)
The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function is set above the APRM Rod Block to provide defense in depth to the APRM Neutron Flux -High for transients where THERMAL POWER increases slowly (such as loss of feedwater heating event).During these events, the THERMAL POWER increase does not significantly lag the neutron flux response and, because of a lower trip setpoint, will initiate a scram before the high neutron flux scram. For rapid neutron flux increase events, the THERMAL POWER lags the neutron flux and the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function will provide a scram signal before the Average (continued)
: ANALYSES, LCO, and The Allowable Value is based on preventing significant increases in powerAPPLICABILITY when THERMAL POWER is< 23% RTP.The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (Setdown)
Function must be OPERABLE during MODE 2 when control rods may bewithdrawn since the potential for criticality exists. In MODE 1, the AveragePower Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function provides protection against reactivity transients and the RWM protects against control rodwithdrawal error events.There are provisions in the design of the NUMAC PRNM that given certaincircumstances, such as loss of one division of RPS power, an individual APRM will default to a 'run' mode condition logic. If the plant is in mode 2when this occurs, the individual APRM will be in a condition where the 'run'mode setpoint (Function 2.c) and not the 'setdown' setpoint (Function 2.a)will be applied.
If this condition occurs while in reactor mode 2 condition, the appropriate LCO condition per Table 3.3.1.1-1 needs to be entered.2.b. Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power- HighThe Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -HighFunction monitors neutron flux to approximate the THERMAL POWERbeing transferred to the reactor coolant.
The APRM neutron flux iselectronically filtered with a time constant representative of the fuel heattransfer dynamics to generate a signal proportional to the THERMALPOWER in the reactor.
The trip level is varied as a function ofrecirculation drive flow (i.e., at lower core flows, the setpoint is reducedproportional to the reduction in power experienced as core flow is reducedwith a fixed control rod pattern) but is clamped at an upper limit that isalways lower than the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -HighFunction Allowable Value. The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function is not credited in any plant SafetyAnalyses.
The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function is set above the APRM Rod Block to provide defense indepth to the APRM Neutron Flux -High for transients where THERMALPOWER increases slowly (such as loss of feedwater heating event).During these events, the THERMAL POWER increase does notsignificantly lag the neutron flux response and, because of a lower tripsetpoint, will initiate a scram before the high neutron flux scram. For rapidneutron flux increase events, the THERMAL POWER lags the neutron fluxand the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function willprovide a scram signal before the Average(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-8Revision 5
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-8 Revision 5 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE 2.b. Averaqe Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High SAFETY (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE 2.b. Averaqe Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -HighSAFETY (continued)
ANALYSES, LCO, and Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function setpoint APPLICABILITY is exceeded.The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function uses a trip level generated based on recirculation loop drive flow (W) representative of total core flow. Each APRM channel uses one total recirculation drive flow signal. The total recirculation drive flow signal is generated by the flow processing logic, part of the APRM channel, by summing the flow calculated from two flow transmitter signal inputs, one from each of the two recirculation drive flow loops. The flow processing logic OPERABILITY is part of the APRM channel OPERABILITY requirements for this Function.The adequacy of drive flow as a representation of core flow is ensured through drive flow alignment, accomplished by SR 3.3.1.1.20.
: ANALYSES, LCO, and Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function setpointAPPLICABILITY is exceeded.
A note is included, applicable when the plant is in single recirculation loop operation per LCO 3.4.1, which requires reducing by AW the recirculation flow value used in the APRM Simulated Thermal Power -High Allowable Value equation.
The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -HighFunction uses a trip level generated based on recirculation loop drive flow(W) representative of total core flow. Each APRM channel uses one totalrecirculation drive flow signal. The total recirculation drive flow signal isgenerated by the flow processing logic, part of the APRM channel, bysumming the flow calculated from two flow transmitter signal inputs, onefrom each of the two recirculation drive flow loops. The flow processing logic OPERABILITY is part of the APRM channel OPERABILITY requirements for this Function.
The Average Power Range Monitor Scram Function varies as a function of recirculation loop drive flow (W). AW is defined as the difference in indicated drive flow (in percent of drive flow, which produces rated core flow) between two-loop and single-loop operation at the same core flow. The value of AW is established to conservatively bound the inaccuracy created in the core flow/drive flow correlation due to back flow in the jet pumps associated with the inactive recirculation loop.This adjusted Allowable Value thus maintains thermal margins essentially unchanged from those for two-loop operation.(continued)
The adequacy of drive flow as a representation of core flow is ensuredthrough drive flow alignment, accomplished by SR 3.3.1.1.20.
A note is included, applicable when the plant is in single recirculation loopoperation per LCO 3.4.1, which requires reducing by AW the recirculation flow value used in the APRM Simulated Thermal Power -High Allowable Value equation.
The Average Power Range Monitor Scram Functionvaries as a function of recirculation loop drive flow (W). AW is defined asthe difference in indicated drive flow (in percent of drive flow, whichproduces rated core flow) between two-loop and single-loop operation atthe same core flow. The value of AW is established to conservatively bound the inaccuracy created in the core flow/drive flow correlation due toback flow in the jet pumps associated with the inactive recirculation loop.This adjusted Allowable Value thus maintains thermal margins essentially unchanged from those for two-loop operation.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-9Revision 3
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-9 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 2.b. Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY 2.b. Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High(continued)
The THERMAL POWER time constant of < 7 seconds is based on the fuel heat transfer dynamics and provides a signal proportional to the THERMAL POWER. The simulated thermal time constant is part of filtering logic in the APRM that simulates the relationship between neutron flux and core thermal power.The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 1 when there is the possibility of generating excessive THERMAL POWER and potentially exceeding the SL applicable to high pressure and core flow conditions (MCPR SL). During MODES 2 and 5, other IRM and APRM Functions provide protection for fuel cladding integrity.
The THERMAL POWER time constant of < 7 seconds is based on the fuelheat transfer dynamics and provides a signal proportional to theTHERMAL POWER. The simulated thermal time constant is part offiltering logic in the APRM that simulates the relationship between neutronflux and core thermal power.The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -HighFunction is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 1 when there is thepossibility of generating excessive THERMAL POWER and potentially exceeding the SL applicable to high pressure and core flow conditions (MCPR SL). During MODES 2 and 5, other IRM and APRM Functions provide protection for fuel cladding integrity.
2.c. Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function is capable of generating a trip signal to prevent fuel damage or excessive RCS pressure.
2.c. Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -HighThe Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function iscapable of generating a trip signal to prevent fuel damage or excessive RCS pressure.
For the overpressurization protection analysis of Reference 4, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function is assumed to terminate the main steam isolation valve (MSIV)closure event and, along with the safety/relief valves (S/RVs), limit the peak reactor pressure vessel (RPV) pressure to less than the ASME Code limits. The control rod drop accident (CRDA) analysis (Ref. 5) takes credit for the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function to terminate the CRDA.(continued)
For the overpressurization protection analysis ofReference 4, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function is assumed to terminate the main steam isolation valve (MSIV)closure event and, along with the safety/relief valves (S/RVs),
limit thepeak reactor pressure vessel (RPV) pressure to less than the ASME Codelimits. The control rod drop accident (CRDA) analysis (Ref. 5) takes creditfor the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function toterminate the CRDA.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-10Revision 3
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-10 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE 2.c. Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE 2.c. Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (continued)
SAFETY ANALYSES, The CRDA analysis assumes that reactor scram occurs on Average Power LCO, and Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function.APPLICABILITY The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 1 where the potential consequences of the analyzed transients could result in the SLs (e.g., MCPR and RCS pressure) being exceeded.
SAFETYANALYSES, The CRDA analysis assumes that reactor scram occurs on Average PowerLCO, and Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function.
Although the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function is assumed in the CRDA analysis, which is applicable in MODE 2, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (Setdown)
APPLICABILITY The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function isrequired to be OPERABLE in MODE 1 where the potential consequences of the analyzed transients could result in the SLs (e.g., MCPR and RCSpressure) being exceeded.
Function conservatively bounds the assumed trip and, together with the assumed IRM trips, provides adequate protection.
Although the Average Power Range MonitorNeutron Flux -High Function is assumed in the CRDA analysis, which isapplicable in MODE 2, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (Setdown)
Therefore, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function is not required in MODE 2.2.d. Average Power Range Monitor -Inop Three of the four APRM channels are required to be OPERABLE for each of the APRM Functions.
Function conservatively bounds the assumed trip and,together with the assumed IRM trips, provides adequate protection.
This Function (Inop) provides assurance that the minimum number of APRM channels are OPERABLE.For any APRM channel, any time its mode switch is not in the "Operate" position, an APRM module required to issue a trip is unplugged, or the automatic self-test system detects a critical fault with the APRM channel, an Inop trip is sent to all four voter channels.
Therefore, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Functionis not required in MODE 2.2.d. Average Power Range Monitor -InopThree of the four APRM channels are required to be OPERABLE for eachof the APRM Functions.
Inop trips from two or more unbypassed APRM channels result in a trip output from each of the four voter channels to its associated trip system.This Function was not specifically credited in the accident analysis, but it is retained for the overall redu'ndancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approved licensing basis.(continued)
This Function (Inop) provides assurance that theminimum number of APRM channels are OPERABLE.
For any APRM channel, any time its mode switch is not in the "Operate"
: position, an APRM module required to issue a trip is unplugged, or theautomatic self-test system detects a critical fault with the APRM channel,an Inop trip is sent to all four voter channels.
Inop trips from two or moreunbypassed APRM channels result in a trip output from each of the fourvoter channels to its associated trip system.This Function was not specifically credited in the accident  
: analysis, but it isretained for the overall redu'ndancy and diversity of the RPS as requiredby the NRC approved licensing basis.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B3.3-11Revision 3
-UNIT 1 TS / B3.3-11 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE 2.d. Average Power Range Monitor-mnop (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE 2.d. Average Power Range Monitor-mnop (continued)
SAFETY ANALYSES, There is no Allowable Value for this Function.LCO, and APPLICABILITY This Function is required to be OPERABLE in the MODES where the APRM Functions are required.2.e. 2-out-of-4 Voter The 2-out-of-4 Voter Function provides the interface between the APRM Functions, including the OPRM Trip Function, and the final RPS trip system logic. As such, it is required to be OPERABLE in the MODES where the APRM Functions are required and is necessary to support the safety analysis applicable to each of those Functions.
SAFETYANALYSES, There is no Allowable Value for this Function.
LCO, andAPPLICABILITY This Function is required to be OPERABLE in the MODES where theAPRM Functions are required.
2.e. 2-out-of-4 VoterThe 2-out-of-4 Voter Function provides the interface between the APRMFunctions, including the OPRM Trip Function, and the final RPS tripsystem logic. As such, it is required to be OPERABLE in the MODESwhere the APRM Functions are required and is necessary to support thesafety analysis applicable to each of those Functions.
Therefore, the 2-out-of-4 Voter Function is required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2.All four voter channels are required to be OPERABLE.
Therefore, the 2-out-of-4 Voter Function is required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2.All four voter channels are required to be OPERABLE.
Each voterchannel includes self-diagnostic functions.
Each voter channel includes self-diagnostic functions.
If any voter channel detects acritical fault in its own processing, a trip is issued from that voter channelto the associated RPS trip system.The Two-out-of-Four Logic Module includes both the 2-out-of-4 Voterhardware and the APRM Interface hardware.
If any voter channel detects a critical fault in its own processing, a trip is issued from that voter channel to the associated RPS trip system.The Two-out-of-Four Logic Module includes both the 2-out-of-4 Voter hardware and the APRM Interface hardware.
The 2-out-of-4 VoterFunction 2.e votes APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, and 2.d independently ofFunction 2.f. This voting is accomplished by the 2-out-of-4 Voter hardwarein the Two-out-of-Four Logic Module. The voter includes separate outputsto RPS for the two independently voted sets of Functions, each of which isredundant (four total outputs).
The 2-out-of-4 Voter Function 2.e votes APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, and 2.d independently of Function 2.f. This voting is accomplished by the 2-out-of-4 Voter hardware in the Two-out-of-Four Logic Module. The voter includes separate outputs to RPS for the two independently voted sets of Functions, each of which is redundant (four total outputs).
The analysis in Reference 15 took creditfor this redundancy in the justification of the 12-hour Completion Time forCondition A, so the voter Function 2.e must be declared inoperable if anyof its functionality is inoperable.
The analysis in Reference 15 took credit for this redundancy in the justification of the 12-hour Completion Time for Condition A, so the voter Function 2.e must be declared inoperable if any of its functionality is inoperable.
The voter Function 2.e does not need tobe declared inoperable due to any failure affecting only the APRMInterface hardware portion of the Two-out-of-Four Logic Module.There is no Allowable Value for this Function.
The voter Function 2.e does not need to be declared inoperable due to any failure affecting only the APRM Interface hardware portion of the Two-out-of-Four Logic Module.There is no Allowable Value for this Function.2.f. Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM) Trip The OPRM Trip Function provides compliance with GDC 10, "Reactor Design," and GDC 12, "Suppression of Reactor Power Oscillations" thereby providing protection from exceeding the fuel MCPR safety limit (SL) due to anticipated thermal-hydraulic power oscillations.(continued)
2.f. Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM) TripThe OPRM Trip Function provides compliance with GDC 10, "ReactorDesign,"
and GDC 12, "Suppression of Reactor Power Oscillations" thereby providing protection from exceeding the fuel MCPR safety limit(SL) due to anticipated thermal-hydraulic power oscillations.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-12Revision 3
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-12 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 2.f. Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM) Trip (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO,andAPPLICABILITY 2.f. Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM) Trip (continued)
References 17, 18 and 19 describe three algorithms for detecting thermal-hydraulic instability related neutron flux oscillations:
References 17, 18 and 19 describe three algorithms for detecting thermal-hydraulic instability related neutron flux oscillations:
the period baseddetection algorithm (confirmation count and cell amplitude),
the period based detection algorithm (confirmation count and cell amplitude), the amplitude based algorithm, and the growth rate algorithm.
the amplitude based algorithm, and the growth rate algorithm.
All three are implemented in the OPRM Trip Function, but the safety analysis takes credit only for the period based detection algorithm.
All three are implemented in the OPRM Trip Function, but the safety analysis takes credit only for theperiod based detection algorithm.
The remaining algorithms provide defense in depth and additional protection against unanticipated oscillations.
The remaining algorithms providedefense in depth and additional protection against unanticipated oscillations.
OPRM Trip Function OPERABILITY for Technical Specification purposes is based only on the period based detection algorithm.
OPRM Trip Function OPERABILITY for Technical Specification purposes is based only on the period based detection algorithm.
The OPRM Trip Function receives input signals from the local power rangemonitors (LPRMs) within the reactor core, which are combined into "cells"for evaluation by the OPRM algorithms.
The OPRM Trip Function receives input signals from the local power range monitors (LPRMs) within the reactor core, which are combined into "cells" for evaluation by the OPRM algorithms.
Each channel is capable ofdetecting thermal-hydraulic instabilities, by detecting the related neutronflux oscillations, and issuing a trip signal before the MCPR SL isexceeded.
Each channel is capable of detecting thermal-hydraulic instabilities, by detecting the related neutron flux oscillations, and issuing a trip signal before the MCPR SL is exceeded.
Three of the four channels are required to be OPERABLE.
Three of the four channels are required to be OPERABLE.The OPRM Trip is automatically enabled (bypass removed) when THERMAL POWER is > 25% RTP, as indicated by the APRM Simulated Thermal Power, and reactor core flow is < the value defined in the COLR, as indicated by APRM measured recirculation drive flow. This is the operating region where actual thermal-hydraulic instability and related neutron flux oscillations are expected to occur. Reference 21 includes additional discussion of OPRM Trip enable region limits.These setpoints, which are sometimes referred to as the "auto-bypass" setpoints, establish the boundaries of the OPRM Trip enabled region. The APRM Simulated Thermal Power auto-enable setpoint has 1% deadband while the drive flow setpoint has a 2% deadband.
The OPRM Trip is automatically enabled (bypass removed) whenTHERMAL POWER is > 25% RTP, as indicated by the APRM Simulated Thermal Power, and reactor core flow is < the value defined in the COLR,as indicated by APRM measured recirculation drive flow. This is theoperating region where actual thermal-hydraulic instability and relatedneutron flux oscillations are expected to occur. Reference 21 includesadditional discussion of OPRM Trip enable region limits.These setpoints, which are sometimes referred to as the "auto-bypass" setpoints, establish the boundaries of the OPRM Trip enabled region. TheAPRM Simulated Thermal Power auto-enable setpoint has 1% deadbandwhile the drive flow setpoint has a 2% deadband.
The deadband for these setpoints is established so that it increases the enabled region once the region is entered.The OPRM Trip Function is required to be OPERABLE when the plant is at _ 23% RTP. The 23% RTP level is selected to provide margin in the unlikely event that a reactor power increase transient occurring without operator action while the plant is operating below 25% RTP causes a power increase to or beyond the 25% APRM Simulated Thermal Power OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoint.
The deadband for thesesetpoints is established so that it increases the enabled region once theregion is entered.The OPRM Trip Function is required to be OPERABLE when the plant isat _ 23% RTP. The 23% RTP level is selected to provide margin in theunlikely event that a reactor power increase transient occurring withoutoperator action while the plant is operating below 25% RTP causes apower increase to or beyond the 25% APRM Simulated Thermal PowerOPRM Trip auto-enable setpoint.
This OPERABILITY requirement assures that the OPRM Trip auto-enable function will be OPERABLE when required.(continued)
This OPERABILITY requirement assures that the OPRM Trip auto-enable function will be OPERABLEwhen required.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-12aRevision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-12a Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE 2.f. Oscillation Power Ranqe Monitor (OPRM) Trip (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE 2.f. Oscillation Power Ranqe Monitor (OPRM) Trip (continued)
SAFETY ANALYSES, An APRM channel is also required to have a minimum number of OPRM LCO, and cells OPERABLE for the Upscale Function 2.f to be OPERABLE.
SAFETYANALYSES, An APRM channel is also required to have a minimum number of OPRMLCO, and cells OPERABLE for the Upscale Function 2.f to be OPERABLE.
The APPLICABILITY OPRM cell operability requirements are documented in the Technical Requirements Manual, TRO 3.3.9, and are established as necessary to support the trip setpoint calculations performed in accordance with methodologies in Reference 19.An OPRM Trip is issued from an APRM channel when the period based detection algorithm in that channel detects oscillatory changes in the neutron flux, indicated by the combined signals of the LPRM detectors in a cell, with period confirmations and relative cell amplitude exceeding specified setpoints.
TheAPPLICABILITY OPRM cell operability requirements are documented in the Technical Requirements Manual, TRO 3.3.9, and are established as necessary tosupport the trip setpoint calculations performed in accordance withmethodologies in Reference 19.An OPRM Trip is issued from an APRM channel when the period baseddetection algorithm in that channel detects oscillatory changes in theneutron flux, indicated by the combined signals of the LPRM detectors in acell, with period confirmations and relative cell amplitude exceeding specified setpoints.
One or more cells in a channel exceeding the trip conditions will result in a channel OPRM Trip from that channel. An OPRM Trip is also issued from the channel if either the growth rate or amplitude-based algorithms detect oscillatory changes in the neutron flux for one or more cells in that channel. (Note: To facilitate placing the OPRM Trip Function 2.f in one APRM channel in a "tripped" state, if necessary to satisfy a Required Action, the APRM equipment is conservatively designed to force an OPRM Trip output from the APRM channel if an APRM Inop condition occurs, such as when the APRM chassis keylock switch is placed in the Inop position.)
One or more cells in a channel exceeding the tripconditions will result in a channel OPRM Trip from that channel.
AnOPRM Trip is also issued from the channel if either the growth rate oramplitude-based algorithms detect oscillatory changes in the neutron fluxfor one or more cells in that channel.  
(Note: To facilitate placing theOPRM Trip Function 2.f in one APRM channel in a "tripped" state, ifnecessary to satisfy a Required Action, the APRM equipment isconservatively designed to force an OPRM Trip output from the APRMchannel if an APRM Inop condition occurs, such as when the APRMchassis keylock switch is placed in the Inop position.)
There are three "sets" of OPRM related setpoints or adjustment parameters:
There are three "sets" of OPRM related setpoints or adjustment parameters:
a) OPRM Trip auto-enable region setpoints for STP and driveflow; b) period based detection algorithm (PBDA) confirmation count andamplitude setpoints; and c) period based detection algorithm tuningparameters.
a) OPRM Trip auto-enable region setpoints for STP and drive flow; b) period based detection algorithm (PBDA) confirmation count and amplitude setpoints; and c) period based detection algorithm tuning parameters.
The first set, the OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoints, as discussed in the SR3.3.1.1.19 Bases, are treated as nominal setpoints with no additional margins added. The settings are defined in the Technical Requirements Manual, TRO 3.3.9, and confirmed by SR 3.3.1.1.19.
The first set, the OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoints, as discussed in the SR 3.3.1.1.19 Bases, are treated as nominal setpoints with no additional margins added. The settings are defined in the Technical Requirements Manual, TRO 3.3.9, and confirmed by SR 3.3.1.1.19.
The second set, theOPRM PBDA trip setpoints, are established in accordance withmethodologies defined in Reference 19, and are documented in theCOLR. There are no allowable values for these setpoints.
The second set, the OPRM PBDA trip setpoints, are established in accordance with methodologies defined in Reference 19, and are documented in the COLR. There are no allowable values for these setpoints.
The third set,the OPRM PBDA "tuning" parameters, are established or adjusted inaccordance with and controlled by requirements in the Technical Requirements Manual, TRO 3.3.9.(continued)
The third set, the OPRM PBDA "tuning" parameters, are established or adjusted in accordance with and controlled by requirements in the Technical Requirements Manual, TRO 3.3.9.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-12bRevision 0
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-12b Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY
: 3. Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-Hiah An increase in the RPV pressure during reactor operation compresses the steam voids and results in a positive reactivity insertion.
: 3. Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-Hiah An increase in the RPV pressure during reactor operation compresses thesteam voids and results in a positive reactivity insertion.
This causes the neutron flux and THERMAL POWER transferred to the reactor coolant to increase, which could challenge the integrity of the fuel cladding and the RCPB. This trip Function is assumed in the low power generator load rejection without bypass and the recirculation flow controller failure (increasing) event. However, the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Function initiates a scram for transients that result in a pressure increase, counteracting the pressure increase by rapidly reducing core power. For the overpressurization protection analysis of Reference 4, reactor scram (the analyses conservatively assume a scram from either the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High signal, or the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High signal), along with the S/RVs, limits the peak RPV pressure to less than the ASME Section III Code limits.High reactor pressure signals are initiated from four pressure instruments that sense reactor pressure.
This causes theneutron flux and THERMAL POWER transferred to the reactor coolant toincrease, which could challenge the integrity of the fuel cladding and theRCPB. This trip Function is assumed in the low power generator loadrejection without bypass and the recirculation flow controller failure(increasing) event. However, the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Function initiates a scram for transients that result in a pressureincrease, counteracting the pressure increase by rapidly reducing corepower. For the overpressurization protection analysis of Reference 4,reactor scram (the analyses conservatively assume a scram from eitherthe Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High signal, or theReactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High signal),
The Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Allowable Value is chosen to provide a sufficient margin to the ASME Section III Code limits during the event.Four channels of Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Function, with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal. The Function is (continued)
along with theS/RVs, limits the peak RPV pressure to less than the ASME Section IIICode limits.High reactor pressure signals are initiated from four pressure instruments that sense reactor pressure.
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-12c Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE
The Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Allowable Value is chosen to provide a sufficient margin to the ASMESection III Code limits during the event.Four channels of Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High  
: Function, with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic,are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failurewill preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal. The Function is(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-12cRevision 0
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE
: 3. Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High (continued)
: 3. Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High (continued)
SAFETYANALYSES, required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2 when the RCS isLCO, and pressurized and the potential for pressure increase exists.APPLICABILITY
SAFETY ANALYSES, required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2 when the RCS is LCO, and pressurized and the potential for pressure increase exists.APPLICABILITY
: 4. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3Low RPV water level indicates the capability to cool the fuel may bethreatened.
: 4. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Low RPV water level indicates the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage couldresult. Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated at Level 3 to substantially reduce the heat generated in the fuel from fission.
Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage could result. Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated at Level 3 to substantially reduce the heat generated in the fuel from fission. The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function is assumed in the analysis of the recirculation line break (Ref. 6). The reactor scram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS), ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 signals are initiated from four level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel.Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function, with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value is selected to ensure that during normal operation the separator skirts are not uncovered (this protects available recirculation pump net positive suction head (NPSH) from significant carryunder) and, for transients involving loss of all normal feedwater flow, initiation of the low pressure ECCS subsystems at Reactor Vessel Water-Low Low Low, Level 1 will not be required.The Function is required in MODES 1 and 2 where considerable energy exists in the RCS resulting in the limiting transients and accidents.
The Reactor VesselWater Level-Low, Level 3 Function is assumed in the analysis of therecirculation line break (Ref. 6). The reactor scram reduces the amount ofenergy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of theEmergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS), ensures that the fuel peakcladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 signals are initiated from fourlevel instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to aconstant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to theactual water level (variable leg) in the vessel.Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function, with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic,are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failurewill preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value isselected to ensure that during normal operation the separator skirts arenot uncovered (this protects available recirculation pump net positivesuction head (NPSH) from significant carryunder) and, for transients involving loss of all normal feedwater flow, initiation of the low pressureECCS subsystems at Reactor Vessel Water-Low Low Low, Level 1 willnot be required.
ECCS initiations at Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 and Low Low Low, (continued)
The Function is required in MODES 1 and 2 where considerable energyexists in the RCS resulting in the limiting transients and accidents.
ECCSinitiations at Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 and Low LowLow,(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-13Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-13 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE
: 4. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 (continued)
: 4. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 (continued)
SAFETYANALYSES, Level 1 provide sufficient protection for level transients in all otherLCO, and MODES.APPLICABILITY
SAFETY ANALYSES, Level 1 provide sufficient protection for level transients in all other LCO, and MODES.APPLICABILITY
: 5. Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure MSIV closure results in loss of the main turbine and the condenser as aheat sink for the nuclear steam supply system and indicates a need toshut down the reactor to reduce heat generation.
: 5. Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure MSIV closure results in loss of the main turbine and the condenser as a heat sink for the nuclear steam supply system and indicates a need to shut down the reactor to reduce heat generation.
Therefore, a reactorscram is initiated on a Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure signal beforethe MSIVs are completely closed in anticipation of the complete loss of thenormal heat sink and subsequent overpressurization transient.
Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated on a Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure signal before the MSIVs are completely closed in anticipation of the complete loss of the normal heat sink and subsequent overpressurization transient.
However,for the overpressurization protection analysis of Reference 4, the AveragePower Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High  
However, for the overpressurization protection analysis of Reference 4, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function, along with the S/RVs, limits the peak RPV pressure to less than the ASME Code limits. That is, the direct scram on position switches for MSIV closure events is not assumed in the overpressurization analysis.
: Function, along with the S/RVs,limits the peak RPV pressure to less than the ASME Code limits. That is,the direct scram on position switches for MSIV closure events is notassumed in the overpressurization analysis.
Additionally, MSIV closure is assumed in the transients analyzed in Reference 5 (e.g., low steam line pressure, manual closure of MSIVs, high steam line flow). The reactor scram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of the ECCS, ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.MSIV closure signals are initiated from position switches located on each of the eight MSIVs. Each MSIV has two position switches; one inputs to RPS trip system A while the other inputs to RPS trip system B. Thus, each RPS trip system receives an input from eight Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure channels, each consisting of one position switch. The logic for the Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Function is arranged such that either the inboard or outboard valve on three or more of the main steam lines must close in order for a scram to occur.The Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Allowable Value is specified to ensure that a scram occurs prior to a significant reduction in steam flow, thereby reducing the severity of the subsequent pressure transient.(continued)
Additionally, MSIV closure isassumed in the transients analyzed in Reference 5 (e.g., low steam linepressure, manual closure of MSIVs, high steam line flow). The reactorscram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, alongwith the actions of the ECCS, ensures that the fuel peak claddingtemperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.MSIV closure signals are initiated from position switches located on eachof the eight MSIVs. Each MSIV has two position switches; one inputs toRPS trip system A while the other inputs to RPS trip system B. Thus,each RPS trip system receives an input from eight Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure  
: channels, each consisting of one position switch. Thelogic for the Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Function is arrangedsuch that either the inboard or outboard valve on three or more of themain steam lines must close in order for a scram to occur.The Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Allowable Value is specified toensure that a scram occurs prior to a significant reduction in steam flow,thereby reducing the severity of the subsequent pressure transient.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-14Revision 3
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-14 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY
: 5. Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure (continued)
: 5. Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure (continued)
Sixteen channels (arranged in pairs) of the Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Function, with eight channels in each trip system, are required tobe OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude thescram from this Function on a valid signal. This Function is only requiredin MODE 1 since, with the MSIVs open and the heat generation rate high,a pressurization transient can occur if the MSIVs close. In addition, theFunction is automatically bypassed when the Reactor Mode Switch is notin the Run position.
Sixteen channels (arranged in pairs) of the Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Function, with eight channels in each trip system, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude the scram from this Function on a valid signal. This Function is only required in MODE 1 since, with the MSIVs open and the heat generation rate high, a pressurization transient can occur if the MSIVs close. In addition, the Function is automatically bypassed when the Reactor Mode Switch is not in the Run position.
In MODE 2, the heat generation rate is low enough sothat the other diverse RPS functions provide sufficient protection.
In MODE 2, the heat generation rate is low enough so that the other diverse RPS functions provide sufficient protection.
: 6. Drvwell Pressure-Hiah High pressure in the drywell could indicate a break in the RCPB. A reactorscram is initiated to minimize the possibility of fuel damage and to reducethe amount of energy being added to the coolant and the drywell.
: 6. Drvwell Pressure-Hiah High pressure in the drywell could indicate a break in the RCPB. A reactor scram is initiated to minimize the possibility of fuel damage and to reduce the amount of energy being added to the coolant and the drywell. The Drywell Pressure-High Function is assumed in the analysis of the recirculation line break (Ref. 6). The reactor scram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS), ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.High drywell pressure signals are initiated from four pressure instruments that sense drywell pressure.
TheDrywell Pressure-High Function is assumed in the analysis of therecirculation line break (Ref. 6). The reactor scram reduces the amount ofenergy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS), ensures that the fuel peak claddingtemperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.High drywell pressure signals are initiated from four pressure instruments that sense drywell pressure.
The Allowable Value was selected to be as low as possible and indicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.
The Allowable Value was selected to be aslow as possible and indicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.
Four channels of Drywell Pressure-High Function, with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal. The Function is required in MODES 1 and 2 where considerable energy exists in the RCS, resulting in the limiting transients and accidents.(continued)
Four channels of Drywell Pressure-High  
: Function, with two channels ineach trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic, are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude ascram from this Function on a valid signal. The Function is required inMODES 1 and 2 where considerable energy exists in the RCS, resulting inthe limiting transients and accidents.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-15Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-15 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 7.a, 7.b. Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -Hiqh The SDV receives the water displaced by the motion of the CRD pistons during a reactor scram. Should this volume fill to a point where there is insufficient volume to accept the displaced water, control rod insertion would be hindered.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued) 7.a, 7.b. Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -HiqhThe SDV receives the water displaced by the motion of the CRD pistonsduring a reactor scram. Should this volume fill to a point where there isinsufficient volume to accept the displaced water, control rod insertion would be hindered.
Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated while the remaining free volume is still sufficient to accommodate the water from a full core scram. The two types of Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -High Functions are an input to the RPS logic. No credit is taken for a scram initiated from these Functions for any of the design basis accidents or transients analyzed in the FSAR. However, they are retained to ensure the scram function remains OPERABLE.SDV water level is measured by two diverse methods. The level in each of the two SDVs is measured by two float type level switches and two level transmitters with trip units for a total of eight level signals. The outputs of these devices are arranged so that there is a signal from a level switch and a level transmitter with trip unit to each RPS logic channel. The level measurement instrumentation satisfies the recommendations of Reference 8.The Allowable Value is chosen low enough to ensure that there is sufficient volume in the SDV to accommodate the water from a full scram.Four channels of each type of Scram Discharge Volume Water Level-High Function, with two channels of each type in each trip system, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from these Functions on a valid signal. These Functions are required in MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 5 with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies, since these are the MODES and other specified conditions when control rods are withdrawn.
Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated while theremaining free volume is still sufficient to accommodate the water from afull core scram. The two types of Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -High Functions are an input to the RPS logic. No credit is taken for ascram initiated from these Functions for any of the design basis accidents or transients analyzed in the FSAR. However, they are retained to ensurethe scram function remains OPERABLE.
At all other times, this Function may be bypassed.8. Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Closure of the TSVs results in the loss of a heat sink that produces reactor pressure, neutron flux, and heat flux transients that must be limited.Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated at the start of TSV closure in anticipation of (continued)
SDV water level is measured by two diverse methods.
The level in eachof the two SDVs is measured by two float type level switches and two leveltransmitters with trip units for a total of eight level signals.
The outputs ofthese devices are arranged so that there is a signal from a level switchand a level transmitter with trip unit to each RPS logic channel.
The levelmeasurement instrumentation satisfies the recommendations ofReference 8.The Allowable Value is chosen low enough to ensure that there issufficient volume in the SDV to accommodate the water from a full scram.Four channels of each type of Scram Discharge Volume Water Level-High Function, with two channels of each type in each trip system, arerequired to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure willpreclude a scram from these Functions on a valid signal. These Functions are required in MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 5 with any control rodwithdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies, sincethese are the MODES and other specified conditions when control rodsare withdrawn.
At all other times, this Function may be bypassed.
: 8. Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Closure of the TSVs results in the loss of a heat sink that produces reactorpressure, neutron flux, and heat flux transients that must be limited.Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated at the start of TSV closure inanticipation of(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-16Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-16 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY
: 8. Turbine Stop Valve-Closure (continued) the transients that would result from the closure of these valves. The Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Function is the primary scram signal for the turbine trip event analyzed in Reference  
: 8. Turbine Stop Valve-Closure (continued) the transients that would result from the closure of these valves. TheTurbine Stop Valve-Closure Function is the primary scram signal for theturbine trip event analyzed in Reference  
: 5. For this event, the reactor scram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of the End of Cycle Recirculation Pump Trip (EOC-RPT)System, ensures that the MCPR SL is not exceeded.
: 5. For this event, the reactorscram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, alongwith the actions of the End of Cycle Recirculation Pump Trip (EOC-RPT)
Turbine Stop Valve-Closure signals are initiated from position switches located on each of the four TSVs. Two independent position switches are associated with each stop valve. One of the two switches provides input to RPS trip system A;the other, to RPS trip system B. Thus, each RPS trip'system receives an input from four Turbine Stop Valve-Closure channels, each consisting of one position switch. The logic for the Turbine Stop Valve -Closure Function is such that three or more TSVs must be closed to produce a scram. This Function must be enabled at THERMAL POWER> 26% RTP. This is accomplished automatically by pressure instruments sensing turbine first stage pressure.
System, ensures that the MCPR SL is not exceeded.
Because an increase in the main turbine bypass flow can affect this function non-conservatively, THERMAL POWER is derived from first stage pressure.
Turbine Stop Valve-Closure signals are initiated from position switches located on each of thefour TSVs. Two independent position switches are associated with eachstop valve. One of the two switches provides input to RPS trip system A;the other, to RPS trip system B. Thus, each RPS trip'system receives aninput from four Turbine Stop Valve-Closure  
The main turbine bypass valves must not cause the trip Function to be bypassed when THERMAL POWER is >_ 26% RTP.The Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Allowable Value is selected to be high enough to detect imminent TSV closure, thereby reducing the severity of the subsequent pressure transient.
: channels, each consisting ofone position switch. The logic for the Turbine Stop Valve -ClosureFunction is such that three or more TSVs must be closed to produce ascram. This Function must be enabled at THERMAL POWER> 26% RTP. This is accomplished automatically by pressure instruments sensing turbine first stage pressure.
Eight channels (arranged in pairs) of Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Function, with four channels in each trip system, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function if any three TSVs should close. This Function is required, consistent with analysis assumptions, whenever THERMAL POWER is _> 26% RTP. This Function is not required when THERMAL POWER is < 26% RTP since the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High and the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Functions are adequate to maintain the necessary safety margins.(continued)
Because an increase in the mainturbine bypass flow can affect this function non-conservatively, THERMALPOWER is derived from first stage pressure.
The main turbine bypassvalves must not cause the trip Function to be bypassed when THERMALPOWER is >_ 26% RTP.The Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Allowable Value is selected to be highenough to detect imminent TSV closure, thereby reducing the severity ofthe subsequent pressure transient.
Eight channels (arranged in pairs) of Turbine Stop Valve-Closure
: Function, with four channels in each trip system, are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude ascram from this Function if any three TSVs should close. This Function isrequired, consistent with analysis assumptions, whenever THERMALPOWER is _> 26% RTP. This Function is not required when THERMALPOWER is < 26% RTP since the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High and the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Functions are adequate to maintain the necessary safety margins.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-17Revision 4
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-17 Revision 4 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued)
: 9. Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Fast closure of the TCVs results in the loss of a heat sink that produces reactor pressure, neutron flux, and heat flux transients that must be limited. Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated on TCV fast closure in anticipation of the transients that would result from the closure of these valves. The Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Function is the primary scram signal for the generator load rejection event analyzed in Reference  
: 9. Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Fast closure of the TCVs results in the loss of a heat sink that producesreactor pressure, neutron flux, and heat flux transients that must belimited.
: 5. For this event, the reactor scram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of the EOC-RPT System, ensures that the MCPR SL is not exceeded.Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low signals are initiated by the electrohydraulic control (EHC) fluid pressure at each control valve. One pressure instrument is associated with each control valve, and the signal from each transmitter is assigned to a separate RPS logic channel. This Function must be enabled at THERMAL POWER>_ 26% RTP. This is accomplished automatically by pressure instruments sensing turbine first stage pressure.
Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated on TCV fast closure inanticipation of the transients that would result from the closure of thesevalves. The Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Function is the primary scram signal for the generator load rejection eventanalyzed in Reference  
Because an increase in the main turbine bypass flow can affect this function non-conservatively, THERMAL POWER is derived from first stage pressure.
: 5. For this event, the reactor scram reduces theamount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions ofthe EOC-RPT System, ensures that the MCPR SL is not exceeded.
The main turbine bypass valves must not cause the trip Function to be bypassed when THERMAL POWER is  26% RTP.The Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Allowable Value is selected high enough to detect imminent TCV fast closure.Four channels of Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Function with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal. This Function is required, consistent with the analysis assumptions, whenever THERMAL POWER is _ 26% RTP. This Function is not required when THERMAL POWER is < 26% RTP, since the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High and the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Functions are adequate to maintain the necessary safety margins.(continued)
Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low signals areinitiated by the electrohydraulic control (EHC) fluid pressure at eachcontrol valve. One pressure instrument is associated with each controlvalve, and the signal from each transmitter is assigned to a separate RPSlogic channel.
This Function must be enabled at THERMAL POWER>_ 26% RTP. This is accomplished automatically by pressure instruments sensing turbine first stage pressure.
Because an increase in the mainturbine bypass flow can affect this function non-conservatively, THERMALPOWER is derived from first stage pressure.
The main turbine bypassvalves must not cause the trip Function to be bypassed when THERMALPOWER is  26% RTP.The Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Allowable Value is selected high enough to detect imminent TCV fast closure.Four channels of Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Function with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no singleinstrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a validsignal. This Function is required, consistent with the analysisassumptions, whenever THERMAL POWER is _ 26% RTP. This Functionis not required when THERMAL POWER is < 26% RTP, since the ReactorVessel Steam Dome Pressure-High and the Average Power RangeMonitor Neutron Flux-High Functions are adequate to maintain thenecessary safety margins.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-18Revision 4
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-18 Revision 4 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued)
: 10. Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position The Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position Function provides signals, via the manual scram logic channels, to each of the four RPS logic channels, which are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation channels and provide manual reactor trip capability.
: 10. Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown PositionThe Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position Function provides signals,via the manual scram logic channels, to each of the four RPS logicchannels, which are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation channels and provide manual reactor trip capability.
This Function was not specifically credited in the accident analysis, but it is retained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approved licensing basis.The reactor mode switch is a single switch with four channels, each of which provides input into one of the RPS logic channels.There is no Allowable Value for this Function, since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on reactor mode switch position.Four channels of Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position.
This Function wasnot specifically credited in the accident  
Function, with two channels in each trip system, are available and required to be OPERABLE.
: analysis, but it is retained for theoverall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRCapproved licensing basis.The reactor mode switch is a single switch with four channels, each ofwhich provides input into one of the RPS logic channels.
The Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position Function is required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2, and MODE 5 with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies, since these are the MODES and other specified conditions when control rods are withdrawn.
There is no Allowable Value for this Function, since the channels aremechanically actuated based solely on reactor mode switch position.
: 11. Manual Scram The Manual Scram push button channels provide signals, via the manual scram logic channels, to each of the four RPS logic channels, which are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation channels and provide manual reactor trip capability.
Four channels of Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position.  
This Function was not specifically credited in the accident analysis but it is retained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approved licensing basis.There is one Manual Scram push button channel for each of the four RPS logic channels.
: Function, with two channels in each trip system, are available and required to beOPERABLE.
In order to cause a scram it is necessary that at least one channel in each trip system be actuated.(continued)
The Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position Function isrequired to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2, and MODE 5 with anycontrol rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuelassemblies, since these are the MODES and other specified conditions when control rods are withdrawn.
: 11. Manual ScramThe Manual Scram push button channels provide signals, via the manualscram logic channels, to each of the four RPS logic channels, which areredundant to the automatic protective instrumentation channels andprovide manual reactor trip capability.
This Function was not specifically credited in the accident analysis but it is retained for the overallredundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approvedlicensing basis.There is one Manual Scram push button channel for each of the four RPSlogic channels.
In order to cause a scram it is necessary that at least onechannel in each trip system be actuated.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-19Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-19 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESAPPLICABLE
: 11. Manual Scram (continued)
: 11. Manual Scram (continued)
SAFETYANALYSES, There is no Allowable Value for this Function since the channels areLCO, and mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.APPLICABILITY Four channels of Manual Scram with two channels in each trip systemarranged in a one-out-of-two logic are available and required to beOPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 5 with any control rodwithdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies, sincethese are the MODES and other specified conditions when control rodsare withdrawn.
SAFETY ANALYSES, There is no Allowable Value for this Function since the channels are LCO, and mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.APPLICABILITY Four channels of Manual Scram with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic are available and required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 5 with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies, since these are the MODES and other specified conditions when control rods are withdrawn.
ACTIONS A Note has been provided to modify the ACTIONS related to RPSinstrumentation channels.
ACTIONS A Note has been provided to modify the ACTIONS related to RPS instrumentation channels.
Section 1.3, Completion Times, specifies thatonce a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to beinoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into theCondition.
Section 1.3, Completion Times, specifies that once a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into the Condition.
Section 1.3 also specifies that Required Actions of theCondition continue to apply for each additional  
Section 1.3 also specifies that Required Actions of the Condition continue to apply for each additional failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.
: failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.  
However, the Required Actions for inoperable RPS instrumentation channels provide appropriate compensatory measures for separate inoperable channels.
: However, the RequiredActions for inoperable RPS instrumentation channels provide appropriate compensatory measures for separate inoperable channels.
As such, a Note has been provided that allows separate Condition entry for each inoperable RPS instrumentation channel.A.1 and A.2 Because of the diversity of sensors available to provide trip signals and the redundancy of the RPS design, an allowable out of service time of 12 hours has been shown to be acceptable (Refs. 9, 15 and 16) to permit restoration of any inoperable channel to OPERABLE status. However, this out of service time is only acceptable provided the associated Function's inoperable channel is in one trip system and the Function still maintains RPS trip capability (refer to Required Actions B.1, B.2, and C.1 Bases). If the inoperable channel cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the allowable out of service time, the channel or the associated trip system must be placed in the tripped (continued)
As such, aNote has been provided that allows separate Condition entry for eachinoperable RPS instrumentation channel.A.1 and A.2Because of the diversity of sensors available to provide trip signals andthe redundancy of the RPS design, an allowable out of service time of12 hours has been shown to be acceptable (Refs. 9, 15 and 16) to permitrestoration of any inoperable channel to OPERABLE status. However,this out of service time is only acceptable provided the associated Function's inoperable channel is in one trip system and the Function stillmaintains RPS trip capability (refer to Required Actions B.1, B.2, and C.1Bases). If the inoperable channel cannot be restored to OPERABLEstatus within the allowable out of service time, the channel or theassociated trip system must be placed in the tripped(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-20Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-20 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 (continued) condition per Required Actions A.1 and A.2. Placing the inoperable channel in trip (or the associated trip system in trip) would conservatively compensate for the inoperability, restore capability to accommodate a single failure, and allow operation to continue.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESACTIONS A.1 and A.2 (continued) condition per Required Actions A.1 and A.2. Placing the inoperable channel in trip (or the associated trip system in trip) would conservatively compensate for the inoperability, restore capability to accommodate asingle failure, and allow operation to continue.
Alternatively, if it is not desired to place the channel (or trip system) in trip (e.g., as in the case where placing the inoperable channel in trip would result in a full scram), Condition D must be entered and its Required Action taken.As noted, Action A.2 is not applicable for APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, or 2.f. Inoperability of one required APRM channel affects both trip systems. For that condition, Required Action A.1 must be satisfied, and is the only action (other than restoring OPERABILITY) that will restore capability to accommodate a single failure. Inoperability of more than one required APRM channel of the same trip function results in loss of trip capability and entry into Condition C, as well as entry into Condition A for each channel.B.1 and B.2 Condition B exists when, for any one or more Functions, at least one required channel is inoperable in each trip system. In this condition, provided at least one channel per trip system is OPERABLE, the RPS still maintains trip capability for that Function, but cannot accommodate a single failure in either trip system.Required Actions B.1 and B.2 limit the time the RPS scram logic, for any Function, would not accommodate single failure in both trip systems (e.g., one-out-of-one and one-out-of-one arrangement for a typical four channel Function).
Alternatively, if it is notdesired to place the channel (or trip system) in trip (e.g., as in the casewhere placing the inoperable channel in trip would result in a full scram),Condition D must be entered and its Required Action taken.As noted, Action A.2 is not applicable for APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c,2.d, or 2.f. Inoperability of one required APRM channel affects both tripsystems.
The reduced reliability of this logic arrangement was not evaluated in Reference 9, 15 or 16 for the 12 hour Completion Time.Within the 6 hour allowance, the associated Function will have all required channels OPERABLE or in trip (or any combination) in one trip system.Completing one of these Required Actions restores RPS to a reliability level equivalent to that evaluated in Reference 9, 15 and 16, which justified a 12 hour allowable out of service time as presented in Condition A. The trip system in the more degraded state should be placed in trip or, alternatively, all the inoperable channels in that trip system should be placed in trip (e.g., a trip system with two inoperable channels could be in a more degraded state than a trip system with four inoperable channels if the two inoperable channels are in the same Function while the four inoperable channels are all in different Functions).
For that condition, Required Action A.1 must be satisfied, and isthe only action (other than restoring OPERABILITY) that will restorecapability to accommodate a single failure.
The decision of which trip system is in the more degraded state should be based on prudent judgment and take into account current plant conditions (i.e., what MODE the plant is in).(continued)
Inoperability of more than onerequired APRM channel of the same trip function results in loss of tripcapability and entry into Condition C, as well as entry into Condition A foreach channel.B.1 and B.2Condition B exists when, for any one or more Functions, at least onerequired channel is inoperable in each trip system. In this condition, provided at least one channel per trip system is OPERABLE, the RPS stillmaintains trip capability for that Function, but cannot accommodate asingle failure in either trip system.Required Actions B.1 and B.2 limit the time the RPS scram logic, for anyFunction, would not accommodate single failure in both trip systems(e.g., one-out-of-one and one-out-of-one arrangement for a typical fourchannel Function).
The reduced reliability of this logic arrangement wasnot evaluated in Reference 9, 15 or 16 for the 12 hour Completion Time.Within the 6 hour allowance, the associated Function will have all requiredchannels OPERABLE or in trip (or any combination) in one trip system.Completing one of these Required Actions restores RPS to a reliability level equivalent to that evaluated in Reference 9, 15 and 16, whichjustified a 12 hour allowable out of service time as presented inCondition A. The trip system in the more degraded state should be placedin trip or, alternatively, all the inoperable channels in that trip systemshould be placed in trip (e.g., a trip system with two inoperable channelscould be in a more degraded state than a trip system with four inoperable channels if the two inoperable channels are in the same Function whilethe four inoperable channels are all in different Functions).
The decisionof which trip system is in the more degraded state should be based onprudent judgment and take into account current plant conditions (i.e., whatMODE the plant is in).(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-21Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-21 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS B.1 and B.2 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESACTIONS B.1 and B.2 (continued)
If this action would result in a scram, it is permissible to place the other trip system or its inoperable channels in trip.The 6 hour Completion Time is judged acceptable based on the remaining capability to trip, the diversity of the sensors available to provide the trip signals, the low probability of extensive numbers of inoperabilities affecting all diverse Functions, and the low probability of an event requiring the initiation of a scram.Alternately, if it is not desired to place the inoperable channels (or one trip system) in trip (e.g., as in the case where placing the inoperable channel or associated trip system in trip would result in a scram), Condition D must be entered and its Required Action taken.As noted, Condition B is not applicable for APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, or 2.f. Inoperability of an APRM channel affects both trip systems and is not associated with a specific trip system as are the APRM 2-out-of-4 Voter (Function 2.e) and other non-APRM channels for which Condition B applies. For an inoperable APRM channel, Required Action A.1 must be satisfied, and is the only action (other than restoring OPERABILITY) that will restore capability to accommodate a single failure. Inoperability of a Function in more than one required APRM channel results in loss of trip capability for that Function and entry into Condition C, as well as entry into Condition A for each channel. Because Conditions A and C provide Required Actions that are appropriate for the inoperability of APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, or 2.f, and because these Functions are not associated with specific trip systems as are the APRM 2-out-of-4 Voter and other non-APRM channels, Condition B does not apply.C.1 Required Action C. 1 is intended to ensure that appropriate actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within the same trip system for the same Function result in the Function not maintaining RPS trip capability.
If this action would result in a scram, it is permissible to place the other tripsystem or its inoperable channels in trip.The 6 hour Completion Time is judged acceptable based on the remaining capability to trip, the diversity of the sensors available to provide the tripsignals, the low probability of extensive numbers of inoperabilities affecting all diverse Functions, and the low probability of an eventrequiring the initiation of a scram.Alternately, if it is not desired to place the inoperable channels (or one tripsystem) in trip (e.g., as in the case where placing the inoperable channelor associated trip system in trip would result in a scram), Condition D mustbe entered and its Required Action taken.As noted, Condition B is not applicable for APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c,2.d, or 2.f. Inoperability of an APRM channel affects both trip systems andis not associated with a specific trip system as are the APRM 2-out-of-4 Voter (Function 2.e) and other non-APRM channels for which Condition Bapplies.
A Function is considered to be maintaining RPS trip capability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip (or the associated trip system is in trip), such that both trip systems will generate a trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal. For the typical Function with one-out-of-two taken twice logic, this would require both trip systems to have one channel OPERABLE or in trip (or the associated trip system in trip). For Function 5 (Main Steam (continued)
For an inoperable APRM channel, Required Action A.1 must besatisfied, and is the only action (other than restoring OPERABILITY) thatwill restore capability to accommodate a single failure.
Inoperability of aFunction in more than one required APRM channel results in loss of tripcapability for that Function and entry into Condition C, as well as entry intoCondition A for each channel.
Because Conditions A and C provideRequired Actions that are appropriate for the inoperability of APRMFunctions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, or 2.f, and because these Functions are notassociated with specific trip systems as are the APRM 2-out-of-4 Voterand other non-APRM  
: channels, Condition B does not apply.C.1Required Action C. 1 is intended to ensure that appropriate actions aretaken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within the same tripsystem for the same Function result in the Function not maintaining RPStrip capability.
A Function is considered to be maintaining RPS tripcapability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip (or theassociated trip system is in trip), such that both trip systems will generatea trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal. For the typicalFunction with one-out-of-two taken twice logic, this would require both tripsystems to have one channel OPERABLE or in trip (or the associated tripsystem in trip). For Function 5 (Main Steam(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-22Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-22 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS C.1 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESACTIONSC.1 (continued)
Isolation Valve-Closure), this would require both trip systems to have each channel associated with the MSIVs in three main steam lines (not necessarily the same main steam lines for both trip systems) OPERABLE or in trip (or the associated trip system in trip).For Function 8 (Turbine Stop Valve-Closure), this would require both trip systems to have three channels, each OPERABLE or in trip (or the associated trip system in trip).The Completion Time is intended to allow the operator time to evaluate and repair any discovered inoperabilities.
Isolation Valve-Closure),
The (continued)
this would require both trip systems to haveeach channel associated with the MSIVs in three main steam lines (notnecessarily the same main steam lines for both trip systems)
OPERABLEor in trip (or the associated trip system in trip).For Function 8 (Turbine Stop Valve-Closure),
this would require both tripsystems to have three channels, each OPERABLE or in trip (or theassociated trip system in trip).The Completion Time is intended to allow the operator time to evaluateand repair any discovered inoperabilities.
The(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-22aRevision 0
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-22a Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS C.1 (continued) 1 hour Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing time for restoration or tripping of channels.D.1 Required.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESACTIONS C.1 (continued) 1 hour Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes risk whileallowing time for restoration or tripping of channels.
D.1Required.
Action D. 1 directs entry into the appropriate Condition referenced in Table 3.3.1.1-1.
Action D. 1 directs entry into the appropriate Condition referenced in Table 3.3.1.1-1.
The applicable Condition specified in theTable is Function and MODE or other specified condition dependent andmay change as the Required Action of a previous Condition is completed.
The applicable Condition specified in the Table is Function and MODE or other specified condition dependent and may change as the Required Action of a previous Condition is completed.
Each time an inoperable channel has not met any Required Action ofCondition A, B, or C and the associated Completion Time has expired,Condition D will be entered for that channel and provides for transfer tothe appropriate subsequent Condition.
Each time an inoperable channel has not met any Required Action of Condition A, B, or C and the associated Completion Time has expired, Condition D will be entered for that channel and provides for transfer to the appropriate subsequent Condition.
E.1, F.1, G.1, and J.1If the channel(s) is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip (orthe associated trip system placed in trip) within the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition inwhich the LCO does not apply. The allowed Completion Times arereasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the specified condition from full power conditions in an orderly manner and withoutchallenging plant systems.
E.1, F.1, G.1, and J.1 If the channel(s) is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip (or the associated trip system placed in trip) within the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the specified condition from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. In addition, the Completion Time of Required Actions E. 1 and J. 1 are consistent with the Completion Time provided in LCO 3.2.2, "MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO (MCPR)." H.1 If the channel(s) is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip (or the associated trip system placed in trip) within the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply. This is done by immediately initiating action to fully insert all insertable control rods in core cells containing one or more fuel assemblies.
In addition, the Completion Time of RequiredActions E. 1 and J. 1 are consistent with the Completion Time provided inLCO 3.2.2, "MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO (MCPR)."H.1If the channel(s) is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip (orthe associated trip system placed in trip) within the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition inwhich the LCO does not apply. This is done by immediately initiating action to fully insert all insertable control rods in core cells containing oneor more fuel assemblies.
Control rods in core cells containing no fuel assemblies do not affect (continued)
Control rods in core cells containing no fuelassemblies do not affect(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-23Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-23 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS H.1 (continued) the reactivity of the core and are, therefore, not required to be inserted.Action must continue until all insertable control rods in core cells containing one or more fuel assemblies are fully inserted.1.1 and 1.2 Required Actions 1. 1 and 1.2 are intended to ensure that appropriate actions are taken if more than two inoperable or bypassed OPRM channels result in not maintaining OPRM trip capability.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESACTIONS H.1 (continued) the reactivity of the core and are, therefore, not required to be inserted.
In the 4-OPRM channel configuration, any 'two' of the OPRM channels out of the total of four and one 2-out-of-4 voter channels in each RPS trip system are required to function for the OPRM safety trip function to be accomplished.
Action must continue until all insertable control rods in core cellscontaining one or more fuel assemblies are fully inserted.
Therefore, three OPRM channels assures at least two OPRM channels can provide trip inputs to the 2-out-of-4 voter channels even in the event of a single OPRM channel failure, and the minimum of two 2-out-of-4 voter channels per RPS trip system assures at least one voter channel will be operable per RPS trip system even in the event of a single voter channel failure.References 15 and 16 justified use of alternate methods to detect and suppress oscillations under limited conditions.
1.1 and 1.2Required Actions 1. 1 and 1.2 are intended to ensure that appropriate actions are taken if more than two inoperable or bypassed OPRMchannels result in not maintaining OPRM trip capability.
The alternate methods are consistent with the guidelines identified in Reference  
In the 4-OPRM channel configuration, any 'two' of the OPRM channels outof the total of four and one 2-out-of-4 voter channels in each RPS tripsystem are required to function for the OPRM safety trip function to beaccomplished.
: 20. The alternate-methods procedures require increased operator awareness and monitoring for neutron flux oscillations when operating in the region where oscillations are possible.
Therefore, three OPRM channels assures at least twoOPRM channels can provide trip inputs to the 2-out-of-4 voter channelseven in the event of a single OPRM channel failure, and the minimum oftwo 2-out-of-4 voter channels per RPS trip system assures at least onevoter channel will be operable per RPS trip system even in the event of asingle voter channel failure.References 15 and 16 justified use of alternate methods to detect andsuppress oscillations under limited conditions.
If operator observes indications of oscillation, as described in Reference 20, the operator will take the actions described by procedures, which include manual scram of the reactor. The power/flow map regions where oscillations are possible are developed based on the methodology in Reference  
The alternate methods areconsistent with the guidelines identified in Reference  
: 22. The applicable regions are contained in the COLR.The alternate methods would adequately address detection and mitigation in the event of thermal hydraulic instability oscillations.
: 20. The alternate-methods procedures require increased operator awareness andmonitoring for neutron flux oscillations when operating in the region whereoscillations are possible.
Based on industry operating experience with actual instability oscillations, the operator would be able to recognize instabilities during this time and take action to suppress them through a manual scram. In addition, the OPRM system may still be available to provide alarms to the operator if the onset of oscillations were to occur.The 12-hour allowed Completion Time for Required Action 1.1 is based on engineering judgment to allow orderly transition to the alternate methods (continued)
If operator observes indications of oscillation, asdescribed in Reference 20, the operator will take the actions described byprocedures, which include manual scram of the reactor.
The power/flow map regions where oscillations are possible are developed based on themethodology in Reference  
: 22. The applicable regions are contained inthe COLR.The alternate methods would adequately address detection and mitigation in the event of thermal hydraulic instability oscillations.
Based on industryoperating experience with actual instability oscillations, the operator wouldbe able to recognize instabilities during this time and take action tosuppress them through a manual scram. In addition, the OPRM systemmay still be available to provide alarms to the operator if the onset ofoscillations were to occur.The 12-hour allowed Completion Time for Required Action 1.1 is based onengineering judgment to allow orderly transition to the alternate methods(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-24Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-24 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS 1.1 and 1.2 (continued) while limiting the period of time during which no automatic or alternate detect and suppress trip capability is formally in place. Based on the small probability of an instability event occurring at all, the 12 hours is judged to be reasonable.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESACTIONS 1.1 and 1.2 (continued) while limiting the period of time during which no automatic or alternate detect and suppress trip capability is formally in place. Based on the smallprobability of an instability event occurring at all, the 12 hours is judged tobe reasonable.
The 120-day allowed Completion Time, the time that was evaluated in References 15 and 16, is considered adequate because with operation minimized in regions where oscillations may occur and implementation of the alternate methods, the likelihood of an instability event that could not be adequately handled by the alternate methods during this 120-day period was negligibly small.The primary purpose of Required Actions 1.1 and 1.2 is to allow an orderly completion, without undue impact on plant operation, of design and verification activities required to correct unanticipated equipment design or functional problems that cause OPRM Trip Function INOPERABILITY in all APRM channels that cannot reasonably be corrected by normal maintenance or repair actions. These Required Actions are not intended and were not evaluated as a routine alternative to returning failed or inoperable equipment to OPERABLE status.SURVEILLANCE As noted at the beginning of the SRs, the SRs for each RPS REQUIREMENTS instrumentation Function are located in the SRs column of Table 3.3.1.1-1.
The 120-day allowed Completion Time, the time that was evaluated inReferences 15 and 16, is considered adequate because with operation minimized in regions where oscillations may occur and implementation ofthe alternate  
The Surveillances are modified by a Note to indicate that when a channel is placed in an inoperable status solely for performance of required Surveillances, entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions may be delayed for up to 6 hours, provided the associated Function maintains RPS trip capability.
: methods, the likelihood of an instability event that could notbe adequately handled by the alternate methods during this 120-dayperiod was negligibly small.The primary purpose of Required Actions 1.1 and 1.2 is to allow an orderlycompletion, without undue impact on plant operation, of design andverification activities required to correct unanticipated equipment design orfunctional problems that cause OPRM Trip Function INOPERABILITY in allAPRM channels that cannot reasonably be corrected by normalmaintenance or repair actions.
Upon completion of the Surveillance, or expiration of the 6 hour allowance, the channel must be returned to OPERABLE status or the applicable Condition entered and Required Actions taken. This Note is based on the reliability analysis (Refs. 9, 15 and 16) assumption of the average time required to perform channel Surveillance.
These Required Actions are not intendedand were not evaluated as a routine alternative to returning failed orinoperable equipment to OPERABLE status.SURVEILLANCE As noted at the beginning of the SRs, the SRs for each RPSREQUIREMENTS instrumentation Function are located in the SRs column of Table 3.3.1.1-1.
That analysis demonstrated that the 6 hour testing allowance does not significantly reduce the probability that the RPS will trip when necessary.(continued)
The Surveillances are modified by a Note to indicate that when a channelis placed in an inoperable status solely for performance of requiredSurveillances, entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions maybe delayed for up to 6 hours, provided the associated Function maintains RPS trip capability.
Upon completion of the Surveillance, or expiration ofthe 6 hour allowance, the channel must be returned to OPERABLE statusor the applicable Condition entered and Required Actions taken. ThisNote is based on the reliability analysis (Refs. 9, 15 and 16) assumption ofthe average time required to perform channel Surveillance.
That analysisdemonstrated that the 6 hour testing allowance does not significantly reduce the probability that the RPS will trip when necessary.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-24aRevision 0
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-24a Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.1 and SR 3.3.1.1.2 REQUIREMENTS Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK ensures that a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.1 and SR 3.3.1.1.2 REQUIREMENTS Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK ensures that a gross failure ofinstrumentation has not occurred.
A CHANNEL CHECK is normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to a similar parameter on other channels.
A CHANNEL CHECK is normally acomparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to a similarparameter on other channels.
It is based on the assumption that instrument channels monitoring the same parameter should read approximately the same value. Significant deviations between instrument channels could be an indication of excessive instrument drift in one of the channels or something even more serious. A CHANNEL CHECK will detect gross channel failure; thus, it is key to verifying the instrumentation continues to operate properly between each CHANNEL CALIBRATION.(continued)
It is based on the assumption thatinstrument channels monitoring the same parameter should readapproximately the same value. Significant deviations between instrument channels could be an indication of excessive instrument drift in one of thechannels or something even more serious.
A CHANNEL CHECK willdetect gross channel failure; thus, it is key to verifying the instrumentation continues to operate properly between each CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-24bRevision 0
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-24b Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.1 and SR 3.3.1.1.2 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.1 and SR 3.3.1.1.2 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS Agreement criteria which are determined by the plant staff based on an investigation of a combination of the channel instrument uncertainties, may be used to support this parameter comparison and include indication and readability.
REQUIREMENTS Agreement criteria which are determined by the plant staff based on aninvestigation of a combination of the channel instrument uncertainties, may be used to support this parameter comparison and include indication and readability.
If a channel is outside the criteria, it may be an indication that the instrument has drifted outside its limit, and does not necessarily indicate the channel is Inoperable.
If a channel is outside the criteria, it may be an indication that the instrument has drifted outside its limit, and does not necessarily indicate the channel is Inoperable.
The Frequency of once every 12 hours for SR 3.3.1.1.1 is based uponoperating experience that demonstrates that channel failure is rare. TheFrequency of once every 24 hours for SR 3.3.1.1.2 is based uponoperating experience that demonstrates that channel failure is rare andthe evaluation in References 15 and 16. The CHANNEL CHECKsupplements less formal checks of channels during normal operational use of the displays associated with the channels required by the LCO.SR 3.3.1.1.3 To ensure that the APRMs are accurately indicating the true core averagepower, the APRMs are calibrated to the reactor power calculated from aheat balance.
The Frequency of once every 12 hours for SR 3.3.1.1.1 is based upon operating experience that demonstrates that channel failure is rare. The Frequency of once every 24 hours for SR 3.3.1.1.2 is based upon operating experience that demonstrates that channel failure is rare and the evaluation in References 15 and 16. The CHANNEL CHECK supplements less formal checks of channels during normal operational use of the displays associated with the channels required by the LCO.SR 3.3.1.1.3 To ensure that the APRMs are accurately indicating the true core average power, the APRMs are calibrated to the reactor power calculated from a heat balance. The Frequency of once per 7 days is based on minor changes in LPRM sensitivity, which could affect the APRM reading between performances of SR 3.3.1.1.8.
The Frequency of once per 7 days is based on minorchanges in LPRM sensitivity, which could affect the APRM readingbetween performances of SR 3.3.1.1.8.
A restriction to satisfying this SR when < 23% RTP is provided that requires the SR to be met only at _> 23% RTP because it is difficult to accurately maintain APRM indication of core THERMAL POWER consistent with a heat balance when < 23% RTP. At low power levels, a high degree of accuracy is unnecessary because of the large, inherent margin to thermal limits (MCPR, LHGR and APLHGR). At _> 23% RTP, the Surveillance is required to have been satisfactorily performed within the last 7 days, in accordance with SR 3.0.2. A Note is provided which allows an increase in THERMAL POWER above 23% if the 7 day Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2. In this event, the SR must be performed within 12 hours after reaching or exceeding 23% RTP. Twelve hours is based on operating experience and in (continued)
A restriction to satisfying this SR when < 23% RTP is provided thatrequires the SR to be met only at _> 23% RTP because it is difficult toaccurately maintain APRM indication of core THERMAL POWERconsistent with a heat balance when < 23% RTP. At low power levels, ahigh degree of accuracy is unnecessary because of the large, inherentmargin to thermal limits (MCPR, LHGR and APLHGR).
At _> 23% RTP, theSurveillance is required to have been satisfactorily performed within thelast 7 days, in accordance with SR 3.0.2. A Note is provided which allowsan increase in THERMAL POWER above 23% if the 7 day Frequency isnot met per SR 3.0.2. In this event, the SR must be performed within 12hours after reaching or exceeding 23% RTP. Twelve hours is based onoperating experience and in(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-25Revision 3
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-25 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.3 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.3 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS consideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SR.SR 3.3.1.1.4 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.As noted, SR 3.3.1.1.4 is not required to be performed when entering MODE 2 from MODE 1, since testing of the MODE 2 required IRM Functions cannot be performed in MODE 1 without utilizing jumpers, lifted leads, or movable links. This allows entry into MODE 2 if the 7 day Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2. In this event, the SR must be (continued)
REQUIREMENTS consideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SR.SR 3.3.1.1.4 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channelto ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.
As noted, SR 3.3.1.1.4 is not required to be performed when enteringMODE 2 from MODE 1, since testing of the MODE 2 required IRMFunctions cannot be performed in MODE 1 without utilizing  
: jumpers, liftedleads, or movable links. This allows entry into MODE 2 if the 7 dayFrequency is not met per SR 3.0.2. In this event, the SR must be(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-26Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-26 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.4 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.4 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS performed within 12 hours after entering MODE 2 from MODE 1. Twelve hours is based on operating experience and in consideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SR.A Frequency of 7 days provides an acceptable level of system average unavailability over the Frequency interval and is based on reliability analysis (Ref. 9).SR 3.3.1.1.5 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.
REQUIREMENTS performed within 12 hours after entering MODE 2 from MODE 1. Twelvehours is based on operating experience and in consideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SR.A Frequency of 7 days provides an acceptable level of system averageunavailability over the Frequency interval and is based on reliability analysis (Ref. 9).SR 3.3.1.1.5 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channelto ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.
A Frequency of 7 days provides an acceptable level of system average availability over the Frequency and is based on the reliability analysis of Reference
AFrequency of 7 days provides an acceptable level of system averageavailability over the Frequency and is based on the reliability analysis ofReference
: 9. (The Manual Scram Function's CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST Frequency was credited in the analysis to extend many automatic scram Functions' Frequencies.)
: 9. (The Manual Scram Function's CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST Frequency was credited in the analysis to extend many automatic scram Functions' Frequencies.)
SR 3.3.1.1.6 and SR 3.3.1.1.7 These Surveillances are established to ensure that no gaps in neutron fluxindication exist from subcritical to power operation for monitoring corereactivity status.The overlap between SRMs and IRMs is required to be demonstrated toensure that reactor power will not be increased into a neutron flux regionwithout adequate indication.
SR 3.3.1.1.6 and SR 3.3.1.1.7 These Surveillances are established to ensure that no gaps in neutron flux indication exist from subcritical to power operation for monitoring core reactivity status.The overlap between SRMs and IRMs is required to be demonstrated to ensure that reactor power will not be increased into a neutron flux region without adequate indication.
The overlap is demonstrated prior to fullywithdrawing the SRMs from the core. Demonstrating the overlap prior tofully withdrawing the SRMs from the core is required to ensure the SRMsare on-scale for the overlap demonstration.
The overlap is demonstrated prior to fully withdrawing the SRMs from the core. Demonstrating the overlap prior to fully withdrawing the SRMs from the core is required to ensure the SRMs are on-scale for the overlap demonstration.
The overlap between IRMs and APRMs is of concern when reducingpower into the IRM range. On power increases, the system design willprevent further increases (by initiating a rod block) if adequate overlap isnot maintained.
The overlap between IRMs and APRMs is of concern when reducing power into the IRM range. On power increases, the system design will prevent further increases (by initiating a rod block) if adequate overlap is not maintained.
Overlap between IRMs and APRMs exists when sufficient IRMs and APRMs concurrently have onscale readings such that thetransition between MODE 1 and MODE 2 can be made without eitherAPRM downscale rod block, or IRM upscale rod block. Overlap(continued)
Overlap between IRMs and APRMs exists when sufficient IRMs and APRMs concurrently have onscale readings such that the transition between MODE 1 and MODE 2 can be made without either APRM downscale rod block, or IRM upscale rod block. Overlap (continued)
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-27Revision 1
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-27 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.6 and SR 3.3.1.1.7 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.6 and SR 3.3.1.1.7 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS between SRMs and IRMs similarly exists when, prior to fully withdrawing the SRMs from the core, IRMs are above mid-scale on range 1 before SRMs have reached the upscale rod block.As noted, SR 3.3.1.1.7 is only required to be met during entry into MODE 2 from MODE 1. That is, after the overlap requirement has been met and indication has transitioned to the IRMs, maintaining overlap is not required (APRMs may be reading downscale once in MODE 2).If overlap for a group of channels is not demonstrated (e.g., IRM/APRM overlap), the reason for the failure of the Surveillance should be determined and the appropriate channel(s) declared inoperable.
REQUIREMENTS between SRMs and IRMs similarly exists when, prior to fully withdrawing the SRMs from the core, IRMs are above mid-scale on range 1 beforeSRMs have reached the upscale rod block.As noted, SR 3.3.1.1.7 is only required to be met during entry intoMODE 2 from MODE 1. That is, after the overlap requirement has beenmet and indication has transitioned to the IRMs, maintaining overlap is notrequired (APRMs may be reading downscale once in MODE 2).If overlap for a group of channels is not demonstrated (e.g., IRM/APRMoverlap),
Only those appropriate channels that are required in the current MODE or condition should be declared inoperable.
the reason for the failure of the Surveillance should bedetermined and the appropriate channel(s) declared inoperable.
A Frequency of 7 days is reasonable based on engineering judgment and the reliability of the IRMs and APRMs.SR 3.3.1.1.8 LPRM gain settings are determined from the local flux profiles that are either measured by the Traversing Incore Probe (TIP) System at all functional locations or calculated for TIP locations that are not functional.
Onlythose appropriate channels that are required in the current MODE orcondition should be declared inoperable.
A Frequency of 7 days is reasonable based on engineering judgment andthe reliability of the IRMs and APRMs.SR 3.3.1.1.8 LPRM gain settings are determined from the local flux profiles that areeither measured by the Traversing Incore Probe (TIP) System at allfunctional locations or calculated for TIP locations that are not functional.
The methodology used to develop the power distribution limits considers the uncertainty for both measured and calculated local flux profiles.
The methodology used to develop the power distribution limits considers the uncertainty for both measured and calculated local flux profiles.
Thismethodology assumes that all the TIP locations are functional for the firstLPRM calibration following a refueling outage, and a minimum of 25functional TIP locations for subsequent LPRM calibrations.
This methodology assumes that all the TIP locations are functional for the first LPRM calibration following a refueling outage, and a minimum of 25 functional TIP locations for subsequent LPRM calibrations.
The calibrated LPRMs establish the relative local flux profile for appropriate representative input to the APRM System. The 1000 MWD/MT Frequency is based on operating experience with LPRM sensitivity changes.SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.14 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channelto ensure that the entire channel will perform the(continued)
The calibrated LPRMs establish the relative local flux profile for appropriate representative input to the APRM System. The 1000 MWD/MT Frequency is based on operating experience with LPRM sensitivity changes.SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.14 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the (continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-28Revision 3
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-28 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.14 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.14 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS intended function.
REQUIREMENTS intended function.
The 92 day Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.9 is based on thereliability analysis of Reference 9.SR 3.3.1.1.9 is modified by a Note that provides a general exception to thedefinition of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. This exception is necessary because the design of instrumentation does not facilitate functional testingof all required contacts of the relay which input into the combinational logic. (Reference  
The 92 day Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.9 is based on the reliability analysis of Reference 9.SR 3.3.1.1.9 is modified by a Note that provides a general exception to the definition of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. This exception is necessary because the design of instrumentation does not facilitate functional testing of all required contacts of the relay which input into the combinational logic. (Reference  
: 10) Performance of such a test could result in a planttransient or place the plant in an undo risk situation.
: 10) Performance of such a test could result in a plant transient or place the plant in an undo risk situation.
Therefore, for thisSR, the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST verifies acceptable response byverifying the change of state of the relay which inputs into thecombinational logic. The required contacts not tested during theCHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST are tested under the LOGIC SYSTEMFUNCTIONAL TEST, SR 3.3.1.1.15.
Therefore, for this SR, the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST verifies acceptable response by verifying the change of state of the relay which inputs into the combinational logic. The required contacts not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST are tested under the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, SR 3.3.1.1.15.
This is acceptable becauseoperating experience shows that the contacts not tested during theCHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST normally pass the LOGIC SYSTEMFUNCTIONAL TEST, and the testing methodology minimizes the risk ofunplanned transients.
This is acceptable because operating experience shows that the contacts not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST normally pass the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, and the testing methodology minimizes the risk of unplanned transients.
The 24 month Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.14 is based on the need toperform this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plantoutage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power. Operating experience hasshown that these components usually pass the Surveillance whenperformed at the 24 month Frequency.
The 24 month Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.14 is based on the need to perform this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power. Operating experience has shown that these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.
SR 3.3.1.1.10, SR 3.3.1.1.11, SR 3.3.1.1.13, and SR 3.3.1.1.18 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION verifies that the channel responds to themeasured parameter within the necessary range and accuracy.
SR 3.3.1.1.10, SR 3.3.1.1.11, SR 3.3.1.1.13, and SR 3.3.1.1.18 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION verifies that the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary range and accuracy.CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant specific setpoint methodology.
CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account forinstrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plantspecific setpoint methodology.
Note 1 for SR 3.3.1.1.18 states that neutron detectors are excluded from CHANNEL CALIBRATION because they are passive devices, with minimal drift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.Changes in neutron detector sensitivity are compensated for by performing the 7 day calorimetric calibration (SR 3.3.1.1.3) and the 2000 MWD/MT LPRM (continued)
Note 1 for SR 3.3.1.1.18 states that neutron detectors are excluded fromCHANNEL CALIBRATION because they are passive devices, with minimaldrift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.Changes in neutron detector sensitivity are compensated for byperforming the 7 day calorimetric calibration (SR 3.3.1.1.3) and the2000 MWD/MT LPRM(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-29Revision 3
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-29 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.10, SR 3.3.1.1.11, SR 3.3.1.1.13 and SR 3.3.1.1.18 REQUIREMENTS (continued) calibration against the TIPs (SR 3.3.1.1.8).
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.10, SR 3.3.1.1.11, SR 3.3.1.1.13 and SR 3.3.1.1.18 REQUIREMENTS (continued) calibration against the TIPs (SR 3.3.1.1.8).
A Note is provided for SR 3.3.1.1.11 that requires the IRM SRs to be performed within 12 hours of entering MODE 2 from MODE 1. Testing of the MODE 2 APRM and IRM Functions cannot be performed in MODE 1 without utilizing jumpers, lifted leads, or movable links. This Note allows entry into MODE 2 from MODE 1 if the associated Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2. Twelve hours is based on operating experience and in consideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SR.A second note is provided for SR 3.3.1.1.18 that requires that the recirculation flow (drive flow) transmitters, which supply the flow signal to the APRMs, be included in the SR for Functions 2.b and 2.f. The APRM Simulated Thermal Power-High Function (Function 2.b) and the OPRM Trip Function (Function 2.f) both require a valid drive flow signal. The APRM Simulated Thermal Power-High Function uses drive flow to vary the trip setpoint.
A Note is provided for SR 3.3.1.1.11 that requires the IRM SRs to beperformed within 12 hours of entering MODE 2 from MODE 1. Testing ofthe MODE 2 APRM and IRM Functions cannot be performed in MODE 1without utilizing  
The OPRM Trip Function uses drive flow to automatically enable or bypass the OPRM Trip output to the RPS. A CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the APRM drive flow signal requires both calibrating the drive flow transmitters and the processing hardware in the APRM equipment.
: jumpers, lifted leads, or movable links. This Note allowsentry into MODE 2 from MODE 1 if the associated Frequency is not metper SR 3.0.2. Twelve hours is based on operating experience and inconsideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SR.A second note is provided for SR 3.3.1.1.18 that requires that therecirculation flow (drive flow) transmitters, which supply the flow signal tothe APRMs, be included in the SR for Functions 2.b and 2.f. The APRMSimulated Thermal Power-High Function (Function 2.b) and the OPRMTrip Function (Function 2.f) both require a valid drive flow signal. TheAPRM Simulated Thermal Power-High Function uses drive flow to vary thetrip setpoint.
SR 3.3.1.1.20 establishes a valid drive flow / core flow relationship.
The OPRM Trip Function uses drive flow to automatically enable or bypass the OPRM Trip output to the RPS. A CHANNELCALIBRATION of the APRM drive flow signal requires both calibrating thedrive flow transmitters and the processing hardware in the APRMequipment.
Changes throughout the cycle in the drive flow / core flow relationship due to the changing thermal hydraulic operating conditions of the core are accounted for in the margins included in the bases or analyses used to establish the setpoints for the APRM Simulated Thermal Power-High Function and the OPRM Trip Function.The Frequency of 184 days for SR 3.3.1.1.11, 92 days for SR 3.3.1.1.12 and 24 months for SR 3.3.1.1.13 and SR 3.3.1.1.18 is based upon the assumptions in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.(continued)
SR 3.3.1.1.20 establishes a valid drive flow / core flowrelationship.
Changes throughout the cycle in the drive flow / core flowrelationship due to the changing thermal hydraulic operating conditions ofthe core are accounted for in the margins included in the bases oranalyses used to establish the setpoints for the APRM Simulated ThermalPower-High Function and the OPRM Trip Function.
The Frequency of 184 days for SR 3.3.1.1.11, 92 days for SR 3.3.1.1.12 and 24 months for SR 3.3.1.1.13 and SR 3.3.1.1.18 is based upon theassumptions in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift inthe setpoint analysis.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-30Revision 3
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-30 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.12 REQUIREMENTS A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.12 REQUIREMENTS A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channelto ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.
For the APRM Functions, this test supplements the automatic self-test functions that operate continuously in the APRM and voter channels.
Forthe APRM Functions, this test supplements the automatic self-test functions that operate continuously in the APRM and voter channels.
The scope of the APRM CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is that which is necessary to test the hardware.
Thescope of the APRM CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is that which isnecessary to test the hardware.
Software controlled functions are tested as part of the initial verification and validation and are only incidentally tested as part of the surveillance testing. Automatic self-test functions check the EPROMs in which the software-controlled logic is defined.Changes in the EPROMs will be detected by the self-test function and alarmed via the APRM trouble alarm. SR 3.3.1.1.1 for the APRM functions includes a step to confirm that the automatic self-test function is still operating.
Software controlled functions are testedas part of the initial verification and validation and are only incidentally tested as part of the surveillance testing.
The APRM CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST covers the APRM channels (including recirculation flow processing  
Automatic self-test functions check the EPROMs in which the software-controlled logic is defined.Changes in the EPROMs will be detected by the self-test function andalarmed via the APRM trouble alarm. SR 3.3.1.1.1 for the APRM functions includes a step to confirm that the automatic self-test function is stilloperating.
-- applicable to Function 2.b and the auto-enable portion of Function 2.f only), the 2-out-of-4 Voter channels, and the interface connections into the RPS trip systems from the voter channels.Any setpoint adjustment shall be consistent with the assumptions of the current plant specific setpoint methodology.
The APRM CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST covers the APRM channels(including recirculation flow processing  
The 184-day Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.12 is based on the reliability analyses of References 15 and 16. (NOTE: The actual voting logic of the 2-out-of-4 Voter Function is tested as part of SR 3.3.1.1.15.
-- applicable to Function 2.b andthe auto-enable portion of Function 2.f only), the 2-out-of-4 Voterchannels, and the interface connections into the RPS trip systems fromthe voter channels.
The auto-enable setpoints for the OPRM Trip are confirmed by SR 3.3.1.1.19.)
Any setpoint adjustment shall be consistent with the assumptions of thecurrent plant specific setpoint methodology.
A Note is provided for Function 2.a that requires this SR to be performed within 12 hours of entering MODE 2 from MODE 1. Testing of the MODE 2 APRM Function cannot be performed in MODE 1 without utilizing jumpers or lifted leads. This Note allows entry into MODE 2 from MODE 1 if the associated Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2.A second Note is provided for Functions 2.b and 2.f that clarifies that the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for Functions 2.b and 2.f. includes testing of the recirculation flow processing electronics, excluding the flow transmitters.
The 184-day Frequency ofSR 3.3.1.1.12 is based on the reliability analyses of References 15 and16. (NOTE: The actual voting logic of the 2-out-of-4 Voter Function istested as part of SR 3.3.1.1.15.
SR 3.3.1.1.15 The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates the OPERABILITY of the required trip logic for a specific channel. The functional testing of control rods (LCO 3.1.3), and SDV vent (continued)
The auto-enable setpoints for the OPRMTrip are confirmed by SR 3.3.1.1.19.)
A Note is provided for Function 2.a that requires this SR to be performed within 12 hours of entering MODE 2 from MODE 1. Testing of the MODE2 APRM Function cannot be performed in MODE 1 without utilizing jumpers or lifted leads. This Note allows entry into MODE 2 from MODE 1if the associated Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2.A second Note is provided for Functions 2.b and 2.f that clarifies that theCHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for Functions 2.b and 2.f. includes testingof the recirculation flow processing electronics, excluding the flowtransmitters.
SR 3.3.1.1.15 The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates theOPERABILITY of the required trip logic for a specific channel.
Thefunctional testing of control rods (LCO 3.1.3), and SDV vent(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-30aRevision 0
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-30a Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.15 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.15 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS and drain valves (LCO 3.1.8), overlaps this Surveillance to provide complete testing of the assumed safety function.The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST for APRM Function 2.e simulates APRM and OPRM trip conditions at the 2-out-of-4 Voter channel inputs to check all combinations of two tripped inputs to the 2-out-of-4 logic in the voter channels and APRM-related redundant RPS relays.The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform portions of this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power. Operating experience has shown that these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.
REQUIREMENTS and drain valves (LCO 3.1.8), overlaps this Surveillance to providecomplete testing of the assumed safety function.
SR 3.3.1.1.16 This SR ensures that scrams initiated from the Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Functions will not be inadvertently bypassed when THERMAL POWER is_> 26% RTP. This is performed by a Functional check that ensures the scram feature is not bypassed at _> 26% RTP. Because main turbine bypass flow can affect this function nonconservatively (THERMAL POWER is derived from turbine first stage pressure), the opening of the main turbine bypass valves must not cause the trip Function to be bypassed when Thermal Power is _> 26% RTP.If any bypass channel's trip function is nonconservative (i.e., the Functions are bypassed at > 26% RTP, either due to open main turbine bypass valve(s) or other reasons), then the affected Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Functions are considered inoperable.
The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST for APRM Function 2.esimulates APRM and OPRM trip conditions at the 2-out-of-4 Voter channelinputs to check all combinations of two tripped inputs to the 2-out-of-4 logic in the voter channels and APRM-related redundant RPS relays.The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform portions of thisSurveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and thepotential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power. Operating experience has shown that thesecomponents usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the24 month Frequency.
Alternatively, the bypass channel can be placed in the conservative condition (nonbypass).
SR 3.3.1.1.16 This SR ensures that scrams initiated from the Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Functions will not be inadvertently bypassed when THERMAL POWER is_> 26% RTP. This is performed by a Functional check that ensures thescram feature is not bypassed at _> 26% RTP. Because main turbinebypass flow can affect this function nonconservatively (THERMALPOWER is derived from turbine first stage pressure),
If placed in the nonbypass condition, this SR is met and the channel is considered OPERABLE.The Frequency of 24 months is based on engineering judgment and reliability of the components.
the opening of themain turbine bypass valves must not cause the trip Function to bebypassed when Thermal Power is _> 26% RTP.If any bypass channel's trip function is nonconservative (i.e., the Functions are bypassed at > 26% RTP, either due to open main turbine bypassvalve(s) or other reasons),
SR 3.3.1.1.17 This SR ensures that the individual channel response times are less than or equal to the maximum values assumed in the accident analysis.
then the affected Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Functions are considered inoperable.
This test may be performed in one (continued)
Alternatively, the bypass channel can beplaced in the conservative condition (nonbypass).
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-31 Revision 4 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.17 (continued)
If placed in thenonbypass condition, this SR is met and the channel is considered OPERABLE.
REQUIREMENTS measurement or in overlapping segments, with verification that all components are tested. The RPS RESPONSE TIME acceptance criteria are included in Reference 11.RPS RESPONSE TIME for the APRM 2-out-of-4 Voter Function (2.e)includes the APRM Flux Trip output relays and the OPRM Trip output relays of the voter and the associated RPS relays and contactors.(Note: The digital portion of the APRM, OPRM and 2-out-of-4 Voter channels are excluded from RPS RESPONSE TIME testing because self-testing and calibration checks the time base of the digital electronics.
The Frequency of 24 months is based on engineering judgment andreliability of the components.
Confirmation of the time base is adequate to assure required response times are met. Neutron detectors are excluded from RPS RESPONSE TIME testing because the principles of detector operation virtually ensure an instantaneous response time. See References 12 and 13).RPS RESPONSE TIME tests are conducted on an 24 month STAGGERED TEST BASIS. Note 3 requires STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency to be determined based on 4 channels per trip system, in lieu of the 8 channels specified in Table 3.3.1.1-1 for the MSIV Closure Function because channels are arranged in pairs.This Frequency is based on the logic interrelationships of the various channels required to produce an RPS scram signal. The 24 month Frequency is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle and is based upon plant operating experience, which shows that random failures of instrumentation components causing serious response time degradation, but not channel failure, are infrequent occurrences.
SR 3.3.1.1.17 This SR ensures that the individual channel response times are less thanor equal to the maximum values assumed in the accident analysis.
SR 3.3.1.1.17 for Function 2.e confirms the response time of that function, and also confirms the response time of components to Function 2.e and other RPS functions. (Reference 14)Note 3 allows the STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency for Function 2.e to be determined based on 8 channels rather than the 4 actual 2-out-of-4 Voter channels.
Thistest may be performed in one(continued)
The redundant outputs from the 2-out-of-4 Voter channel (2 for APRM trips and 2 for OPRM trips) are considered part of the same channel, but the OPRM and APRM outputs are considered to be separate channels for application of SR 3.3.1.1.17, so N = 8. The note further requires that testing of OPRM and APRM outputs from a 2-out-of-4 Voter be alternated.
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-31Revision 4
In addition to these commitments, References 15 and 16 require that the testing of inputs to each RPS Trip System alternate.(continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.17 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS measurement or in overlapping  
: segments, with verification that allcomponents are tested. The RPS RESPONSE TIME acceptance criteriaare included in Reference 11.RPS RESPONSE TIME for the APRM 2-out-of-4 Voter Function (2.e)includes the APRM Flux Trip output relays and the OPRM Trip outputrelays of the voter and the associated RPS relays and contactors.
(Note: The digital portion of the APRM, OPRM and 2-out-of-4 Voterchannels are excluded from RPS RESPONSE TIME testing becauseself-testing and calibration checks the time base of the digital electronics.
Confirmation of the time base is adequate to assure required responsetimes are met. Neutron detectors are excluded from RPS RESPONSETIME testing because the principles of detector operation virtually ensurean instantaneous response time. See References 12 and 13).RPS RESPONSE TIME tests are conducted on an 24 monthSTAGGERED TEST BASIS. Note 3 requires STAGGERED TEST BASISFrequency to be determined based on 4 channels per trip system, in lieuof the 8 channels specified in Table 3.3.1.1-1 for the MSIV ClosureFunction because channels are arranged in pairs.This Frequency is based on the logic interrelationships of the variouschannels required to produce an RPS scram signal. The 24 monthFrequency is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle and isbased upon plant operating experience, which shows that random failuresof instrumentation components causing serious response timedegradation, but not channel failure, are infrequent occurrences.
SR 3.3.1.1.17 for Function 2.e confirms the response time of that function, and also confirms the response time of components to Function 2.e andother RPS functions.  
(Reference 14)Note 3 allows the STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency for Function 2.eto be determined based on 8 channels rather than the 4 actual 2-out-of-4 Voter channels.
The redundant outputs from the 2-out-of-4 Voter channel(2 for APRM trips and 2 for OPRM trips) are considered part of the samechannel, but the OPRM and APRM outputs are considered to be separatechannels for application of SR 3.3.1.1.17, so N = 8. The note furtherrequires that testing of OPRM and APRM outputs from a 2-out-of-4 Voterbe alternated.
In addition to these commitments, References 15 and16 require that the testing of inputs to each RPS Trip System alternate.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-32Revision 5
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-32 Revision 5 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.17 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.17 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS Combining these frequency requirements, an acceptable test sequence is one that: a. Tests each RPS Trip System interface every other cycle, b. Alternates the testing of APRM and OPRM outputs from any specific 2-out-of-4 Voter Channel c. Alternates between divisions at least every other test cycle.The testing sequence shown in the table below is one sequence that satisfies these requirements.
REQUIREMENTS Combining these frequency requirements, an acceptable test sequence isone that:a. Tests each RPS Trip System interface every other cycle,b. Alternates the testing of APRM and OPRM outputs from any specific2-out-of-4 Voter Channelc. Alternates between divisions at least every other test cycle.The testing sequence shown in the table below is one sequence thatsatisfies these requirements.
Function 2.e Testing Sequence for SR 3.3.1.1.17"Staggering" 24- Voter Month Output Voter Al Voter A2 Voter B1 Voter RPS Trip Cycle Tested Output Output Output B2 System Division I I jOutput 1st OPRM Al OPRM A 1 2nd APRM B1 APRM B 1 3rd OPRM A2 OPRM A 2 4th APRM B2 APRM B 2 5th APRM A1 APRM A 1 6th OPRM B1 OPRM B 1 7th APRM A2 APRM A 2 8th OPRM B2 OPRM B 2 After 8 cycles, the sequence repeats.Each test of an OPRM or APRM output tests each of the redundant outputs from the 2-out-of-4 Voter channel for that Function and each of the corresponding relays in the RPS. Consequently, each of the RPS relays is tested every fourth cycle. The RPS relay testing frequency is twice the frequency justified by References 15 and 16.(continued)
Function 2.e Testing Sequence for SR 3.3.1.1.17 "Staggering" 24- VoterMonth Output Voter Al Voter A2 Voter B1 Voter RPS TripCycle Tested Output Output Output B2 System DivisionI I jOutput1st OPRM Al OPRM A 12nd APRM B1 APRM B 13rd OPRM A2 OPRM A 24th APRM B2 APRM B 25th APRM A1 APRM A 16th OPRM B1 OPRM B 17th APRM A2 APRM A 28th OPRM B2 OPRM B 2After 8 cycles, the sequence repeats.Each test of an OPRM or APRM output tests each of the redundant outputs from the 2-out-of-4 Voter channel for that Function and each ofthe corresponding relays in the RPS. Consequently, each of the RPSrelays is tested every fourth cycle. The RPS relay testing frequency istwice the frequency justified by References 15 and 16.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-32aRevision 0
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-32a Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.19 REQUIREMENTS This surveillance involves confirming the OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoints.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.19 REQUIREMENTS This surveillance involves confirming the OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoints.
The auto-enable setpoint values are considered to be nominal values as discussed in Reference  
The auto-enable setpoint values are considered to be nominalvalues as discussed in Reference  
: 21. This surveillance ensures that the OPRM Trip is enabled (not bypassed) for the correct values of APRM Simulated Thermal Power and recirculation drive flow. Other surveillances ensure that the APRM Simulated Thermal Power and recirculation drive flow properly correlate with THERMAL POWER (SR 3.3.1.1.2) and core flow (SR 3.3.1.1.20), respectively.
: 21. This surveillance ensures that theOPRM Trip is enabled (not bypassed) for the correct values of APRMSimulated Thermal Power and recirculation drive flow. Other surveillances ensure that the APRM Simulated Thermal Power and recirculation driveflow properly correlate with THERMAL POWER (SR 3.3.1.1.2) and coreflow (SR 3.3.1.1.20),
If any auto-enable setpoint is nonconservative (i.e., the OPRM Trip is bypassed when APRM Simulated Thermal Power  25% and recirculation drive flow < value equivalent to the core flow value defined in the COLR, then the affected channel is considered inoperable for the OPRM Trip Function.
respectively.
Alternatively, the OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoint(s) may be adjusted to place the channel in a conservative condition (not bypassed).
If any auto-enable setpoint is nonconservative (i.e., the OPRM Trip isbypassed when APRM Simulated Thermal Power  25% and recirculation drive flow < value equivalent to the core flow value defined in the COLR,then the affected channel is considered inoperable for the OPRM TripFunction.
If the OPRM Trip is placed in the not-bypassed condition, this SR is met, and the channel is considered OPERABLE.For purposes of this surveillance, consistent with Reference 21, the conversion from core flow values defined in the COLR to drive flow values used for this SR can be conservatively determined by a linear scaling assuming that 100% drive flow corresponds to 100 MIb/hr core flow, with no adjustment made for expected deviations between core flow and drive flow below 100%.The Frequency of 24 months is based on engineering judgment and reliability of the components.
Alternatively, the OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoint(s) may beadjusted to place the channel in a conservative condition (not bypassed).
SR 3.3.1.1.20 The APRM Simulated Thermal Power-High Function (Function 2.b) uses drive flow to vary the trip setpoint.
If the OPRM Trip is placed in the not-bypassed condition, this SR is met,and the channel is considered OPERABLE.
The OPRM Trip Function (Function 2.f)uses drive flow to automatically enable or bypass the OPRM Trip output to RPS. Both of these Functions use drive flow as a representation of reactor core flow. SR 3.3.1.1.18 ensures that the drive flow transmitters and processing electronics are calibrated.
For purposes of this surveillance, consistent with Reference 21, theconversion from core flow values defined in the COLR to drive flow valuesused for this SR can be conservatively determined by a linear scalingassuming that 100% drive flow corresponds to 100 MIb/hr core flow, withno adjustment made for expected deviations between core flow and driveflow below 100%.The Frequency of 24 months is based on engineering judgment andreliability of the components.
This SR adjusts the recirculation drive flow scaling factors in each APRM channel to provide the appropriate drive flow/core flow alignment.(continued)
SR 3.3.1.1.20 The APRM Simulated Thermal Power-High Function (Function 2.b) usesdrive flow to vary the trip setpoint.
The OPRM Trip Function (Function 2.f)uses drive flow to automatically enable or bypass the OPRM Trip output toRPS. Both of these Functions use drive flow as a representation ofreactor core flow. SR 3.3.1.1.18 ensures that the drive flow transmitters and processing electronics are calibrated.
This SR adjusts therecirculation drive flow scaling factors in each APRM channel to providethe appropriate drive flow/core flow alignment.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-32bRevision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-32b Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.1.1.20 The Frequency of 24 months considers that any change in the core flow to drive flow functional relationship during power operation would be gradual and the maintenance of the Recirculation System and core components that may impact the relationship is expected to be performed during refueling outages. This frequency also considers the period after reaching plant equilibrium conditions necessary to perform the test, engineering judgment of the time required to collect and analyze the necessary flow data, and engineering judgment of the time required to enter and check the applicable scaling factors in each of the APRM channels.
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESSURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.1.1.20 The Frequency of 24 months considers that any change in the core flow todrive flow functional relationship during power operation would be gradualand the maintenance of the Recirculation System and core components that may impact the relationship is expected to be performed duringrefueling outages.
This timeframe is acceptable based on the relatively small alignment errors expected, and the margins already included in the APRM Simulated Thermal Power -High and OPRM Trip Function trip -enable setpoints.
This frequency also considers the period after reachingplant equilibrium conditions necessary to perform the test, engineering judgment of the time required to collect and analyze the necessary flowdata, and engineering judgment of the time required to enter and checkthe applicable scaling factors in each of the APRM channels.
Thistimeframe is acceptable based on the relatively small alignment errorsexpected, and the margins already included in the APRM Simulated Thermal Power -High and OPRM Trip Function trip -enable setpoints.
REFERENCES
REFERENCES
: 1. FSAR, Figure 7.2-1.2. Final Policy Statement on Technical Specifications Improvements, July 22, 1993 (58 FR 39132).3. NEDO-23842, "Continuous Control Rod Withdrawal in the StartupRange," April 18, 1978.4. FSAR, Section 5.2.2.5. FSAR, Chapter 15.6. FSAR, Section 6.3.3..(continued)
: 1. FSAR, Figure 7.2-1.2. Final Policy Statement on Technical Specifications Improvements, July 22, 1993 (58 FR 39132).3. NEDO-23842, "Continuous Control Rod Withdrawal in the Startup Range," April 18, 1978.4. FSAR, Section 5.2.2.5. FSAR, Chapter 15.6. FSAR, Section 6.3.3..(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-32cRevision 0
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-32c Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES REFERENCES
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESREFERENCES
: 7. Not used.(continued)
: 7. Not used.(continued)
: 8. P. Check (NRC) letter to G. Lainas (NRC), "BWR Scram Discharge System Safety Evaluation,"
: 8. P. Check (NRC) letter to G. Lainas (NRC), "BWR Scram Discharge System Safety Evaluation," December 1, 1980.9. NEDO-30851-P-A, "Technical Specification Improvement Analyses for BWR Reactor Protection System," March 1988.10. NRC Inspection and Enforcement Manual, Part 9900: Technical Guidance, Standard Technical Specification 1.0 Definitions, Issue date 12/08/86.11. FSAR, Table 7.3-28.12. NEDO-32291A "System Analyses for Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements," October 1995.13. NRC Safety Evaluation Report related to Amendment No. 171 for License No. NPF 14 and Amendment No. 144 for License No. NPF 22.14. NEDO-32291-A Supplement 1 "System Analyses for the Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements," October 1999.15. NEDC-32410P-A, "Nuclear Measurement Analysis and Control Power Range Neutron Monitor (NUMAC PRNM) Retrofit Plus Option III Stability Trip Function," October 1995.16. NEDC-32410P-A Supplement 1, "Nuclear Measurement Analysis and Control Power Range Neutron Monitor (NUMAC PRNM) Retrofit Plus Option III Stability Trip Function," November 1997.17. NEDO-31960-A, "BWR Owners' Group Long-Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology," November 1995.18. NEDO-31960-A, Supplement 1, "BWR Owners' Group Long-Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology," November 1995.19. NEDO-32465-A, "BWR Owners' Group Long-Term Stability Detect and Suppress Solutions Licensing Basis Methodology and Reload Applications," August 1996.SUSQUEHANNA  
December 1, 1980.9. NEDO-30851-P-A, "Technical Specification Improvement Analysesfor BWR Reactor Protection System,"
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-33 Revision 5 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES REFERENCES (continued)
March 1988.10. NRC Inspection and Enforcement Manual, Part 9900: Technical
: 20. BWROG Letter BWROG 9479, L. A. England (BWROG) to M. J. Virgilio, "BWR Owners' Group Guidelines for Stability Interim Corrective Action," June 6, 1994.21. BWROG Letter BWROG 96113, K. P. Donovan (BWROG)to L. E. Phillips (NRC), "Guidelines for Stability Option III'Enable Region' (TAC M92882)," September 17,1996.22. EMF-CC-074(P)(A), Volume 4, "BWR Stability Analysis: Assessment of STAIF with Input from MICROBURN-B2." 23. GE Letter to PPL, GE-2005-EMC426, "Susquehanna 1 & 2 Minimum LPRM Input Requirement for NUMAC APRM 4-Channel Design," April 26, 2005.SUSQUEHANNA  
: Guidance, Standard Technical Specification 1.0 Definitions, Issuedate 12/08/86.
-- UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-33a Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 Table B 3.3.1.1-1 (page 1 of 1)RPS Instrumentation Sensor Diversity Scram Sensors for Initiating Events RPV Variables Anticipatory Fuel Initiation Events (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) M (g)MSIV Closure X X X X Turbine Trip (w/bypass)
: 11. FSAR, Table 7.3-28.12. NEDO-32291A "System Analyses for Elimination of SelectedResponse Time Testing Requirements,"
X X X X Generator Trip (w/bypass)
October 1995.13. NRC Safety Evaluation Report related to Amendment No. 171 forLicense No. NPF 14 and Amendment No. 144 for License No. NPF22.14. NEDO-32291-A Supplement 1 "System Analyses for the Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements,"
X X X Pressure Regulator Failure (primary X X X X X pressure decrease) (MSIV closure trip)Pressure Regulator Failure (primary X X X pressure decrease) (Level 8 trip)Pressure Regulator Failure (primary X X pressure increase)Feedwater Controller Failure (high X X X X reactor water level)Feedwater Controller Failure (low X X X reactor water level)Loss of Condenser Vacuum X X X X Loss of AC Power (loss of transformer)
October 1999.15. NEDC-32410P-A, "Nuclear Measurement Analysis and ControlPower Range Neutron Monitor (NUMAC PRNM) Retrofit Plus OptionIII Stability Trip Function,"
X X X X Loss of AC Power (loss of grid X X X X X X connections)(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Reactor Vessel Water Level-High, Level 8 Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High SUSQUEHANNA  
October 1995.16. NEDC-32410P-A Supplement 1, "Nuclear Measurement Analysis andControl Power Range Neutron Monitor (NUMAC PRNM) Retrofit PlusOption III Stability Trip Function,"
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-34 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.6.1 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND The primary containment isolation instrumentation automatically initiates closure of appropriate primary containment isolation valves (PCIVs). The function of the PCIVs, in combination with other accident mitigation systems, is to limit fission product release during and following postulated Design Basis Accidents (DBAs). Primary containment isolation within the time limits specified for those isolation valves designed to close automatically ensures that the release of radioactive material to the environment will be consistent with the assumptions used in the analyses for a DBA.The isolation instrumentation includes the sensors, relays, and instruments that are necessary to cause initiation of primary containment and reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) isolation.
November 1997.17. NEDO-31960-A, "BWR Owners' Group Long-Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology,"
When the setpoint is reached, the sensor actuates, which then outputs an isolation signal to the isolation logic. Functional diversity is provided by monitoring a wide range of independent parameters.
November 1995.18. NEDO-31960-A, Supplement 1, "BWR Owners' Group Long-Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology,"
The input parameters to the isolation logics are (a) reactor vessel water level, (b) area ambient and emergency cooler temperatures, (c) main steam line (MSL) flow measurement, (d) Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System initiation, (e) condenser vacuum, (f) main steam line pressure, (g) high pressure coolant injection (HPCI) and reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) steam line A pressure, (h) SGTS Exhaust radiation, (i) HPCI and RCIC steam line pressure, (j) HPCI and RCIC turbine exhaust diaphragm pressure, (k) reactor water cleanup (RWCU) differential flow and high flow, (I) reactor steam dome pressure, and (m) drywell pressure.
November 1995.19. NEDO-32465-A, "BWR Owners' Group Long-Term Stability Detectand Suppress Solutions Licensing Basis Methodology and ReloadApplications,"
Redundant sensor input signals from each parameter are provided for initiation of isolation.
August 1996.SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-33Revision 5
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1BASESREFERENCES (continued)
: 20. BWROG Letter BWROG 9479, L. A. England (BWROG) toM. J. Virgilio, "BWR Owners' Group Guidelines for Stability InterimCorrective Action,"
June 6, 1994.21. BWROG Letter BWROG 96113, K. P. Donovan (BWROG)to L. E. Phillips (NRC), "Guidelines for Stability Option III'Enable Region' (TAC M92882),"
September 17,1996.22. EMF-CC-074(P)(A),
Volume 4, "BWR Stability Analysis:
Assessment of STAIF with Input from MICROBURN-B2."
: 23. GE Letter to PPL, GE-2005-EMC426, "Susquehanna 1 & 2 MinimumLPRM Input Requirement for NUMAC APRM 4-Channel Design,"April 26, 2005.SUSQUEHANNA  
-- UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-33aRevision 0
PPL Rev. 5RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1Table B 3.3.1.1-1 (page 1 of 1)RPS Instrumentation Sensor Diversity Scram Sensors for Initiating EventsRPV Variables Anticipatory FuelInitiation Events (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) M (g)MSIV Closure X X X XTurbine Trip (w/bypass)
X X X XGenerator Trip (w/bypass)
X X XPressure Regulator Failure (primary X X X X Xpressure decrease)  
(MSIV closure trip)Pressure Regulator Failure (primary X X Xpressure decrease)  
(Level 8 trip)Pressure Regulator Failure (primary X Xpressure increase)
Feedwater Controller Failure (high X X X Xreactor water level)Feedwater Controller Failure (low X X Xreactor water level)Loss of Condenser Vacuum X X X XLoss of AC Power (loss of transformer)
X X X XLoss of AC Power (loss of grid X X X X X Xconnections)
(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Reactor Vessel Water Level-High, Level 8Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3Turbine Control Valve Fast ClosureTurbine Stop Valve-Closure Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-34Revision 1
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.6.1 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation BASESBACKGROUND The primary containment isolation instrumentation automatically initiates closure of appropriate primary containment isolation valves (PCIVs).
Thefunction of the PCIVs, in combination with other accident mitigation
: systems, is to limit fission product release during and following postulated Design Basis Accidents (DBAs). Primary containment isolation within thetime limits specified for those isolation valves designed to closeautomatically ensures that the release of radioactive material to theenvironment will be consistent with the assumptions used in the analysesfor a DBA.The isolation instrumentation includes the sensors, relays, andinstruments that are necessary to cause initiation of primary containment and reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) isolation.
When thesetpoint is reached, the sensor actuates, which then outputs an isolation signal to the isolation logic. Functional diversity is provided by monitoring a wide range of independent parameters.
The input parameters to theisolation logics are (a) reactor vessel water level, (b) area ambient andemergency cooler temperatures, (c) main steam line (MSL) flowmeasurement, (d) Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System initiation, (e) condenser vacuum, (f) main steam line pressure, (g) high pressurecoolant injection (HPCI) and reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) steamline A pressure, (h) SGTS Exhaust radiation, (i) HPCI and RCIC steam linepressure, (j) HPCI and RCIC turbine exhaust diaphragm  
: pressure, (k) reactor water cleanup (RWCU) differential flow and high flow,(I) reactor steam dome pressure, and (m) drywell pressure.
Redundant sensor input signals from each parameter are provided for initiation ofisolation.
The only exception is SLC System initiation.
The only exception is SLC System initiation.
In addition, manualisolation of the logics is provided.
In addition, manual isolation of the logics is provided.Primary containment isolation instrumentation has inputs to the trip logic of the isolation functions listed below.(continued)
Primary containment isolation instrumentation has inputs to the trip logicof the isolation functions listed below.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-147Revision 0
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-147 Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES BACKGROUND
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESBACKGROUND
: 1. Main Steam Line Isolation (continued)
: 1. Main Steam Line Isolation (continued)
Most MSL Isolation Functions receive inputs from four channels.
Most MSL Isolation Functions receive inputs from four channels.
Theoutputs from these channels are combined in a one-out-of-two takentwice logic to initiate isolation of all main steam isolation valves (MSIVs).The outputs from the same channels are arranged into twotwo-out-of-two logic trip systems to isolate all MSL drain valves. TheMSL drain line has two isolation valves with one two-out-of-two logicsystem associated with each valve.The exceptions to this arrangement are the Main Steam Line Flow-High Function.
The outputs from these channels are combined in a one-out-of-two taken twice logic to initiate isolation of all main steam isolation valves (MSIVs).The outputs from the same channels are arranged into two two-out-of-two logic trip systems to isolate all MSL drain valves. The MSL drain line has two isolation valves with one two-out-of-two logic system associated with each valve.The exceptions to this arrangement are the Main Steam Line Flow-High Function.
The Main Steam Line Flow-High Function uses 16 flowchannels, four for each steam line. One channel from each steam lineinputs to one of the four trip strings.
The Main Steam Line Flow-High Function uses 16 flow channels, four for each steam line. One channel from each steam line inputs to one of the four trip strings. Two trip strings make up each trip system and both trip systems must trip to cause an MSL isolation.
Two trip strings make up each tripsystem and both trip systems must trip to cause an MSL isolation.
Each trip string has four inputs (one per MSL), any one of which will trip the trip string. The trip strings are arranged in a one-out-of-two taken twice logic. This is effectively a one-out-of-eight taken twice logic arrangement to initiate isolation of the MSIVs. Similarly, the 16 flow channels are connected into two two-out-of-two logic trip systems (effectively, two one-out-of-four twice logic), with each trip system isolating one of the two MSL drain valves.2. Primary Containment Isolation Most Primary Containment Isolation Functions receive inputs from four channels.
Eachtrip string has four inputs (one per MSL), any one of which will trip thetrip string. The trip strings are arranged in a one-out-of-two taken twicelogic. This is effectively a one-out-of-eight taken twice logicarrangement to initiate isolation of the MSIVs. Similarly, the 16 flowchannels are connected into two two-out-of-two logic trip systems(effectively, two one-out-of-four twice logic), with each trip systemisolating one of the two MSL drain valves.2. Primary Containment Isolation Most Primary Containment Isolation Functions receive inputs from fourchannels.
The outputs from these channels are arranged into two two-out-of-two logic trip systems. One trip system initiates isolation of all inboard primary containment isolation valves, while the other trip system initiates isolation of all outboard primary containment isolation valves.Each logic closes one of the two valves on each penetration, so that operation of either logic isolates the penetration.
The outputs from these channels are arranged into twotwo-out-of-two logic trip systems.
The exceptions to this arrangement are as follows. Hydrogen and Oxygen Analyzers which isolate Division I Analyzer on a Division I isolation signal, and Division II Analyzer on a Division II isolation signal.This is to ensure monitoring capability is not lost. Chilled Water to recirculation pumps and Liquid Radwaste Collection System isolation valves (continued)
One trip system initiates isolation of allinboard primary containment isolation valves, while the other trip systeminitiates isolation of all outboard primary containment isolation valves.Each logic closes one of the two valves on each penetration, so thatoperation of either logic isolates the penetration.
The exceptions to this arrangement are as follows.
Hydrogen andOxygen Analyzers which isolate Division I Analyzer on a Division Iisolation signal, and Division II Analyzer on a Division II isolation signal.This is to ensure monitoring capability is not lost. Chilled Water torecirculation pumps and Liquid Radwaste Collection System isolation valves(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-148Revision 0
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-148 Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES BACKGROUND
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESBACKGROUND
: 2. Primary Containment Isolation (continued) where both inboard and outboard valves will isolate on either division providing the isolation signal. Traversing incore probe ball valves and the instrument gas to the drywell to suppression chamber vacuum breakers only have one isolation valve and receives a signal from only one division.3., 4. High Pressure Coolant Iniection System Isolation and Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System Isolation Most Functions that isolate HPCI and RCIC receive input from two channels, with each channel in one trip system using a one-out-of-one logic. Each of the two trip systems in each isolation group is connected to one of the two valves on each associated penetration.
: 2. Primary Containment Isolation (continued) where both inboard and outboard valves will isolate on either divisionproviding the isolation signal. Traversing incore probe ball valves andthe instrument gas to the drywell to suppression chamber vacuumbreakers only have one isolation valve and receives a signal from onlyone division.
3., 4. High Pressure Coolant Iniection System Isolation and ReactorCore Isolation Cooling System Isolation Most Functions that isolate HPCI and RCIC receive input from twochannels, with each channel in one trip system using a one-out-of-one logic. Each of the two trip systems in each isolation group is connected to one of the two valves on each associated penetration.
The exceptions are the HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High and Steam Supply Line Pressure-Low Functions.
The exceptions are the HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High and Steam Supply Line Pressure-Low Functions.
TheseFunctions receive inputs from four turbine exhaust diaphragm pressureand four steam supply pressure channels for each system. The outputsfrom the turbine exhaust diaphragm pressure and steam supplypressure channels are each connected to two two-out-of-two tripsystems.
These Functions receive inputs from four turbine exhaust diaphragm pressure and four steam supply pressure channels for each system. The outputs from the turbine exhaust diaphragm pressure and steam supply pressure channels are each connected to two two-out-of-two trip systems. Each trip system isolates one valve per associated penetration.
Each trip system isolates one valve per associated penetration.
: 5. Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Isolation Function receives input from four reactor vessel water level channels.
: 5. Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Isolation Functionreceives input from four reactor vessel water level channels.
The outputs from the reactor vessel water level channels are connected into two two-out-of-two trip systems. The Differential Flow-High, Flow-High, and SLC System Initiation Functions receive input from two channels, with each channel in one trip system using a one-out-of-one logic. The temperature isolations are divided into three Functions.
Theoutputs from the reactor vessel water level channels are connected intotwo two-out-of-two trip systems.
These Functions are Pump Area, Penetration Area, and Heat Exchanger Area.Each area is monitored by two temperature monitors, one for each trip system. These are configured so that any one input will trip the associated trip system. Each of the two trip systems is connected to one of the two valves on each RWCU penetration.(continued)
The Differential Flow-High, Flow-High, and SLC System Initiation Functions receive input from two channels, with each channel in one trip system using a one-out-of-one logic. Thetemperature isolations are divided into three Functions.
TheseFunctions are Pump Area, Penetration Area, and Heat Exchanger Area.Each area is monitored by two temperature  
: monitors, one for each tripsystem. These are configured so that any one input will trip theassociated trip system. Each of the two trip systems is connected toone of the two valves on each RWCU penetration.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-149Revision 0
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-149 Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES BACKGROUND
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESBACKGROUND
: 6. Shutdown Cooling System Isolation (continued)
: 6. Shutdown Cooling System Isolation (continued)
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function receives inputfrom four reactor vessel water level channels.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function receives input from four reactor vessel water level channels.
The outputs from thereactor vessel water level channels are connected to two two-out-of-two trip systems.
The outputs from the reactor vessel water level channels are connected to two two-out-of-two trip systems. The Reactor Vessel Pressure-High Function receives input from two channels, with each channel in one trip system using a one-out-of-one logic. Each of the two trip systems is connected to one of the two valves on each shutdown cooling penetration.
The Reactor Vessel Pressure-High Function receives inputfrom two channels, with each channel in one trip system using aone-out-of-one logic. Each of the two trip systems is connected to oneof the two valves on each shutdown cooling penetration.
: 7. Traversing Incore Probe System Isolation The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Isolation Function receives input from two reactor vessel water level channels.
: 7. Traversing Incore Probe System Isolation The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Isolation Functionreceives input from two reactor vessel water level channels.
The Drywell Pressure-High Isolation Function receives input from two drywell pressure channels.
TheDrywell Pressure-High Isolation Function receives input from two drywellpressure channels.
The outputs from the reactor vessel water level channels and drywell pressure channels are connected into one two-out-of-two logic trip system.When either Isolation Function actuates, the TIP drive mechanisms will withdraw the TIPs, if inserted, and close the inboard TIP System isolation ball valves when the proximity probe senses the TIPs are withdrawn into the shield. The TIP System isolation ball valves are only open when the TIP System is in use. The outboard TIP System isolation valves are manual shear valves.APPLICABLE The isolation signals generated by the primary containment isolation SAFETY instrumentation are implicitly assumed in the safety analyses of ANALYSES, References 1 and 2 to initiate closure of valves to limit offsite doses.LCO, and Refer to LCO 3.6.1.3, "Primary Containment Isolation Valves (PCIVs)," APPLICABILITY Applicable Safety Analyses Bases for more detail of the safety analyses.Primary containment isolation instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement. (Ref. 8) Certain instrumentation Functions are retained for other reasons and are described below in the individual Functions discussion.(continued)
The outputs from the reactor vessel water levelchannels and drywell pressure channels are connected into one two-out-of-two logic trip system.When either Isolation Function  
: actuates, the TIP drive mechanisms willwithdraw the TIPs, if inserted, and close the inboard TIP Systemisolation ball valves when the proximity probe senses the TIPs arewithdrawn into the shield. The TIP System isolation ball valves are onlyopen when the TIP System is in use. The outboard TIP System isolation valves are manual shear valves.APPLICABLE The isolation signals generated by the primary containment isolation SAFETY instrumentation are implicitly assumed in the safety analyses ofANALYSES, References 1 and 2 to initiate closure of valves to limit offsite doses.LCO, and Refer to LCO 3.6.1.3, "Primary Containment Isolation Valves (PCIVs),"
APPLICABILITY Applicable Safety Analyses Bases for more detail of the safety analyses.
Primary containment isolation instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of theNRC Policy Statement.  
(Ref. 8) Certain instrumentation Functions areretained for other reasons and are described below in the individual Functions discussion.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-150Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-150 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued)
The OPERABILITY of the primary containment instrumentation is dependent on the OPERABILITY of the individual instrumentation channel Functions specified in Table 3.3.6.1-1.
The OPERABILITY of the primary containment instrumentation isdependent on the OPERABILITY of the individual instrumentation channel Functions specified in Table 3.3.6.1-1.
Each Function must have a required number of OPERABLE channels, with their setpoints within the specified Allowable Values, where appropriate.
Each Function musthave a required number of OPERABLE  
A channel is inoperable if its actual trip setpoint is not within its required Allowable Value. The actual setpoint is calibrated consistent with applicable setpoint methodology assumptions.
: channels, with their setpoints within the specified Allowable Values, where appropriate.
Each channel must also respond within its assumed response time, where appropriate.
A channel isinoperable if its actual trip setpoint is not within its required Allowable Value. The actual setpoint is calibrated consistent with applicable setpoint methodology assumptions.
Allowable Values are specified for each Primary Containment Isolation Function specified in the Table. Nominal trip setpoints are specified in the setpoint calculations.
Each channel must also respondwithin its assumed response time, where appropriate.
The nominal setpoints are selected to ensure that the setpoints do not exceed the Allowable Value between CHANNEL CALIBRATIONS.
Allowable Values are specified for each Primary Containment Isolation Function specified in the Table. Nominal trip setpoints are specified inthe setpoint calculations.
Operation with a trip setpoint less conservative than the nominal trip setpoint, but within its Allowable Value, is acceptable.
The nominal setpoints are selected to ensurethat the setpoints do not exceed the Allowable Value betweenCHANNELCALIBRATIONS.
Trip setpoints are those predetermined values of output at which an action should take place. The setpoints are compared to the actual process parameter (e.g., reactor vessel water level), and when the measured output value of the process parameter reaches the setpoint, the associated device changes state. The analytic limits are derived from the limiting values of the process parameters obtained from the safety analysis.
Operation with a trip setpoint less conservative thanthe nominal trip setpoint, but within its Allowable Value, is acceptable.
The Allowable Values are derived from the analytic limits, corrected for calibration, process, and some of the instrument errors. The trip setpoints are then determined accounting for the remaining instrument errors (e.g., drift). The trip setpoints derived in this manner provide adequate protection because instrumentation uncertainties, process effects, calibration tolerances, instrument drift, and severe environment errors (for channels that must function in harsh environments as defined by 10 CFR 50.49) are accounted for.In general, the individual Functions are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3 consistent with the Applicability for LCO 3.6.1.1,"Primary Containment." Functions that have different Applicabilities are discussed below in the individual Functions discussion.
Trip setpoints are those predetermined values of output at which anaction should take place. The setpoints are compared to the actualprocess parameter (e.g., reactor vessel water level), and when themeasured output value of the process parameter reaches the setpoint, the associated device changes state. The analytic limits are derivedfrom the limiting values of the process parameters obtained from thesafety analysis.
The Allowable Values are derived from the analyticlimits, corrected for calibration,  
: process, and some of the instrument errors. The trip setpoints are then determined accounting for theremaining instrument errors (e.g., drift). The trip setpoints derived in thismanner provide adequate protection because instrumentation uncertainties, process effects, calibration tolerances, instrument drift,and severe environment errors (for channels that must function in harshenvironments as defined by 10 CFR 50.49) are accounted for.In general, the individual Functions are required to be OPERABLE inMODES 1, 2, and 3 consistent with the Applicability for LCO 3.6.1.1,"Primary Containment."
Functions that have different Applicabilities arediscussed below in the individual Functions discussion.
The specific Applicable Safety Analyses, LCO, and Applicability discussions are listed below on a Function by Function basis.(continued)
The specific Applicable Safety Analyses, LCO, and Applicability discussions are listed below on a Function by Function basis.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-151Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-151 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE The penetrations which are isolated by the below listed functions can be SAFETY determined by referring to the PCIV Table found in the Bases of LCO ANALYSES, 3.6.1.3, "Primary Containment Isolation Valves." LCO, and APPLICABILITY Main Steam Line Isolation (continued) l.a. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Low reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE The penetrations which are isolated by the below listed functions can beSAFETY determined by referring to the PCIV Table found in the Bases of LCOANALYSES, 3.6.1.3, "Primary Containment Isolation Valves."LCO, andAPPLICABILITY Main Steam Line Isolation (continued) l.a. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1Low reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water level indicates that thecapability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage could result. Therefore, isolation of the MSIVs and other interfaces with the reactor vessel occurs to prevent offsite dose limits from being exceeded.
Should RPV water leveldecrease too far, fuel damage could result. Therefore, isolation of theMSIVs and other interfaces with the reactor vessel occurs to preventoffsite dose limitsfrom being exceeded.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level--Low Low Low, Level 1 Function is one of the many Functions assumed to be OPERABLE and capable of providing isolation signals. The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Function associated with isolation is assumed in the analysis of the recirculation line break (Ref. 1). The isolation of the MSLs on Level 1 supports actions to ensure that offsite dose limits are not exceeded for a DBA.Reactor vessel water level signals are initiated from four level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Allowable Value is chosen to be the same as the ECCS Level 1 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1) to ensure that the MSLs isolate on a potential loss of coolant accident (LOCA) to prevent offsite and control room doses from exceeding regulatory limits.(continued)
The Reactor Vessel Water Level--Low Low Low,Level 1 Function is one of the many Functions assumed to beOPERABLE and capable of providing isolation signals.
The ReactorVessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Function associated withisolation is assumed in the analysis of the recirculation line break(Ref. 1). The isolation of the MSLs on Level 1 supports actions toensure that offsite dose limits are not exceeded for a DBA.Reactor vessel water level signals are initiated from four levelinstruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to aconstant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to theactual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of ReactorVessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Function are available andare required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Allowable Valueis chosen to be the same as the ECCS Level 1 Allowable Value(LCO 3.3.5.1) to ensure that the MSLs isolate on a potential loss ofcoolant accident (LOCA) to prevent offsite and control room doses fromexceeding regulatory limits.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-152Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-152 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) l.b. Main Steam Line Pressure-Low Low MSL pressure indicates that there may be a problem with the turbine pressure regulation, which could result in a low reactor vessel water level condition and the RPV cooling down more than 100&deg;F/hr if the pressure loss is allowed to continue.
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued) l.b. Main Steam Line Pressure-Low Low MSL pressure indicates that there may be a problem with theturbine pressure regulation, which could result in a low reactor vesselwater level condition and the RPV cooling down more than 100&deg;F/hr ifthe pressure loss is allowed to continue.
The Main Steam Line Pressure-Low Function is directly assumed in the analysis of the pressure regulator failure (Ref. 2). For this event, the closure of the MSIVs ensures that the RPV temperature change limit (100&deg;F/hr) is not reached. In addition, this Function supports actions to ensure that Safety Limit 2.1.1.1 is not exceeded. (This Function closes the MSIVs prior to pressure decreasing below 785 psig, which results in a scram due to MSIV closure, thus reducing reactor power to < 23% RTP.)The MSL low pressure signals are initiated from four instruments that are connected to the MSL header. The instruments are arranged such that, even though physically separated from each other, each instrument is able to detect low MSL pressure.
The Main Steam LinePressure-Low Function is directly assumed in the analysis of thepressure regulator failure (Ref. 2). For this event, the closure of theMSIVs ensures that the RPV temperature change limit (100&deg;F/hr) is notreached.
Four channels of Main Steam Line Pressure-Low Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Main Steam Line Pressure-Low trip will only occur after a 500 milli-second time delay to prevent any spurious isolations.
In addition, this Function supports actions to ensure thatSafety Limit 2.1.1.1 is not exceeded.  
The Allowable Value was selected to be high enough to prevent excessive RPV depressurization.
(This Function closes the MSIVsprior to pressure decreasing below 785 psig, which results in a scramdue to MSIV closure, thus reducing reactor power to < 23% RTP.)The MSL low pressure signals are initiated from four instruments thatare connected to the MSL header. The instruments are arranged suchthat, even though physically separated from each other, each instrument is able to detect low MSL pressure.
The Main Steam Line Pressure-Low Function is only required to be OPERABLE in MODE 1 since this is when the assumed transient can occur (Ref. 2).1.c. Main Steam Line Flow-Hiqh Main Steam Line Flow-High is provided to detect a break of the MSL and to initiate closure of the MSIVs. If the steam were allowed to continue flowing out of the break, the reactor would depressurize and the core could uncover. If the RPV water level decreases too far, fuel damage could occur. Therefore, the isolation is initiated on high flow to prevent or minimize core damage. The Main Steam Line Flow-High Function is (continued)
Four channels of Main Steam LinePressure-Low Function are available and are required to be OPERABLEto ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
The Main Steam Line Pressure-Low trip will only occur after a 500 milli-second time delay to prevent any spurious isolations.
The Allowable Value was selected to be high enough to preventexcessive RPV depressurization.
The Main Steam Line Pressure-Low Function is only required to be OPERABLE in MODE 1 since this iswhen the assumed transient can occur (Ref. 2).1.c. Main Steam Line Flow-Hiqh Main Steam Line Flow-High is provided to detect a break of the MSLand to initiate closure of the MSIVs. If the steam were allowed tocontinue flowing out of the break, the reactor would depressurize andthe core could uncover.
If the RPV water level decreases too far, fueldamage could occur. Therefore, the isolation is initiated on high flow toprevent or minimize core damage. The Main Steam Line Flow-High Function is(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-153Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-153 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 1.c. Main Steam Line Flow-HiQh (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE 1.c. Main Steam Line Flow-HiQh (continued)
SAFETY ANALYSES, directly assumed in the analysis of the main steam line break (MSLB)LCO, and (Ref. 1). The isolation action, along with the scram function of the APPLICABILITY Reactor Protection System (RPS), ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46 and offsite and control room doses do not exceed regulatory limits.The MSL flow signals are initiated from 16 instruments that are connected to the four MSLs. The instruments are arranged such that, even though physically separated from each other, all four connected to one MSL would be able to detect the high flow. Four channels of Main Steam Line Flow-High Function for each unisolated MSL (two channels per trip system) are available and are required to be OPERABLE so that no single instrument failure will preclude detecting a break in any individual MSL.1.d. Condenser Vacuum-Low The Allowable Value is chosen to ensure that offsite dose limits are not exceeded due to the break.The Condenser Vacuum-Low Function is provided to prevent overpressurization of the main condenser in the event of a loss of the main condenser vacuum. Since the integrity of the condenser is an assumption in offsite dose calculations, the Condenser Vacuum-Low Function is assumed to be OPERABLE and capable of initiating closure of the MSIVs. The closure of the MSIVs is initiated to prevent the addition of steam that would lead to additional condenser pressurization and possible rupture of the diaphragm installed to protect the turbine exhaust hood, thereby preventing a potential radiation leakage path following an accident.Condenser vacuum pressure signals are derived from four pressure instruments that sense the pressure in the condenser.
SAFETYANALYSES, directly assumed in the analysis of the main steam line break (MSLB)LCO, and (Ref. 1). The isolation action, along with the scram function of theAPPLICABILITY Reactor Protection System (RPS), ensures that the fuel peak claddingtemperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46 and offsite andcontrol room doses do not exceed regulatory limits.The MSL flow signals are initiated from 16 instruments that areconnected to the four MSLs. The instruments are arranged such that,even though physically separated from each other, all four connected toone MSL would be able to detect the high flow. Four channels of MainSteam Line Flow-High Function for each unisolated MSL (two channelsper trip system) are available and are required to be OPERABLE so thatno single instrument failure will preclude detecting a break in anyindividual MSL.1.d. Condenser Vacuum-Low The Allowable Value is chosen to ensure that offsite dose limits are notexceeded due to the break.The Condenser Vacuum-Low Function is provided to preventoverpressurization of the main condenser in the event of a loss of themain condenser vacuum. Since the integrity of the condenser is anassumption in offsite dose calculations, the Condenser Vacuum-Low Function is assumed to be OPERABLE and capable of initiating closureof the MSIVs. The closure of the MSIVs is initiated to prevent theaddition of steam that would lead to additional condenser pressurization and possible rupture of the diaphragm installed to protect the turbineexhaust hood, thereby preventing a potential radiation leakage pathfollowing an accident.
Four channels of Condenser Vacuum-Low Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.(continued)
Condenser vacuum pressure signals are derived from four pressureinstruments that sense the pressure in the condenser.
Four channels ofCondenser Vacuum-Low Function are available and are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude theisolation function.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-154Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-154 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 1.d. Condenser Vacuum-Low (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY 1.d. Condenser Vacuum-Low (continued)
The Allowable Value is chosen to prevent damage to the condenser due to pressurization, thereby ensuring its integrity for offsite dose analysis.As noted (footnote (a) to Table 3.3.6.1-1), the channels are not required to be OPERABLE in MODES 2 and 3 when all main turbine stop valves (TSVs) are closed, since the potential for condenser overpressurization is minimized.
The Allowable Value is chosen to prevent damage to the condenser dueto pressurization, thereby ensuring its integrity for offsite dose analysis.
Switches are provided to manually bypass the channels when all TSVs are closed.1.e. Reactor Buildinq Main Steam Tunnel Temperature-Hiqh Reactor Building Main Steam Tunnel temperature is provided to detect a leak in the RCPB and provides diversity to the high flow instrumentation.
As noted (footnote (a) to Table 3.3.6.1-1),
the channels are not requiredto be OPERABLE in MODES 2 and 3 when all main turbine stop valves(TSVs) are closed, since the potential for condenser overpressurization is minimized.
Switches are provided to manually bypass the channelswhen all TSVs are closed.1.e. Reactor Buildinq Main Steam Tunnel Temperature-Hiqh Reactor Building Main Steam Tunnel temperature is provided to detect aleak in the RCPB and provides diversity to the high flow instrumentation.
The isolation occurs when a very small leak has occurred.
The isolation occurs when a very small leak has occurred.
If the smallleak is allowed to continue without isolation, offsite dose limits may bereached.  
If the small leak is allowed to continue without isolation, offsite dose limits may be reached. However, credit for these instruments is not taken in any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR, since bounding analyses are performed for large breaks, such as MSLBs.Area temperature signals are initiated from thermocouples located in the area being monitored.
: However, credit for these instruments is not taken in anytransient or accident analysis in the FSAR, since bounding analyses areperformed for large breaks, such as MSLBs.Area temperature signals are initiated from thermocouples located in thearea being monitored.
Four channels of Reactor Building Main Steam Tunnel Temperature-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The reactor building main steam tunnel temperature trip will only occur after a one second time delay.The temperature monitoring Allowable Value is chosen to detect a leak equivalent to approximately 25 gpm of water.1.f. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into the MSL isolation logic that are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.
Four channels of Reactor Building Main SteamTunnel Temperature-High Function are available and are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude theisolation function.
There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit for this Function.
The reactor building main steam tunnel temperature trip will only occurafter a one second time delay.The temperature monitoring Allowable Value is chosen to detect a leakequivalent to approximately 25 gpm of water.1.f. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into theMSL isolation logic that are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.
It is retained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.(continued)
There is nospecific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit for this Function.
It isretained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation functionas required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-155Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-155 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 1.f. Manual Initiation (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE 1.f. Manual Initiation (continued)
SAFETY ANALYSES, There are four push buttons for the logic, two manual initiation push LCO, and button per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Function APPLICABILITY since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of Manual Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, since these are the MODES in which the MSL isolation automatic Functions are required to be OPERABLE.Primary Containment Isolation 2.a. Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
SAFETYANALYSES, There are four push buttons for the logic, two manual initiation pushLCO, and button per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this FunctionAPPLICABILITY since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on theposition of the push buttons.Two channels of Manual Initiation Function are available and arerequired to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, since these are theMODES in which the MSL isolation automatic Functions are required tobe OPERABLE.
The valves whose penetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.The isolation of the primary containment on Level 3 supports actions to ensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.
Primary Containment Isolation 2.a. Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may bethreatened.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function associated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 signals are initiated from level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value was chosen to be the same as the RPS Level 3 scram Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.1.1), since isolation of these valves is not critical to orderly plant shutdown.(continued)
The valves whose penetrations communicate with theprimary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.
The isolation of the primary containment on Level 3 supports actions toensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are notexceeded.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Functionassociated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis asthese leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 signals are initiated from levelinstruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to aconstant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to theactual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of ReactorVessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function are available and arerequired to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failurecan preclude the isolation function.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value waschosen to be the same as the RPS Level 3 scram Allowable Value(LCO 3.3.1.1),
since isolation of these valves is not critical to orderlyplant shutdown.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-156Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-156 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 2.b. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low. Level 2 Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued) 2.b. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low. Level 2Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may bethreatened.
The valves whose penetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.The isolation of the primary containment on Level 2 supports actions to ensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.
The valves whose penetrations communicate with theprimary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function associated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 signals are initiated from level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Allowable Value was chosen to be the same as the ECCS Level 2 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1), since this may be indicative of a LOCA.2.c. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level I Low reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
The isolation of the primary containment on Level 2 supports actions toensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are notexceeded.
Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage could result. The valves whose penetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Functionassociated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis asthese leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 signals are initiated fromlevel instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due toa constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to theactual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of ReactorVessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function are available and arerequired to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failurecan preclude the isolation function.
The isolation of the primary containment on Level 1 supports actions to ensure the offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Allowable Value waschosen to be the same as the ECCS Level 2 Allowable Value(LCO 3.3.5.1),
The Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low Low Low, Level 1 Function associated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.(continued)
since this may be indicative of a LOCA.2.c. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level ILow reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water level indicates that thecapability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
Should RPV water leveldecrease too far, fuel damage could result. The valves whosepenetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated tolimit the release of fission products.
The isolation of the primarycontainment on Level 1 supports actions to ensure the offsite andcontrol room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.
The ReactorVessel Water Level -Low Low Low, Level 1 Function associated withisolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis as these leakagepaths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-157Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-157 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 2.c. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY 2.c. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 (continued)
Reactor vessel water level signals are initiated from four level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Allowable Value is chosen to be the same as the ECCS Level 1 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1) to ensure that the associated penetrations isolate on a potential loss of coolant accident (LOCA) to prevent offsite and control room doses from exceeding regulatory limits.2.d. Drvwell Pressure-Hiah High drywell pressure can indicate a break in the RCPB inside the primary containment.
Reactor vessel water level signals are initiated from four levelinstruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to aconstant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to theactual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of ReactorVessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Function are available andare required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
The isolation of some of the primary containment isolation valves on high drywell pressure supports actions to ensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Allowable Valueis chosen to be the same as the ECCS Level 1 Allowable Value(LCO 3.3.5.1) to ensure that the associated penetrations isolate on apotential loss of coolant accident (LOCA) to prevent offsite and controlroom doses from exceeding regulatory limits.2.d. Drvwell Pressure-Hiah High drywell pressure can indicate a break in the RCPB inside theprimary containment.
The Drywell Pressure-High Function, associated with isolation of the primary containment, is implicitly assumed in the FSAR accident analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.High drywell pressure signals are initiated from pressure instruments that sense the pressure in the drywell. Four channels of Drywell Pressure-High per Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Allowable Value was selected to be the same as the ECCS Drywell Pressure-High Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1), since this may be indicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.(continued)
The isolation of some of the primary containment isolation valves on high drywell pressure supports actions to ensure thatoffsiteand control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-158 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 2.e. SGTS Exhaust Radiation-Hiah High SGTS Exhaust radiation indicates possible gross failure of the fuel cladding.
The DrywellPressure-High  
: Function, associated with isolation of the primarycontainment, is implicitly assumed in the FSAR accident analysis asthese leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.High drywell pressure signals are initiated from pressure instruments that sense the pressure in the drywell.
Four channels of DrywellPressure-High per Function are available and are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude theisolation function.
The Allowable Value was selected to be the same as the ECCS DrywellPressure-High Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1),
since this may beindicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-158Revision 2
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued) 2.e. SGTS Exhaust Radiation-Hiah High SGTS Exhaust radiation indicates possible gross failure of the fuelcladding.
Therefore, when SGTS Exhaust Radiation High is detected, an isolation is initiated to limit the release of fission products.
Therefore, when SGTS Exhaust Radiation High is detected, an isolation is initiated to limit the release of fission products.
However,this Function is not assumed in any accident or transient analysis in theFSAR because other leakage paths (e.g., MSIVs) are more limiting.
However, this Function is not assumed in any accident or transient analysis in the FSAR because other leakage paths (e.g., MSIVs) are more limiting.The SGTS Exhaust radiation signals are initiated from radiation detectors that are located in the SGTS Exhaust. Two channels of SGTS Exhaust Radiation-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Allowable Value is low enough to promptly detect gross failures in the fuel cladding.2.f. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into the primary containment isolation logic that are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.
The SGTS Exhaust radiation signals are initiated from radiation detectors that are located in the SGTS Exhaust.
There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit for this Function.
Two channels of SGTSExhaust Radiation-High Function are available and are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude theisolation function.
It is retained for overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.There are two push buttons for the logic, one manual initiation push button per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Function since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of the Manual Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, since these are the MODES in which the Primary Containment Isolation automatic Functions are required to be OPERABLE.(continued)
The Allowable Value is low enough to promptly detect gross failures inthe fuel cladding.
2.f. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into theprimary containment isolation logic that are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.
There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit for thisFunction.
It is retained for overall redundancy and diversity of theisolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.There are two push buttons for the logic, one manual initiation pushbutton per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Functionsince the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on theposition of the push buttons.Two channels of the Manual Initiation Function are available and arerequired to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, since these are theMODES in which the Primary Containment Isolation automatic Functions are required to be OPERABLE.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-159Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-159 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued)
High Pressure Coolant Injection and Reactor Core Isolation Coolinq Systems Isolation 3.a., 4.a. HPCI and RCIC Steam Line A Pressure-Hicih Steam Line A Pressure High Functions are provided to detect a break of the RCIC or HPCI steam lines and initiate closure of the steam line isolation valves of the appropriate system. If the steam is allowed to continue flowing out of the break, the reactor will depressurize and the core can uncover. Therefore, the isolations are initiated on high flow to prevent or minimize core damage. The isolation action, along with the scram function of the RPS, ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46. Specific credit for these Functions is not assumed in any FSAR accident analyses since the bounding analysis is performed for large breaks such as recirculation and MSL breaks. However, these instruments prevent the RCIC or HPCI steam line breaks from becoming bounding.The HPCI and RCIC Steam Line A Pressure -High signals are initiated from instruments (two for HPCI and two for RCIC) that are connected to the system steam lines. Two channels of both HPCI and RCIC Steam Line A pressure-High Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The steam line A Pressure -High will only occur after a 3 second time delay to prevent any spurious isolations.
High Pressure Coolant Injection and Reactor Core Isolation Coolinq Systems Isolation 3.a., 4.a. HPCI and RCIC Steam Line A Pressure-Hicih Steam Line A Pressure High Functions are provided to detect a break ofthe RCIC or HPCI steam lines and initiate closure of the steam lineisolation valves of the appropriate system. If the steam is allowed tocontinue flowing out of the break, the reactor will depressurize and thecore can uncover.
The Allowable Values are chosen to be low enough to ensure that the trip occurs to prevent fuel damage and maintains the MSLB event as the bounding event, and high enough to be above the maximum transient steam flow during system startup.(continued)
Therefore, the isolations are initiated on high flow toprevent or minimize core damage. The isolation action, along with thescram function of the RPS, ensures that the fuel peak claddingtemperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46. Specific creditfor these Functions is not assumed in any FSAR accident analysessince the bounding analysis is performed for large breaks such asrecirculation and MSL breaks. However, these instruments prevent theRCIC or HPCI steam line breaks from becoming bounding.
The HPCI and RCIC Steam Line A Pressure  
-High signals are initiated from instruments (two for HPCI and two for RCIC) that are connected tothe system steam lines. Two channels of both HPCI and RCIC SteamLine A pressure-High Functions are available and are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude theisolation function.
The steam line A Pressure  
-High will only occur after a 3 second timedelay to prevent any spurious isolations.
The Allowable Values are chosen to be low enough to ensure that thetrip occurs to prevent fuel damage and maintains the MSLB event as thebounding event, and high enough to be above the maximum transient steam flow during system startup.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-160Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-160 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 3.b., 4.b. HPCI and RCIC Steam Supply Line A Pressure-Low Low MSL pressure indicates that the pressure of the steam in the HPCI or RCIC turbine may be too low to continue operation of the associated system's turbine. These isolations are for equipment protection and are not assumed in any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR.However, they also provide a diverse signal to indicate a possible system break. These instruments are included in Technical Specifications (TS) because of the potential for risk due to possible failure of the instruments preventing HPCI and RCIC initiations (Ref. 3).The HPCI and RCIC Steam Supply Line Pressure-Low signals are initiated from instruments (four for HPCI and four for RCIC) that are connected to the system steam line. Four channels of both HPCI and RCIC Steam Supply Line Pressure-Low Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Allowable Values are selected to be high enough to prevent damage to the system's turbine.3.c., 4.c. HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High High turbine exhaust diaphragm pressure indicates that a release of steam into the associated compartment is possible.
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued) 3.b., 4.b. HPCI and RCIC Steam Supply Line A Pressure-Low Low MSL pressure indicates that the pressure of the steam in the HPCIor RCIC turbine may be too low to continue operation of the associated system's turbine.
That is, one of two exhaust diaphragms has ruptured.
These isolations are for equipment protection and arenot assumed in any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR.However, they also provide a diverse signal to indicate a possiblesystem break. These instruments are included in Technical Specifications (TS) because of the potential for risk due to possiblefailure of the instruments preventing HPCI and RCIC initiations (Ref. 3).The HPCI and RCIC Steam Supply Line Pressure-Low signals areinitiated from instruments (four for HPCI and four for RCIC) that areconnected to the system steam line. Four channels of both HPCI andRCIC Steam Supply Line Pressure-Low Functions are available andare required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
These isolations are to prevent steam from entering the associated compartment and are not assumed in any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR. These instruments are included in the TS because of the potential for risk due to possible failure of the instruments preventing HPCI and RCIC initiations (Ref. 3).The HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphram Pressure-High signals and initiated from instruments (four for HPCI and four for RCIC) that are connected to the area between the rupture diaphragms on each system's turbine exhaust line. Four channels of both HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.(continued)
The Allowable Values are selected to be high enough to preventdamage to the system's turbine.3.c., 4.c. HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High High turbine exhaust diaphragm pressure indicates that a release ofsteam into the associated compartment is possible.
That is, one of twoexhaust diaphragms has ruptured.
These isolations are to preventsteam from entering the associated compartment and are not assumedin any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR. These instruments are included in the TS because of the potential for risk due to possiblefailure of the instruments preventing HPCI and RCIC initiations (Ref. 3).The HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphram Pressure-High signalsand initiated from instruments (four for HPCI and four for RCIC) that areconnected to the area between the rupture diaphragms on eachsystem's turbine exhaust line. Four channels of both HPCI and RCICTurbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High Functions are available andare required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-161Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-161 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 3.c., 4.c. HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY 3.c., 4.c. HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High (continued)
The Allowable Values is low enough to identify a high turbine exhaust pressure condition resulting from a diaphragm rupture, or a leak in the diaphragm adjacent to the exhaust line and high enough to prevent inadvertent system isolation.
The Allowable Values is low enough to identify a high turbine exhaustpressure condition resulting from a diaphragm  
3.d., 4.d. Drvwell Pressure-Hiqh High drywell pressure can indicate a break in the RCPB. The HPCI and RCIC isolation of the turbine exhaust vacuum breaker line is provided to prevent communication with the wetwell when high drywell pressure exists. A potential leakage path exists via the turbine exhaust. The isolation is delayed until the system becomes unavailable for injection (i.e., low steam supply line pressure).
: rupture, or a leak in thediaphragm adjacent to the exhaust line and high enough to preventinadvertent system isolation.
The isolation of the HPCI and RCIC turbine exhaust vacuum breaker line by Drywell Pressure-High is indirectly assumed in the FSAR accident analysis because the turbine exhaust vacuum breaker line leakage path is not assumed to contribute to offsite doses and is provided for long term containment isolation.
3.d., 4.d. Drvwell Pressure-Hiqh High drywell pressure can indicate a break in the RCPB. The HPCI andRCIC isolation of the turbine exhaust vacuum breaker line is provided toprevent communication with the wetwell when high drywell pressureexists. A potential leakage path exists via the turbine exhaust.
High drywell pressure signals are initiated from pressure instruments that sense the pressure in the drywell. Four channels of both HPCI and RCIC Drywell Pressure-High Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Allowable Value was selected to be the same as the ECCS Drywell Pressure-High Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1), since this is indicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.(continued)
Theisolation is delayed until the system becomes unavailable for injection (i.e., low steam supply line pressure).
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-162 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BAS ES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 3.e., 3.f., 3.q., 4.e., 4.f., 4.q., HPCI and RCIC Area and Emergency Cooler Temperature-High HPCI and RCIC Area and Emergency Cooler temperatures are provided to detect a leak from the associated system steam piping. The isolation occurs when a small leak has occurred and is diverse to the high flow instrumentation.
The isolation of the HPCI andRCIC turbine exhaust vacuum breaker line by Drywell Pressure-High isindirectly assumed in the FSAR accident analysis because the turbineexhaust vacuum breaker line leakage path is not assumed to contribute to offsite doses and is provided for long term containment isolation.
If the small leak is allowed to continue Without isolation, offsite dose limits may be reached. These Functions are not assumed in any FSAR transient or accident analysis, since bounding analyses are performed for large breaks such as recirculation or MSL breaks.Area and Emergency Cooler Temperature-High signals are initiated from thermocouples that are appropriately located to protect the system that is being monitored.
High drywell pressure signals are initiated from pressure instruments that sense the pressure in the drywell.
Two Instruments monitor each area. Two channels for each HPCI and RCIC Area and Emergency Cooler Temperature-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The HPCI and RCIC Pipe Routing area temperature trips will only occur after a 15 minute time delay to prevent any spurious temperature isolations due to short temperature increases and allows operators sufficient time to determine which system is leaking. The other ambient temperature trips will only occur after a one second time delay to prevent any spurious temperature isolations.
Four channels of both HPCI andRCIC Drywell Pressure-High Functions are available and are requiredto be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure canpreclude the isolation function.
The Allowable Values are set low enough to detect a leak equivalent to 25 gpm, and high enough to avoid trips at expected operating temperature.(continued)
The Allowable Value was selected to be the same as the ECCS DrywellPressure-High Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1),
since this is indicative ofa LOCA inside primary containment.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-162Revision 1
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BAS ESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued) 3.e., 3.f., 3.q., 4.e., 4.f., 4.q., HPCI and RCIC Area and Emergency Cooler Temperature-High HPCI and RCIC Area and Emergency Cooler temperatures are providedto detect a leak from the associated system steam piping. The isolation occurs when a small leak has occurred and is diverse to the high flowinstrumentation.
If the small leak is allowed to continue Without isolation, offsite dose limits may be reached.
These Functions are not assumedin any FSAR transient or accident  
: analysis, since bounding analyses areperformed for large breaks such as recirculation or MSL breaks.Area and Emergency Cooler Temperature-High signals are initiated fromthermocouples that are appropriately located to protect the system thatis being monitored.
Two Instruments monitor each area. Two channelsfor each HPCI and RCIC Area and Emergency Cooler Temperature-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure thatno single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
The HPCI and RCIC Pipe Routing area temperature trips will only occurafter a 15 minute time delay to prevent any spurious temperature isolations due to short temperature increases and allows operators sufficient time to determine which system is leaking.
The other ambienttemperature trips will only occur after a one second time delay toprevent any spurious temperature isolations.
The Allowable Values are set low enough to detect a leak equivalent to25 gpm, and high enough to avoid trips at expected operating temperature.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-163Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-163 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 3.h.. 4.h. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into the HPCI and RCIC systems' isolation logics that are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued) 3.h.. 4.h. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into theHPCI and RCIC systems' isolation logics that are redundant to theautomatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.
There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit for these Functions.
There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes creditfor these Functions.
They are retained for overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis There is one manual initiation push button for each of the HPCI and RCIC systems. One isolation pushbutton per system will introduce an isolation to one of the two trip systems. There is no Allowable Value for these Functions, since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of both HPCI and RCIC Manual Initiation Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3 since these are the MODES in which the HPCI and RCIC systems'Isolation automatic Functions are required to be OPERABLE.Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation 5.a. RWCU Differential Flow-Hiah The high differential flow signal is provided to detect a break in the RWCU System. This will detect leaks in the RWCU System when area temperature would not provide detection (i.e., a cold leg break). Should the reactor coolant continue to flow out of the break, offsite dose limits may be exceeded.
They are retained for overall redundancy anddiversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plantlicensing basisThere is one manual initiation push button for each of the HPCI andRCIC systems.
Therefore, isolation of the RWCU System is initiated when high differential flow is sensed to prevent exceeding offsite doses.A 45 second time delay is provided to prevent spurious trips during most RWCU operational transients.
One isolation pushbutton per system will introduce anisolation to one of the two trip systems.
This Function is not assumed in any FSAR transient or accident analysis, since bounding analyses are performed for large breaks such as MSLBs.(continued)
There is no Allowable Value forthese Functions, since the channels are mechanically actuated basedsolely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of both HPCI and RCIC Manual Initiation Functions areavailable and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3since these are the MODES in which the HPCI and RCIC systems'Isolation automatic Functions are required to be OPERABLE.
Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation 5.a. RWCU Differential Flow-Hiah The high differential flow signal is provided to detect a break in theRWCU System. This will detect leaks in the RWCU System when areatemperature would not provide detection (i.e., a cold leg break). Shouldthe reactor coolant continue to flow out of the break, offsite dose limitsmay be exceeded.
Therefore, isolation of the RWCU System is initiated when high differential flow is sensed to prevent exceeding offsite doses.A 45 second time delay is provided to prevent spurious trips during mostRWCU operational transients.
This Function is not assumed in anyFSAR transient or accident  
: analysis, since bounding analyses areperformed for large breaks such as MSLBs.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-164Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-164 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 5.a. RWCU Differential Flow-High (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY 5.a. RWCU Differential Flow-High (continued)
The high differential flow signals are initiated from instruments that are connected to the inlet (from the recirculation suction) and outlets (to condenser and feedwater) of the RWCU System. Two channels of Differential Flow-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure downstream of the common summer can preclude the isolation function.The Differential Flow-High Allowable Value ensures that a break of the RWCU piping is detected.5.b, 5.c, 5.d RWCU Area Temperatures-High RWCU area temperatures are provided to detect a leak from the RWCU System. The isolation occurs even when small leaks have occurred and is diverse to the high differential flow instrumentation for the hot portions of the RWCU System. If the small leak continues without isolation, offsite dose limits may be reached. Credit for these instruments is not taken in any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR, since bounding analyses are performed for large breaks such as recirculation or MSL breaks.Area temperature signals are initiated from temperature elements that are located in the area that is being monitored.
The high differential flow signals are initiated from instruments that areconnected to the inlet (from the recirculation suction) and outlets (tocondenser and feedwater) of the RWCU System. Two channels ofDifferential Flow-High Function are available and are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure downstream ofthe common summer can preclude the isolation function.
Six thermocouples provide input to the Area Temperature-High Function (two per area). Six channels are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The area temperature trip will only occur after a one second time to prevent any spurious temperature isolations.
The Differential Flow-High Allowable Value ensures that a break of theRWCU piping is detected.
The Area Temperature-High Allowable Values are set low enough to detect a leak equivalent to 25 gpm.(continued)
5.b, 5.c, 5.d RWCU Area Temperatures-High RWCU area temperatures are provided to detect a leak from the RWCUSystem. The isolation occurs even when small leaks have occurred andis diverse to the high differential flow instrumentation for the hot portionsof the RWCU System. If the small leak continues without isolation, offsite dose limits may be reached.
Credit for these instruments is nottaken in any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR, since boundinganalyses are performed for large breaks such as recirculation or MSLbreaks.Area temperature signals are initiated from temperature elements thatare located in the area that is being monitored.
Six thermocouples provide input to the Area Temperature-High Function (two per area). Sixchannels are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no singleinstrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
The area temperature trip will only occur after a one second time toprevent any spurious temperature isolations.
The Area Temperature-High Allowable Values are set low enough todetect a leak equivalent to 25 gpm.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-165Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-165 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 5.e. SLC System Initiation SAFETY ANALYSES, The isolation of the RWCU System is required when the SLC System LCO, and has been initiated to prevent dilution and removal of the boron solution APPLICABILITY by the RWCU System (Ref. 4). SLC System initiation signals are (continued) initiated from the two SLC pump start signals...
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE 5.e. SLC System Initiation SAFETYANALYSES, The isolation of the RWCU System is required when the SLC SystemLCO, and has been initiated to prevent dilution and removal of the boron solutionAPPLICABILITY by the RWCU System (Ref. 4). SLC System initiation signals are(continued) initiated from the two SLC pump start signals...
There is no Allowable Value associated with this Function since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the SLC System initiation switch.Two channels (one from each pump) of the SLC System Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE only in MODES 1, 2, and 3 which is consistent with the Applicability for the SLC System (LCO 3.1.7).As noted (footnote (b) to Table 3.3.6.1-1), this Function is only required to close the outboard RWCU isolation valve trip systems.5.f. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
There is no Allowable Value associated with this Function since thechannels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of theSLC System initiation switch.Two channels (one from each pump) of the SLC System Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE only inMODES 1, 2, and 3 which is consistent with the Applicability for the SLCSystem (LCO 3.1.7).As noted (footnote (b) to Table 3.3.6.1-1),
Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage could result. Therefore, isolation of some interfaces with the reactor vessel occurs to isolate the potential sources of a break. The isolation of the RWCU System on Level 2 supports actions to ensure that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function associated with RWCU isolation is not directly assumed in the FSAR safety analyses because the RWCU System line break is bounded by breaks of larger systems (recirculation and MSL breaks are more limiting).
this Function is only requiredto close the outboard RWCU isolation valve trip systems.5.f. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may bethreatened.
Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 signals are initiated from four level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of (continued)
Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damagecould result. Therefore, isolation of some interfaces with the reactorvessel occurs to isolate the potential sources of a break. The isolation of the RWCU System on Level 2 supports actions to ensure that the fuelpeak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function associated with RWCU isolation is not directly assumed in the FSAR safetyanalyses because the RWCU System line break is bounded by breaksof larger systems (recirculation and MSL breaks are more limiting).
Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 signals are initiated fromfour level instruments that sense the difference between the pressuredue to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure dueto the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-166Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-166 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 5.f. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE 5.f. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 (continued)
SAFETY ANALYSES, Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function are available LCO, and and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument APPLICABILITY failure can preclude the isolation function.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Allowable Value was chosen to be the same as the ECCS Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1), since the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
SAFETYANALYSES, Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function are available LCO, and and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument APPLICABILITY failure can preclude the isolation function.
5.q. RWCU Flow -High RWCU Flow-High Function is provided to detect a break of the RWCU System. Should the reactor coolant continue to flow out of the break, offsite dose limits may be exceeded.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Allowable Valuewas chosen to be the same as the ECCS Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1),
Therefore, isolation is initiated on high flow to prevent or minimize core damage. The isolation action, along with the scram function of the RPS, ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.Specific credit for this Function is not assumed in any FSAR accident analyses since the bounding analysis is performed for large breaks such as recirculation and MSL breaks.The RWCU Flow-High signals are initiated from two instruments.
since the capability tocool the fuel may be threatened.
Two channels of RWCU Flow-High Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The RWCU flow trip will only occur after a 5 second time delay to prevent spurious trips.The Allowable Value is chosen to be low enough to ensure that the trip occurs to prevent fuel damage and maintains the MSLB event as the bounding event.5.h. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into the RWCU System isolation logic that are redundant to (continued)
5.q. RWCU Flow -HighRWCU Flow-High Function is provided to detect a break of the RWCUSystem. Should the reactor coolant continue to flow out of the break,offsite dose limits may be exceeded.
Therefore, isolation is initiated onhigh flow to prevent or minimize core damage. The isolation action,along with the scram function of the RPS, ensures that the fuel peakcladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.Specific credit for this Function is not assumed in any FSAR accidentanalyses since the bounding analysis is performed for large breaks suchas recirculation and MSL breaks.The RWCU Flow-High signals are initiated from two instruments.
Twochannels of RWCU Flow-High Functions are available and are requiredto be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure canpreclude the isolation function.
The RWCU flow trip will only occur after a 5 second time delay toprevent spurious trips.The Allowable Value is chosen to be low enough to ensure that the tripoccurs to prevent fuel damage and maintains the MSLB event as thebounding event.5.h. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into theRWCU System isolation logic that are redundant to(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-167Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-167 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 5.h. Manual Initiation (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE 5.h. Manual Initiation (continued)
SAFETY ANALYSES, the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation LCO, and capability.
SAFETYANALYSES, the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation LCO, and capability.
There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit APPLICABILITY for this Function.
There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes creditAPPLICABILITY for this Function.
It is retained for overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.There are two push buttons for the logic, one manual initiation push button per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Function, since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of the Manual Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3 since these are the MODES in which the RWCU System Isolation automatic Functions are required to be OPERABLE.Shutdown Cooling System Isolation 6.a. Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High The Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High Function is provided to isolate the shutdown cooling portion of the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) System. This interlock is provided only for equipment protection to prevent an intersystem LOCA scenario, and credit for the interlock is not assumed in the accident or transient analysis in the FSAR.The Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High signals are initiated from two instruments.
It is retained for overall redundancy and diversity ofthe isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.There are two push buttons for the logic, one manual initiation pushbutton per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Function, since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on theposition of the push buttons.Two channels of the Manual Initiation Function are available and arerequired to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3 since these are theMODES in which the RWCU System Isolation automatic Functions arerequired to be OPERABLE.
Two channels of Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
Shutdown Cooling System Isolation 6.a. Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High The Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High Function is provided toisolate the shutdown cooling portion of the Residual Heat Removal(RHR) System. This interlock is provided only for equipment protection to prevent an intersystem LOCA scenario, and credit for the interlock isnot assumed in the accident or transient analysis in the FSAR.The Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High signals are initiated from twoinstruments.
The Function is only required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, since these are the only MODES in which the reactor can be pressurized with the exception of Special Operations LCO 3.10.1; thus, equipment protection is needed. The Allowable Value was chosen to be low enough to protect the system equipment from overpressurization.(continued)
Two channels of Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure thatno single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
TheFunction is only required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, sincethese are the only MODES in which the reactor can be pressurized withthe exception of Special Operations LCO 3.10.1; thus, equipment protection is needed. The Allowable Value was chosen to be lowenough to protect the system equipment from overpressurization.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-168Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-168 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 6.b.- Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY (continued) 6.b.- Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may bethreatened.
Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage could result. Therefore, isolation of some reactor vessel interfaces occurs to begin isolating the potential sources of a break. The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function associated with RHR Shutdown Cooling System isolation is not directly assumed in safety analyses because a break of the RHR Shutdown Cooling System is bounded by breaks of the recirculation and MSL.The RHR Shutdown Cooling System isolation on Level 3 supports actions to ensure that the RPV water level does not drop below the top of the active fuel during a vessel draindown event caused by a leak (e.g., pipe break or inadvertent valve opening) in the RHR Shutdown Cooling System.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 signals are initiated from four level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels (two channels per trip system) of the Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damagecould result. Therefore, isolation of some reactor vessel interfaces occurs tobegin isolating the potential sources of a break. The Reactor VesselWater Level-Low, Level 3 Function associated with RHR ShutdownCooling System isolation is not directly assumed in safety analysesbecause a break of the RHR Shutdown Cooling System is bounded bybreaks of the recirculation and MSL.The RHR Shutdown Cooling System isolation on Level 3 supportsactions to ensure that the RPV water level does not drop below the topof the active fuel during a vessel draindown event caused by a leak(e.g., pipe break or inadvertent valve opening) in the RHR ShutdownCooling System.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 signals are initiated fromfour level instruments that sense the difference between the pressuredue to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure dueto the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels (twochannels per trip system) of the Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE toensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
As noted (footnote (c) to Table 3.3.6.1-1), only two channels of the Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 4 and 5 (and must input into the same trip system), provided the RHR Shutdown Cooling System integrity is maintained.
As noted (footnote (c) to Table 3.3.6.1-1),
System integrity is maintained provided the piping is intact and no maintenance is being performed that has the potential for draining the reactor vessel through the system.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value was chosen to be the same as the RPS Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.1.1), since the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
only two channels ofthe Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function are required tobe OPERABLE in MODES 4 and 5 (and must input into the same tripsystem),
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function is only required to be OPERABLE in MODES 3, 4, and 5 to prevent this potential flow path from lowering the reactor vessel level to the top of the fuel.(continued)
provided the RHR Shutdown Cooling System integrity ismaintained.
System integrity is maintained provided the piping is intactand no maintenance is being performed that has the potential fordraining the reactor vessel through the system.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value waschosen to be the same as the RPS Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.1.1),
since the capability to cool thefuel may be threatened.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function is onlyrequired to be OPERABLE in MODES 3, 4, and 5 to prevent thispotential flow path from lowering the reactor vessel level to the top ofthe fuel.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-169Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-169 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 6.b. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE 6.b. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 (continued)
SAFETY ANALYSES, In MODES 1 and 2, another isolation (i.e., Reactor Steam Dome LCO, and Pressure-High) and administrative controls ensure that this flow path APPLICABILITY remains isolated to prevent unexpected loss of inventory via this flow path.6.c Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals to RHR Shutdown Cooling System isolation logic that is redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.
SAFETYANALYSES, In MODES 1 and 2, another isolation (i.e., Reactor Steam DomeLCO, and Pressure-High) and administrative controls ensure that this flow pathAPPLICABILITY remains isolated to prevent unexpected loss of inventory via this flowpath.6.c Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals to RHRShutdown Cooling System isolation logic that is redundant to theautomatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.
There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit for this Function.
There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes creditfor this Function.
It is retained for overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.There are two push buttons for the logic, one manual initiation push button per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Function since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of the Manual Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 3, 4, and 5, since these are the MODES in which the RHR Shutdown Cooling System Isolation automatic Function are required to be OPERABLE.Traversinq Incore Probe System Isolation 7.a Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
It is retained for overall redundancy and diversity ofthe isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.There are two push buttons for the logic, one manual initiation pushbutton per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Functionsince the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on theposition of the push buttons.Two channels of the Manual Initiation Function are available and arerequired to be OPERABLE in MODES 3, 4, and 5, since these are theMODES in which the RHR Shutdown Cooling System Isolation automatic Function are required to be OPERABLE.
The valves whose penetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.The isolation of the primary containment on Level 3 supports actions to ensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.
Traversinq Incore Probe System Isolation 7.a Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may bethreatened.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Function associated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.(continued)
The valves whose penetrations communicate with theprimary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.
The isolation of the primary containment on Level 3 supports actions toensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are notexceeded.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Functionassociated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis asthese leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-170Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-170 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 7.a Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES, LCO, andAPPLICABILITY 7.a Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 (continued)
Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 signals are initiated from level transmitters that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Two channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can initiate an inadvertent isolation actuation.
Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 signals are initiated fromlevel transmitters that sense the difference between the pressure due toa constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to theactual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Two channels of ReactorVessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Function are available and arerequired to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failurecan initiate an inadvertent isolation actuation.
The isolation function is ensured by the manual shear valve in each penetration.
The isolation function isensured by the manual shear valve in each penetration.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Allowable Value was chosen to be the same as the RPS Level 3 scram Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.1.1), since isolation of these valves is not critical to orderly plant shutdown.7.b. Drvwell Pressure -Hiah High drywell pressure can indicate a break in the RCPB inside the primary containment.
The Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Allowable Value waschosen to be the same as the RPS Level 3 scram Allowable Value (LCO3.3.1.1),
The isolation of some of the primary containment isolation valves on high drywell pressure supports actions to ensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.
since isolation of these valves is not critical to orderly plantshutdown.
The Drywell Pressure -High Function, associated with isolation of the primary containment, is implicitly assumed in the FSAR accident analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.High drywell pressure signals are initiated from pressure transmitters that sense the pressure in the drywell. Two channels of Drywell Pressure -High per Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can initiate an inadvertent actuation.
7.b. Drvwell Pressure  
The isolation function is ensured by the manual shear valve in each penetration.
-HiahHigh drywell pressure can indicate a break in the RCPB inside theprimary containment.
The Allowable Value was selected to be the same as the ECCS Drywell Pressure -High Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1), since this may be indicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.(continued)
The isolation of some of the primary containment isolation valves on high drywell pressure supports actions to ensure thatoffsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.
TheDrywell Pressure  
-High Function, associated with isolation of theprimary containment, is implicitly assumed in the FSAR accidentanalysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.High drywell pressure signals are initiated from pressure transmitters that sense the pressure in the drywell.
Two channels of DrywellPressure
-High per Function are available and are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can initiate aninadvertent actuation.
The isolation function is ensured by the manualshear valve in each penetration.
The Allowable Value was selected to be the same as the ECCS DrywellPressure
-High Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1),
since this may beindicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-171Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-171 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows penetration flow path(s) to be unisolated intermittently under administrative controls.These controls consist of stationing a dedicated operator at the controls of the valve, who is in continuous communication with the control room.In this way, the penetration can be rapidly isolated when a need for primary containment isolation is indicated.
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows penetration flow path(s) to be unisolated intermittently under administrative controls.
Note 2 has been provided to modify the ACTIONS related to primary containment isolation instrumentation channels.
These controls consist of stationing a dedicated operator at the controlsof the valve, who is in continuous communication with the control room.In this way, the penetration can be rapidly isolated when a need forprimary containment isolation is indicated.
Section 1.3, Completion Times, specifies that once a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into the Condition.
Note 2 has been provided tomodify the ACTIONS related to primary containment isolation instrumentation channels.
Section 1.3 also specifies that Required Actions of the Condition continue to apply for each additional failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.
Section 1.3, Completion Times, specifies thatonce a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to beinoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into theCondition.
However, the Required Actions for inoperable primary containment isolation instrumentation channels provide appropriate compensatory measures for separate inoperable channels.
Section 1.3 also specifies that Required Actions of theCondition continue to apply for each additional  
As such, a Note has been provided that allows separate Condition entry for each inoperable primary containment isolation instrumentation channel.A. 1 Because of the diversity of sensors available to provide isolation signals and the redundancy of the isolation design, an allowable out of service time of 12 hours for Functions 2.a, 2.d, 6.b, 7.a, and 7.b and 24 hours for Functions other than Functions 2.a, 2.d, 6.b, 7.a, and 7.b has been shown to be acceptable (Refs. 5 and 6) to permit restoration of any inoperable channel to OPERABLE status. This out of service time is only acceptable provided the associated Function is still maintaining isolation capability (refer to Required Action B.1 Bases). If the inoperable channel cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the allowable out of service time, the channel must be placed in the tripped condition per Required Action A.1. Placing the inoperable channel in trip would conservatively compensate for the inoperability, restore capability to accommodate a single failure, and allow operation to continue with no further restrictions.
: failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.  
Alternately, if it is not desired to place the channel in trip (e.g., as in the case where placing the inoperable channel in trip would result in an isolation), Condition C must be entered and its Required Action taken.(continued)
: However, the RequiredActions for inoperable primary containment isolation instrumentation channels provide appropriate compensatory measures for separateinoperable channels.
As such, a Note has been provided that allowsseparate Condition entry for each inoperable primary containment isolation instrumentation channel.A. 1Because of the diversity of sensors available to provide isolation signalsand the redundancy of the isolation design, an allowable out of servicetime of 12 hours for Functions 2.a, 2.d, 6.b, 7.a, and 7.b and 24 hoursfor Functions other than Functions 2.a, 2.d, 6.b, 7.a, and 7.b has beenshown to be acceptable (Refs. 5 and 6) to permit restoration of anyinoperable channel to OPERABLE status. This out of service time isonly acceptable provided the associated Function is still maintaining isolation capability (refer to Required Action B.1 Bases). If theinoperable channel cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within theallowable out of service time, the channel must be placed in the trippedcondition per Required Action A.1. Placing the inoperable channel intrip would conservatively compensate for the inoperability, restorecapability to accommodate a single failure, and allow operation tocontinue with no further restrictions.
Alternately, if it is not desired toplace the channel in trip (e.g., as in the case where placing theinoperable channel in trip would result in an isolation),
Condition C mustbe entered and its Required Action taken.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-172Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-172 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES ACTIONS B.1 and B.2 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESACTIONS B.1 and B.2(continued)
Required Action B.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within the same Function result in redundant automatic isolation capability being lost for the associated penetration flow path(s). The MSL Isolation Functions are considered to be maintaining isolation capability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip, such that both trip systems will generate a trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal. The other isolation functions are considered to be maintaining isolation capability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip, such that one trip system will generate a trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal. This ensures that one of the two PCIVs in the associated penetration flow path can receive an isolation signal from the given Function.
Required Action B.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate actions aretaken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within the sameFunction result in redundant automatic isolation capability being lost forthe associated penetration flow path(s).
For Functions 1.a,l.b, 1d, and 1.e, this would require both trip systems to have one channel OPERABLE or in trip. For Function 1 .c, this would require both trip systems to have one channel, associated with each MSL, OPERABLE or in trip. Therefore, this would require both trip systems to have one channel per location OPERABLE or in trip. For Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, 3.b, 3.c, 3.d, 4.b, 4.c, 4.d, 5.f, and 6.b, this would require one trip system to have two channels, each OPERABLE or in trip. For Functions 2.e, 3.a, 3.e, 3.f, 3.g, 4.a, 4.e, 4.f, 4.g, 5.a, 5.b, 5.c, 5.d, 5.e, 5.g, and 6.a, this would require one trip system to have one channel OPERABLE or in trip. The Condition does not include the Manual Initiation Functions (Functions 1.f, 2.f, 3.h, 4.h, 5.h, and 6.c), since they are not assumed in any accident or transient analysis.
The MSL Isolation Functions are considered to be maintaining isolation capability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip, such that both trip systems willgenerate a trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal. Theother isolation functions are considered to be maintaining isolation capability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip, such thatone trip system will generate a trip signal from the given Function on avalid signal. This ensures that one of the two PCIVs in the associated penetration flow path can receive an isolation signal from the givenFunction.
Thus, a total loss of manual initiation capability for 24 hours (as allowed by Required Action A. 1) is allowed.The Completion Time is intended to allow the operator time to evaluate and repair any discovered inoperabilities.
For Functions 1.a,l.b, 1d, and 1.e, this would require bothtrip systems to have one channel OPERABLE or in trip. ForFunction 1 .c, this would require both trip systems to have one channel,associated with each MSL, OPERABLE or in trip. Therefore, this wouldrequire both trip systems to have one channel per location OPERABLEor in trip. For Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, 3.b, 3.c, 3.d, 4.b, 4.c, 4.d, 5.f,and 6.b, this would require one trip system to have two channels, eachOPERABLE or in trip. For Functions 2.e, 3.a, 3.e, 3.f, 3.g, 4.a, 4.e, 4.f,4.g, 5.a, 5.b, 5.c, 5.d, 5.e, 5.g, and 6.a, this would require one tripsystem to have one channel OPERABLE or in trip. The Condition doesnot include the Manual Initiation Functions (Functions 1.f, 2.f, 3.h, 4.h,5.h, and 6.c), since they are not assumed in any accident or transient analysis.
The 1 hour Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing time for restoration or tripping of channels.(continued)
Thus, a total loss of manual initiation capability for 24 hours(as allowed by Required Action A. 1) is allowed.The Completion Time is intended to allow the operator time to evaluateand repair any discovered inoperabilities.
The 1 hour Completion Timeis acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing time forrestoration or tripping of channels.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-173Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-173 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES ACTIONS C.1 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESACTIONS C.1(continued)
Required Action C.1 directs entry into the appropriate Condition referenced in Table 3.3.6.1-1.
Required Action C.1 directs entry into the appropriate Condition referenced in Table 3.3.6.1-1.
The applicable Condition specified inTable 3.3.6.1-1 is Function and MODE or other specified condition dependent and may change as the Required Action of a previousCondition is completed.
The applicable Condition specified in Table 3.3.6.1-1 is Function and MODE or other specified condition dependent and may change as the Required Action of a previous Condition is completed.
Each time an inoperable channel has not metany Required Action of Condition A or B and the associated Completion Time has expired, Condition C will be entered for that channel andprovides for transfer to the appropriate subsequent Condition.
Each time an inoperable channel has not met any Required Action of Condition A or B and the associated Completion Time has expired, Condition C will be entered for that channel and provides for transfer to the appropriate subsequent Condition.
D. 1, D.2.1, and D.2.2If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in tripwithin the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be. placed in aMODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply.This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 3 within 12 hours andin MODE 4 within 36 hours (Required Actions D.2.1 and D.2.2).Alternately, the associated MSLs may be isolated (Required Action D.1),and, if allowed (i.e., plant safety analysis allows operation with an MSLisolated),
D. 1, D.2.1, and D.2.2 If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be. placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply.This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 3 within 12 hours and in MODE 4 within 36 hours (Required Actions D.2.1 and D.2.2).Alternately, the associated MSLs may be isolated (Required Action D.1), and, if allowed (i.e., plant safety analysis allows operation with an MSL isolated), operation with that MSL isolated may continue.
operation with that MSL isolated may continue.
Isolating the affected MSL accomplishes the safety function of the inoperable channel. The Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.E.1 If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply.This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 2 within 6 hours.The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.(continued)
Isolating theaffected MSL accomplishes the safety function of the inoperable channel.
The Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full powerconditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.E.1If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in tripwithin the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be placed in aMODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply.This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 2 within 6 hours.The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based onoperating experience, to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions in anorderly manner and without challenging plant systems.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-174Revision I
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-174 Revision I PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES ACTIONS F.1 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESACTIONS F.1(continued)
If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, plant operations may continue if the affected penetration flow path(s) is isolated.
If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in tripwithin the allowed Completion Time, plant operations may continue if theaffected penetration flow path(s) is isolated.
Isolating the affected penetration flow path(s) accomplishes the safety function of the inoperable channels.If it is not desired to isolate the affected penetration flow path(s) (e.g., as in the case where isolating the penetration flow path(s) could result in a reactor scram), Condition H must be entered and its Required Actions taken.The 1 hour Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing sufficient time for plant operations personnel to isolate the affected penetration flow path(s).G.1 If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, plant operations may continue if the affected penetration flow, path(s) is isolated.
Isolating the affectedpenetration flow path(s) accomplishes the safety function of theinoperable channels.
Isolating the affected penetration flow path(s) accomplishes the safety function of the inoperable channels.
If it is not desired to isolate the affected penetration flow path(s) (e.g., asin the case where isolating the penetration flow path(s) could result in areactor scram), Condition H must be entered and its Required Actionstaken.The 1 hour Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes riskwhile allowing sufficient time for plant operations personnel to isolate theaffected penetration flow path(s).G.1If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in tripwithin the allowed Completion Time, plant operations may continue if theaffected penetration flow, path(s) is isolated.
The 24 hour Completion Time is acceptable due to the fact that these Functions are either not assumed in any accident or transient analysis in the FSAR (Manual Initiation) or, in the case of the TIP System isolation, the TIP System penetration is a small bore (0.280 inch), its isolation in a design basis event (with loss of offsite power)would be via the manually operated shear valves, and the ability to manually isolate by either the normal isolation valve or the shear valve is unaffected by the inoperable instrumentation.
Isolating the affectedpenetration flow path(s) accomplishes the safety function of theinoperable channels.
It should be noted, however, that the TIP System is powered from an auxiliary instrumentation bus which has an uninterruptible power supply and hence, the TIP drive mechanisms and ball valve control will still function in the event of a loss of offsite power. Alternately, if it is not desired to isolate the affected penetration flow path(s) (e.g., as in the case where isolating the penetration flow path(s) could result in a reactor scram), Condition H must be entered and its Required Actions taken.(continued)
The 24 hour Completion Time is acceptable dueto the fact that these Functions are either not assumed in any accidentor transient analysis in the FSAR (Manual Initiation) or, in the case of theTIP System isolation, the TIP System penetration is a small bore (0.280inch), its isolation in a design basis event (with loss of offsite power)would be via the manually operated shear valves, and the ability tomanually isolate by either the normal isolation valve or the shear valve isunaffected by the inoperable instrumentation.
It should be noted,however, that the TIP System is powered from an auxiliary instrumentation bus which has an uninterruptible power supply andhence, the TIP drive mechanisms and ball valve control will still functionin the event of a loss of offsite power. Alternately, if it is not desired toisolate the affected penetration flow path(s) (e.g., as in the case whereisolating the penetration flow path(s) could result in a reactor scram),Condition H must be entered and its Required Actions taken.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-175Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-175 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES ACTIONS H.1 and H.2 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESACTIONS H.1 and H.2(continued)
If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, or any Required Action of Condition F or G is not met and the associated Completion Time has expired, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply. This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 3 within 12 hours and in MODE 4 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.1.1 and 1.2 If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, the associated SLC subsystem(s) is declared inoperable or the RWCU System is isolated.
If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in tripwithin the allowed Completion Time, or any Required Action ofCondition F or G is not met and the associated Completion Time hasexpired, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply. This is done by placing the plant in atleast MODE 3 within 12 hours and in MODE 4 within 36 hours. Theallowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full powerconditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.1.1 and 1.2If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in tripwithin the allowed Completion Time, the associated SLC subsystem(s) isdeclared inoperable or the RWCU System is isolated.
Since this Function is required to ensure that the SLC System performs its intended function, sufficient remedial measures are provided by declaring the associated SLC subsystems inoperable or isolating the RWCU System.The 1 hour Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing sufficient time for personnel to isolate the RWCU System.J.1 and J.2 If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, the associated penetration flow path should be closed. However, if the shutdown cooling function is needed to provide core cooling, these Required Actions allow the penetration flow path to remain unisolated provided action is immediately initiated to restore the channel to OPERABLE status or to isolate the RHR Shutdown Cooling System (i.e., provide alternate decay heat removal capabilities so the penetration flow path can be isolated).
Since thisFunction is required to ensure that the SLC System performs itsintended
Actions must continue until the channel is restored to OPERABLE status or the RHR Shutdown Cooling System is isolated.(continued)
: function, sufficient remedial measures are provided bydeclaring the associated SLC subsystems inoperable or isolating theRWCU System.The 1 hour Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes riskwhile allowing sufficient time for personnel to isolate the RWCU System.J.1 and J.2If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in tripwithin the allowed Completion Time, the associated penetration flowpath should be closed. However, if the shutdown cooling function isneeded to provide core cooling, these Required Actions allow thepenetration flow path to remain unisolated provided action isimmediately initiated to restore the channel to OPERABLE status or toisolate the RHR Shutdown Cooling System (i.e., provide alternate decayheat removal capabilities so the penetration flow path can be isolated).
Actions must continue until the channel is restored to OPERABLE statusor the RHR Shutdown Cooling System is isolated.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-176Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-176 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE As noted at the beginning of the SRs, the SRs for each Primary REQUIREMENTS Containment Isolation instrumentation Function are found in the SRs column of Table 3.3.6.1-1.
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESSURVEILLANCE As noted at the beginning of the SRs, the SRs for each PrimaryREQUIREMENTS Containment Isolation instrumentation Function are found in the SRscolumn of Table 3.3.6.1-1.
The Surveillances are modified by a Note to indicate that when a channel is placed in an inoperable status solely for performance of required Surveillances, entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions may be delayed for up to 6 hours provided the associated Function maintains trip capability.
The Surveillances are modified by a Note to indicate that when achannel is placed in an inoperable status solely for performance ofrequiredSurveillances, entry into associated Conditions and Required Actionsmay be delayed for up to 6 hours provided the associated Functionmaintains trip capability.
Upon completion of the Surveillance, or expiration of the 6 hour allowance, the channel must be returned to OPERABLE status or the applicable Condition entered and Required Actions taken. This Note is based on the reliability analysis (Refs. 5 and 6) assumption of the average time required to perform channel surveillance.
Upon completion of the Surveillance, orexpiration of the 6 hour allowance, the channel must be returned toOPERABLE status or the applicable Condition entered and RequiredActions taken. This Note is based on the reliability analysis (Refs. 5and 6) assumption of the average time required to perform channelsurveillance.
That analysis demonstrated that the 6 hour testing allowance does not significantly reduce the probability that the PCIVs will isolate the penetration flow path(s) when necessary.
That analysis demonstrated that the 6 hour testingallowance does not significantly reduce the probability that the PCIVswill isolate the penetration flow path(s) when necessary.
SR 3.3.6.1.1 Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK once every 12 hours ensures that a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.
SR 3.3.6.1.1 Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK once every 12 hours ensuresthat a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.
A CHANNEL CHECK is normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to a similar parameter on other channels.
A CHANNELCHECK is normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on onechannel to a similar parameter on other channels.
It is based on the assumption that instrument channels monitoring the same parameter should read approximately the same value. Significant deviations between the instrument channels could be an indication of excessive instrument drift in one of the channels or of something even more serious. A CHANNEL CHECK will detect gross channel failure; thus, it is key to verifying the instrumentation continues to operate properly between each CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
It is based on theassumption that instrument channels monitoring the same parameter should read approximately the same value. Significant deviations between the instrument channels could be an indication of excessive instrument drift in one of the channels or of something even moreserious.
Agreement criteria which are determined by the plant staff based on an investigation of a combination of the channel instrument uncertainties, may be used to support this parameter comparison and include indication and readability.
A CHANNEL CHECK will detect gross channel failure; thus, itis key to verifying the instrumentation continues to operate properlybetween each CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
If a channel is outside the criteria, it may be an indication that the instrument has drifted outside its limit, and does not necessarily indicate the channel is Inoperable.
Agreement criteria which are determined by the plant staff based on aninvestigation of a combination of the channel instrument uncertainties, may be used to support this parameter comparison and includeindication and readability.
The Frequency is based on operating experience that demonstrates channel failure is rare. The CHANNEL CHECK supplements less formal checks of channels during normal operational use of the displays associated with the channels required by the LCO.(continued)
If a channel is outside the criteria, it may bean indication that the instrument has drifted outside its limit, and doesnot necessarily indicate the channel is Inoperable.
The Frequency is based on operating experience that demonstrates channel failure is rare. The CHANNEL CHECK supplements less formalchecks of channels during normal operational use of the displaysassociated with the channels required by the LCO.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-177Revision 1
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-177 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.6.1.2 REQUIREMENTS (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.6.1.2 REQUIREMENTS (continued)
A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.The 92 day Frequency of SR 3.3.6.1.2 is based on the reliability analysis described in References 5 and 6.This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 provides a general exception to the definition of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. This exception is necessary because the design of instrumentation does not facilitate functional testing of all required contacts of the relays which input into the combinational logic. (Reference  
A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each requiredchannel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intendedfunction.
: 11) Performance of such a test could result in a plant transient or place the plant in an undo risk situation.
The 92 day Frequency of SR 3.3.6.1.2 is based on the reliability analysisdescribed in References 5 and 6.This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 provides a general exception to the definition of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. This exception isnecessary because the design of instrumentation does not facilitate functional testing of all required contacts of the relays which input intothe combinational logic. (Reference  
Therefore, for this SR, the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST verifies acceptable response by verifying the change of state of the relay which inputs into the combinational logic. The required contacts not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST are tested under the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, SR 3.3.6.1.5.
: 11) Performance of such a testcould result in a plant transient or place the plant in an undo risksituation.
This is acceptable because operating experience shows that the contacts not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST normally pass the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, and the testing methodology minimizes the risk of unplanned transients.
Therefore, for this SR, the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TESTverifies acceptable response by verifying the change of state of the relaywhich inputs into the combinational logic. The required contacts nottested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST are tested under theLOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, SR 3.3.6.1.5.
Note 2 provides a second specific exception to the definition of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. For Functions 2.e, 3.a, and 4.a, certain channel relays are not included in the performance of the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. These exceptions are necessary because the circuit design does not facilitate functional testing of the entire channel through to the coil of the relay which enters the combinational logic. (Reference  
This is acceptable because operating experience shows that the contacts not tested duringthe CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST normally pass the LOGIC SYSTEMFUNCTIONAL TEST, and the testing methodology minimizes the risk ofunplanned transients.
: 11) Specifically, testing of all required relays would require rendering the affected system (i.e., HPCI or RCIC)inoperable, or require lifting of leads and inserting test equipment which could lead to unplanned transients.
Note 2 provides a second specific exception to the definition ofCHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. For Functions 2.e, 3.a, and 4.a,certain channel relays are not included in the performance of theCHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. These exceptions are necessary because the circuit design does not facilitate functional testing of theentire channel through to the coil of the relay which enters thecombinational logic. (Reference  
Therefore, for these circuits, the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST verifies acceptable response by verifying the actuation of circuit devices up to the point where further testing could result in an unplanned transient. (References 10 and 12)The required relays not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST are tested under the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, SR 3.3.6.1.5.
: 11) Specifically, testing of all requiredrelays would require rendering the affected system (i.e., HPCI or RCIC)inoperable, or require lifting of leads and inserting test equipment whichcould lead to unplanned transients.
Therefore, for these circuits, theCHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST verifies acceptable response byverifying the actuation of circuit devices up to the point where furthertesting could result in an unplanned transient.  
(References 10 and 12)The required relays not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST are tested under the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, SR3.3.6.1.5.
This exception (continued)
This exception (continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-178Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-178 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SURVEQIRENEN SR 3.3.6.1.2 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SURVEQIRENEN SR 3.3.6.1.2 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS is acceptable because operating experience shows that the devices not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST normally pass the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, and the testing methodology minimizes the risk of unplanned transients.
REQUIREMENTS is acceptable because operating experience shows that the devices nottested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST normally pass theLOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, and the testing methodology minimizes the risk of unplanned transients.
SR 3.3.6.1.3 and SR 3.3.6.1.4 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION verifies that the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary range and accuracy.CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant specific setpoint methodology.
SR 3.3.6.1.3 and SR 3.3.6.1.4 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION verifies that the channel responds to themeasured parameter within the necessary range and accuracy.
The Frequency of SR 3.3.6.1.3 is based on the assumption of a 92 day calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account forinstrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with theplant specific setpoint methodology.
The Frequency of SR 3.3.6.1.4 is based on the assumption of an 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.It should be noted that some of the primary containment High Drywell pressure instruments, although only required to be calibrated on a 24 month Frequency, are calibrated quarterly based on other TS requirements.
The Frequency of SR 3.3.6.1.3 is based on the assumption of a 92 daycalibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
SR 3.3.6.1.5 The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates the OPERABILITY of the required isolation logic for a specific.channel.
The Frequency of SR 3.3.6.1.4 is based onthe assumption of an 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
The system functional testing performed on PCIVs in LCO 3.6.1.3 overlaps this Surveillance to provide complete testing of the assumed safety function.
It should be noted that some of the primary containment High Drywellpressure instruments, although only required to be calibrated on a 24month Frequency, are calibrated quarterly based on other TSrequirements.
The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform portions of this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power. Operating experience has shown these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.(continued)
SR 3.3.6.1.5 The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates theOPERABILITY of the required isolation logic for a specific.channel.
Thesystem functional testing performed on PCIVs in LCO 3.6.1.3 overlapsthis Surveillance to provide complete testing of the assumed safetyfunction.
The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to performportions of this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during aplant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if theSurveillance were performed with the reactor at power. Operating experience has shown these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.
(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-179Revision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-179 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.6.1.6 REQUIREMENTS (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.6.1.6 REQUIREMENTS (continued)
This SR ensures that the individual channel response times are less than or equal to the maximum values assumed in the accident analysis.Testing is performed only on channels where the guidance given in Reference 9 could not be met, which identified that degradation of response time can usually be detected by other surveillance tests.As stated in Note 1, the response time of the sensors for Functions 1 .b, is excluded from ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME testing.Because the vendor does not provide a design instrument response time, a penalty value to account for the sensor response time is included in determining total channel response time. The penalty value is based on the historical performance of the sensor. (Reference  
This SR ensures that the individual channel response times are lessthan or equal to the maximum values assumed in the accident analysis.
: 13) This allowance is supported by Reference 9 which determined that significant degradation of the sensor channel response time can be detected during performance of other Technical Specification SRs and that the sensor response time is a small part of the overall ISOLATION RESPONSE TIME testing.Function 1.a and 1 .c channel sensors and logic components are excluded from response time testing in accordance with the provisions of References 14 and 15.As stated in Note 2, response time testing of isolating relays is not required for Function 5.a. This allowance is supported by Reference 9.These relays isolate their respective isolation valve after a nominal 45 second time delay in the circuitry.
Testing is performed only on channels where the guidance given inReference 9 could not be met, which identified that degradation ofresponse time can usually be detected by other surveillance tests.As stated in Note 1, the response time of the sensors for Functions 1 .b,is excluded from ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME testing.Because the vendor does not provide a design instrument responsetime, a penalty value to account for the sensor response time is includedin determining total channel response time. The penalty value is basedon the historical performance of the sensor. (Reference  
No penalty value is included in the response time calculation of this function.
: 13) Thisallowance is supported by Reference 9 which determined that significant degradation of the sensor channel response time can be detectedduring performance of other Technical Specification SRs and that thesensor response time is a small part of the overall ISOLATION RESPONSE TIME testing.Function 1.a and 1 .c channel sensors and logic components areexcluded from response time testing in accordance with the provisions of References 14 and 15.As stated in Note 2, response time testing of isolating relays is notrequired for Function 5.a. This allowance is supported by Reference 9.These relays isolate their respective isolation valve after a nominal 45second time delay in the circuitry.
This is due to the historical response time testing results of relays of the same manufacturer and model number being less than 100 milliseconds, which is well within the expected accuracy of the 45 second time delay relay.ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME acceptance criteria are included in Reference  
No penalty value is included in theresponse time calculation of this function.
: 7. This test may be performed in one measurement, or in overlapping segments, with verification that all components are tested.ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME tests are conducted on an 24 month STAGGERED TEST BASIS. The 24 month Frequency is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle and is based upon plant operating experience that shows that random failures of instrumentation (continued)
This is due to the historical response time testing results of relays of the same manufacturer andmodel number being less than 100 milliseconds, which is well within theexpected accuracy of the 45 second time delay relay.ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME acceptance criteria areincluded in Reference  
: 7. This test may be performed in onemeasurement, or in overlapping  
: segments, with verification that allcomponents are tested.ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME tests are conducted on an24 month STAGGERED TEST BASIS. The 24 month Frequency isconsistent with the typical industry refueling cycle and is based uponplant operating experience that shows that random failures ofinstrumentation (continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-179aRevision 2
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-179a Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.6.1.6 (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.6.1.6 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS components causing serious response time degradation, but not channel failure, are infrequent occurrences.
REQUIREMENTS components causing serious response time degradation, but notchannel failure, are infrequent occurrences.
REFERENCES  
REFERENCES  
: 1. FSAR, Section 6.3.2. FSAR, Chapter 15.3. NEDO-31466, "Technical Specification Screening CriteriaApplication and Risk Assessment,"
: 1. FSAR, Section 6.3.2. FSAR, Chapter 15.3. NEDO-31466, "Technical Specification Screening Criteria Application and Risk Assessment," November 1987.4. FSAR, Section 4.2.3.4.3.
November 1987.4. FSAR, Section 4.2.3.4.3.
: 5. NEDC-31677P-A, "Technical Specification Improvement Analysis for BWR Isolation Actuation Instrumentation," July 1990.6. NEDC-30851 P-A Supplement 2, "Technical Specifications Improvement Analysis for BWR Isolation Instrumentation Common to RPS and ECCS Instrumentation," March 1989.7. FSAR, Table 7.3-29.8. Final Policy Statement on Technical Specifications Improvements, July 22, 1993 (58 FR 39132).9. NEDO-32291-A "System Analyses for Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements," October 1995.10. PPL Letter to NRC, PLA-2618, Response to NRC INSPECTION REPORTS 50-387/85-28 AND 50-388/85-23, dated April 22, 1986.11. NRC Inspection and Enforcement Manual, Part 9900: Technical Guidance, Standard Technical Specification Section 1.0 Definitions, Issue date 12/08/86.12. Susquehanna Steam Electric Station NRC REGION I COMBINED INSPECTION 50-387/90-20; 50-388/90-20, File R41-2, dated March 5, 1986.13. NRC Safety Evaluation Report related to Amendment No. 171 for License No. NPF-14 and Amendment No. 144 for License No. NPF-22.14. NEDO 32291-A, Supplement 1, "System Analyses for the Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements," October 1999.(continued)
: 5. NEDC-31677P-A, "Technical Specification Improvement Analysisfor BWR Isolation Actuation Instrumentation,"
July 1990.6. NEDC-30851 P-A Supplement 2, "Technical Specifications Improvement Analysis for BWR Isolation Instrumentation Commonto RPS and ECCS Instrumentation,"
March 1989.7. FSAR, Table 7.3-29.8. Final Policy Statement on Technical Specifications Improvements, July 22, 1993 (58 FR 39132).9. NEDO-32291-A "System Analyses for Elimination of SelectedResponse Time Testing Requirements,"
October 1995.10. PPL Letter to NRC, PLA-2618, Response to NRC INSPECTION REPORTS 50-387/85-28 AND 50-388/85-23, dated April 22, 1986.11. NRC Inspection and Enforcement Manual, Part 9900:Technical  
: Guidance, Standard Technical Specification Section 1.0 Definitions, Issue date 12/08/86.
: 12. Susquehanna Steam Electric Station NRC REGION ICOMBINED INSPECTION 50-387/90-20; 50-388/90-20, File R41-2, dated March 5, 1986.13. NRC Safety Evaluation Report related to Amendment No. 171for License No. NPF-14 and Amendment No. 144 for LicenseNo. NPF-22.14. NEDO 32291-A, Supplement 1, "System Analyses for theElimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements,"
October 1999.(continued)
SUSQUEHANNA  
SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-179bRevision 0
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-179b Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES REFERENCES (continued)
PPL Rev. 5Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1BASESREFERENCES (continued)
: 15. NEDO 32291, Supplement 1, Addendum 2, "System Analyses for the Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements," September 5, 2003.SUSQUEHANNA  
: 15. NEDO 32291, Supplement 1, Addendum 2, "System Analyses forthe Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements,"
-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-179c Revision 0}}
September 5, 2003.SUSQUEHANNA  
-UNIT 1TS / B 3.3-179cRevision 0}}

Revision as of 01:43, 14 July 2018

Susquehanna, Unit 1, Revisions to Technical Specifications Bases Manual
ML13217A095
Person / Time
Site: Susquehanna Talen Energy icon.png
Issue date: 07/24/2013
From:
Susquehanna
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML13217A095 (102)


Text

Jul. 24, 2013 Page 1 of 2 MANUAL HARD COPY DISTRIBUTION DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL 2013-33958 USER INFORMATION:

GERLACH*ROSEY M EMPL#:028401 CA#: 0363 Address: NUCSA2 Phone#: 254-3194 TPANqMTTTAT.

TNmFCMATTOn:

TO: GERLACH*ROSEY M 07/24/2013 LOCATION:

USNRC FROM: NUCLEAR RECORDS DOCUMENT CONTROL CENTER (NUCSA-2)THE FOLLOWING CHANGES HAVE OCCURRED TO THE HARDCOPY OR ELECTRONIC MANUAL ASSIGNED TO YOU. HARDCOPY USERS MUST ENSURE THE DOCUMENTS PROVIDED MATCH THE INFORMATION ON THIS TRANSMITTAL.

WHEN REPLACING THIS MATERIAL IN YOUR HARDCOPY MANUAL, ENSURE THE UPDATE DOCUMENT ID IS THE SAME DOCUMENT ID YOU'RE REMOVING FROM YOUR MANUAL. TOOLS FROM THE HUMAN PERFORMANCE TOOL BAG SHOULD BE UTILIZED TO ELIMINATE THE CHANCE OF ERRORS.ATTENTION: "REPLACE" directions do not affect the Table of Contents, Therefore no TOC will be issued with the updated material.TSBI -TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL REMOVE MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS DATE: 04/04/2013 ADD MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS DATE: 07/23/2013 CATEGORY:

DOCUMENTS TYPE: TSBI AuD t,ýL Jul. 24, 2013 Page 2 of 2 ID: TEXT 3.3.1.1 ADD: REV: 5 REMOVE: REV:4 CATEGORY:

DOCUMENTS TYPE: TSB1 ID: TEXT 3.3.6.1 ADD: REV: 5 REMOVE: REV:4 CATEGORY:

DOCUMENTS TYPE: TSBI ID: TEXT LOES ADD: REV: 110 REMOVE: REV:109 ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE MATERIAL PROVIDED, CONTACT DCS @ X3107 OR X3136 FOR ASSISTANCE.

UPDATES FOR HARDCOPY MANUALS WILL BE DISTRIBUTED WITHIN 3 DAYS IN*ACCORDANCE WITH DEPARTMENT PROCEDURES.

PLEASE MAKE ALL CHANGES AND ACKNOWLEDGE COMPLETE IN YOUR NIMS INBOX UPON COMPLETION OF UPDATES. FOR ELECTRONIC MANUAL USERS, ELECTRONICALLY REVIEW THE APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS AND ACKNOWLEDGE COMPLETE IN YOUR NIMS INBOX.

SSES MANUAL Manual Name: TSB1 Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL CONTROLLE Table Of Contents Issue Date: Procedure Name 07/23/2013 Rev TEXT LOES 110 Title: LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS Issue Date 07/23/2013 Change ID Change Number TEXT TOC Title: TABLE OF CONTENTS 22 03/28/2013 TEXT 2.1.1 5 Title: SAFETY LIMITS (SLS) REACTOR TEXT 2.1.2 1 Title: SAFETY LIMITS (SLS) REACTOR 05/06/2009 CORE SLS 10/04/2007 COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) PRESSURE S TEXT 3.0 3 08/20/2009 Title: LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY TEXT 3.1.1 Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.2 Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.3 Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.4 Title: REACTIVITY TEXT 3.1.5 Title: REACTIVITY 1 04/18/2006 CONTROL SYSTEMS SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM)0 11/15/2002 CONTROL SYSTEMS REACTIVITY ANOMALIES 2 01/19/2009 CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL ROD OPERABILITY 4 01/30/2009 CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL ROD SCRAM TIMES 1 CONTROL SYSTEMS 07/06/2005 CONTROL ROD SCRAM ACCUMULATORS TEXT 3.1.6 2 04/18/2006 Title: REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS ROD PATTERN CONTROL Page 1 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13/

SSES MANUAL Manual Name: TSB1 Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.1.7 3 04/23/2008 Title: REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL (SLC) SYSTEM TEXT 3.1.8 3 05/06/2009 Title: REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS SCRAM DISCHARGE VOLUME (SDV) VENT AND DRAIN VALVES TEXT 3.2.1 2 04/23/2008 Title: POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS AVERAGE PLANAR LINEAR HEAT GENERATION TEXT 3.2.2 3 05/06/2009 Title: POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO (MCPR)TEXT 3.2.3 2 04/23/2008 Title: POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS LINEAR HEAT GENERATION RATE (LHGR)TEXT 3.3.1.1 5 07/23/2013 Title: INSTRUMENTATION REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.1.2 2 01/19/2009 Title: INSTRUMENTATION SOURCE RANGE MONITOR (SRM) INSTRUMENTATION RATE (APLHGR)TEXT 3.3.2.1 Title: INSTRUMENTATION 3 04/23/2008 CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.2.2 2 04/05/2010 Title: INSTRUMENTATION FEEDWATER MAIN TURBINE HIGH WATER LEVEL TRIP INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.3.1 9 02/28/2013 Title: INSTRUMENTATION POST ACCIDENT MONITORING (PAM) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.3.2 Title: INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.4.1 Title: INSTRUMENTATION 1 04/18/2005 REMOTE SHUTDOWN SYSTEM 1 04/23/2008 END OF CYCLE RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP (EOC-RPT)

INSTRUMENTATION Page2 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 2 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUAL Manual Name: TSB1 Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.3.4.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: INSTRUMENTATION ANTICIPATED TRANSIENT WITHOUT SCRAM RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP (ATWS-RPT)

INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.5.1 3 08/20/2009 Title: INSTRUMENTATION EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEM (ECCS) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.5.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: INSTRUMENTATION REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC) SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.6.1 5 07/23/2013 Title: INSTRUMENTATION PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.6.2 4 09/01/2010 Title: INSTRUMENTATION SECONDARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.7.1 Title: INSTRUMENTATION INSTRUMENTATION 2 10/27/2008 CONTROL ROOM EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY (CREOAS) SYSTEM TEXT 3.3.8.1 2 12/17/2007 Title: INSTRUMENTATION LOSS OF POWER (LOP) INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.3.8.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: INSTRUMENTATION REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS) ELECTRIC POWER MONITORING TEXT 3.4.1 4 04/27/2010 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RECIRCULATION LOOPS OPERATING TEXT 3.4.2 2 04/27/2010 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) JET PUMPS TEXT 3.4.3 3 01/13/2012 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM RCS SAFETY RELIEF VALVES S/RVS TEXT 3.4.4 0 11/15/2002 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS OPERATIONAL LEAKAGE Page 3 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUJAL Manual Name: TSBI Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.4.5 1 01/16/2006 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS PRESSURE ISOLATION VALVE (PIV) LEAKAGE TEXT 3.4.6 3 01/25/2011 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS LEAKAGE DETECTION INSTRUMENTATION TEXT 3.4.7 2 10/04/2007 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS SPECIFIC ACTIVITY TEXT 3.4.8 Title: REACTOR COOLANT-HOT SHUTDOWN TEXT 3.4.9 Title: REACTOR COOLANT-COLD SHUTDOWN 2 SYSTEM (RCS)1 SYSTEM (RCS)03/28/2013 RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM 03/28/2013 RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM 0 TEXT 3.4.10 3 04/23/2008 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) RCS PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE (P/T) LIMITS TEXT 3.4.11 0 11/15/2002 Title: REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) REACTOR STEAM DOME PRESSURE TEXT 3.5. 1 2 01/16/2006 Title: EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTOR SYSTEM ECCS -OPERATING TEXT 3.5.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTOR SYSTEM ECCS -SHUTDOWN TEXT 3.5.3 2 07/09/2010 Title: EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTOR SYSTEM RCIC SYSTEM CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC)CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC)CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC)TEXT 3.6.1.1 Title: PRIMARY CONTAINMENT 4 11/09/2011 TEXT 3.6.1.2 1 04/23/2008 Title: CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT AIR LOCK Page4 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 4 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUJAL Manual Name: TSBl Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.6.1.3 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.1.4 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.1.5 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.1.6 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.1 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.2 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.3 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.2.4 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.3.1 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.3.2 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.3.3 Title: CONTAINMENT TEXT 3.6.4.1 Title: CONTAINMENT 10 05/23/2012 SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES (PCIVS)LDCN 3092 1 04/23/2008 SYSTEMS CONTAINMENT PRESSURE 1 10/05/2005 SYSTEMS DRYWELL AIR TEMPERATURE 0 11/15/2002 SYSTEMS SUPPRESSION CHAMBER-TO-DRYWELL VACUUM BREAKERS 2 04/23/2008 SYSTEMS SUPPRESSION POOL AVERAGE TEMPERATURE 0 11/15/2002 SYSTEMS SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL 1 01/16/2006 SYSTEMS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SUPPRESSION POOL COOLING 0 11/15/2002 SYSTEMS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) SUPPRESSION POOL SPRAY 2 06/13/2006 SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN RECOMBINERS 1 04/18/2005 SYSTEMS DRYWELL AIR FLOW SYSTEM 1 02/28/2013 SYSTEMS PRIMARY CONTAINMENT OXYGEN CONCENTRATION 8 03/26/2012 SYSTEMS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT Pages of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 5 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SS~E MANUA-L Manual Name: TSB1 Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.6.4.2 8 03/28/2013 Title: CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES (SCIVS)TEXT 3.6.4.3 4 09/21/2006 Title: CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS STANDBY GAS TREATMENT (SGT) SYSTEM TEXT 3. 7.1 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS ULTIMATE HEAT TEXT 3.7.2 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.3 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.4 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.5 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.6 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.7 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS TEXT 3.7.8 Title: PLANT SYSTEMS 4 04/05/2010 RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SERVICE WATER (RHRSW) SYSTEM AND THE SINK (UHS)2 02/11/2009 EMERGENCY SERVICE WATER (ESW) SYSTEM 1 01/08/2010 CONTROL ROOM EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY (CREOAS) SYSTEM 0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROOM FLOOR COOLING SYSTEM 1 10/04/2007 MAIN CONDENSER OFFGAS 2 04/23/2008 MAIN TURBINE BYPASS SYSTEM 1 10/04/2007 SPENT FUEL STORAGE POOL WATER LEVEL 0 04/23/2008 TEXT 3.8.1 6 05/06/2009 Title: ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS AC SOURCES -OPERATING TEXT 3.8.2 0 11/15/2002 Title: ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS AC SOURCES -SHUTDOWN Pages of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 6 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUAL Manual Name: TSB1 Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.8.3 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.4 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.5 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.6 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3;8.7 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.8.8 Title: ELECTRICAL TEXT 3.9.1 Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.2 Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.3 Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.4 Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.5 Title: REFUELING TEXT 3.9.6 Title: REFUELING POWER SYST POWER SYST POWER SYST POWER SYST POWER SYST POWER SYST)PERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS)PERATIONS OPERATIONS)PERATIONS 3 02/28/2013 EMS DIESEL FUEL OIL, LUBE OIL, AND STARTING AIR 3 01/19/2009

'EMS DC SOURCES -OPERATING 1 12/14/2006

'EMS DC SOURCES -SHUTDOWN 1 12/14/2006 PEMS BATTERY CELL PARAMETERS 1 10/05/2005 PEMS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS -OPERATING 0 11/15/2002

'EMS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS -SHUTDOWN 0 11/15/2002 REFUELING EQUIPMENT INTERLOCKS 1 09/01/2010 REFUEL POSITION ONE-ROD-OUT INTERLOCK 0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROD POSITION 0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROD POSITION INDICATION 0 11/15/2002 CONTROL ROD OPERABILITY

-REFUELING 1 10/04/2007 REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL (RPV) WATER LEVEL Pagel of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 7 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SSES MANUAL Manual Name: TSBI Manual Title: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES UNIT 1 MANUAL TEXT 3.9.7 0 11/15/2002 Title: REFUELING OPERATIONS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) -HIGH WATER LEVEL TEXT 3.9.8 0 11/15/2002 Title: REFUELING OPERATIONS RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL (RHR) -LOW WATER LEVEL TEXT 3.10.1 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.2 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.3 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.4 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.5 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.6 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.7 Title: SPECIAL TEXT 3.10.8 Title: SPECIAL OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS 1 01/23/2008 INSERVICE LEAK AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING OPERATION 0 11/15/2002 REACTOR MODE SWITCH INTERLOCK TESTING 0 11/15/2002 SINGLE CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL

-HOT SHUTDOWN 0 11/15/2002 SINGLE CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL

-COLD SHUTDOWN 0 11/15/2002 SINGLE CONTROL ROD DRIVE (CRD) REMOVAL -REFUELING 0 11/15/2002 MULTIPLE CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL

-REFUELING 1 04/18/2006 CONTROL ROD TESTING -OPERATING 1 04/12/2006 SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM) TEST -REFUELING Page8 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 Page 8 of 8 Report Date: 07/24/13 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision TOC Table of Contents 22 B 2.0 SAFETY LIMITS BASES Page B 2.0-1 0 Page TS / B 2.0-2 3 Page TS / B 2.0-3 5 Page TS / B 2.0-4 3 Page TS / B 2.0-5 5 Page, TS / B 2.0-6 1 Pages TS / B 2.0-7 through TS / B 2.0-9 1 B 3.0 LCO AND SR APPLICABILITY BASES Page TS / B 3.0-1 1 Pages TS / B 3.0-2 through TS / B 3.0-4 0 Pages TS / B 3.0-5 through TS / B 3.0-7 1 Page TS / B 3.0-8 3 Pages TS / B 3.0-9 through TS / B 3.0-11 2 Page TS / B 3.0-11a 0 Page TS / B 3.0-12 1 Pages TS / B 3.0-13 through TS / B 3.0-15 2 Pages TS / B 3.0-16 and TS / B 3.0-17 0 B 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL BASES Pages B 3.1-1 through B 3.1-4 0 Page TS / B 3.1-5 1 Pages TS / B 3.1-6 and TS / B 3.1-7 2 Pages B 3.1-8 through B 3.1-13 0 Page TS / B 3.1-14 1 Page B 3.1-15 0 Page TS / B 3.1-16 1 Pages B 3.1-17 through B 3.1-19 0 Pages TS / B 3.1-20 and TS / B 3.1-21 1 Page TS / B 3.1-22 0 Page TS / B 3.1-23 1 Page TS / B 3.1-24 0 Pages TS / B 3.1-25 through TS / B 3.1-27 1 Page TS / B 3.1-28 2 Page TS / B 3.1-29 1 Pages B 3.1-30 through B 3.1-33 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-34 through TS / B 3.3-36 1 Pages TS / B 3.1-37 and TS / B 3.1-38 2 Pages TS / B 3.1-39 and TS / B 3.1-40 2 Page TS / B 3.1-40a 0 Pages TS / B 3.1-41 and TS / B 3.1-42 2 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-1 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-1 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Page TS / B 3.1.43 1 Page TS / B 3.1-44 0 Page TS / B 3.1-45 3 Pages TS / B 3.1-46 through TS / B 3.1-49 1 Page TS / B 3.1-50 0 Page TS / B 3.1-51 3 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS BASES Page TS / B 3.2-1 2 Pages TS / B 3.2-2 and TS / B 3.2-3 3 Pages TS / B 3.2-4 and TS / B 3.2-5 2 Page TS / B 3.2-6 3 Page B 3.2-7 1 Pages TS / B 3.2-8 and TS / B 3.2-9 3 Page TS / B 3.2.10 2 Page TS / B 3.2-11 3 Page TS / B 3.2-12 1 Page TS / B 3.2-13 2 B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION Pages TS / B 3.3-1 through TS / B 3.3-4 1 Page TS / B 3.3-5 2 Page TS / B 3.3-6 1 Page TS / B 3.3-7 3 Page TS / B 3.3-7a 1 Page TS / B 3.3-8 5 Pages TS / B 3.3-9 through TS / B 3.3-12 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-12a 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-12b and TS / B 3.3-12c 0 Page TS / B 3.3-13 1 Page TS / B 3.3-14 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-15 and TS / B 3.3-16 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-17 and TS / B 3.3-18 4 Page TS / B 3.3-19 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-20 through TS / B 3.3-22 2 Page TS / B 3.3-22a 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-23 and TS / B 3.3-24 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-24a and TS / B 3.3-24b 0 Page TS / B 3.3-25 3 Page TS / B 3.3-26 2 Page TS / B 3.3-27 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-28 through TS / B 3.3-30 3 Page TS / B 3.3-30a 0 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TSIB LOES-2 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-2 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Page TS / B 3.3-31 4 Page TS / B 3.3-32 5 Pages TS / B 3.3-32a 0 Page TS / B 3.3-32b 1 Page TS / B 3.3-33 5 Page TS / B 3.3-33a 0 Page TS / B 3.3-34 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-35 and TS / B 3.3-36 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-37 and TS / B 3.3-38 1 Page TS / B 3.3-39 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-40 through TS / B 3.3-43 1 Page TS / B 3.3-44 4 Pages TS / B 3.3-44a and TS / B 3.3-44b 0 Page TS / B 3.3-45 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-45a and TS / B 3.3-45b 0 Page TS / B 3.3-46 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-47 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-48 through TS / B 3.3-51 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-52 and TS / B 3.3-53 2 Page TS / B 3-3-53a 0 Page TS / B 3.3-54 4 Page TS / B 3.3-55 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-56 and TS / B 3.3-57 1 Page TS / B 3.3-58 0 Page TS / B 3.3-59 1 Page TS / B 3.3-60 0 Page TS / B 3.3-61 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-62 and TS / B 3.3-63 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-64 and TS / B 3.3-65 2 Page TS / B 3.3-66 4 Page TS / B 3.3-67 3 Page TS / B 3.3-68 4 Page TS / B 3.3-69 5 Pages TS / B 3.3-70 4 Page TS / B 3.3-71 3 Pages TS / B 3.3-72 and TS / B 3.3-73 2 Page TS / B 3.3-74 3 Page TS / B 3.3-75 2 Page TS / B 3.3-75a 6 Page TS / B 3.3-75b 7 Page TS / B 3.3-75c 6 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS I B LOES-3 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-3 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Pages B 3.3-76 through 3.3-77 0 Page TS / B 3.3-78 1 Pages B 3.3-79 through B 3.3-81 0 Page B 3.3-82 1 Page B 3.3-83 0 Pages B 3.3-84 and B 3.3-85 1 Page B 3.3-86 0 Page B 3.3-87 1 Page B 3.3-88 0 Page B 3.3-89 1 Page TS / B 3.3-90 1 Page B 3.3-91 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-92 through TS / B 3.3-100 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-101 through TS / B 3.3-103 0 Page TS / B 3.3-104 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-105 and TS / B 3.3-106 0 Page TS / B 3.3-107 1 Page TS / B 3.3-108 0 Page TS / B 3.3-109 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-110 and TS / B 3.3-111 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-112 and TS 1B 3.3-112a 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-113 through TS / B 3.3-115 1 Page TS / B 3.3-116 3 Page TS / B 3.3-117 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-118 through TS / B 3.3-122 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-123 and TS / B 3.3-124 1 Page TS / B 3.3-124a 0 Page TS / B 3.3-125 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-126 and TS / B 3.3-127 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-128 through TS/ B 3.3-130 0 Page TS / B 3.3-131 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-132 through TS / B 3.3-134 0 Pages B 3.3-135 through B 3.3-137 0 Page TS / B 3.3-138 1 Pages B 3.3-139 through B 3.3-149 0 Pages TS / B 3.3-150 and TS / B 3.3-151 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-152 through TS / B 3.3-154 2 Page TS / B 3.3-155 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-156 through TS / B 3.3-158 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-159 through TS / B 3.3-162 1 Page TS / B 3.3-163 2 Page TS / B 3.3-164 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-165 through TS / B 3.3-167 2 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-4 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-4 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Pages TS / B 3.3-168 and TS / B 3.3-169 1 Page TS / B 3.3-170 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-171 through TS / B 3.3-177 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-178 through TS / B 3.3-179a 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-179b and TS / B 3.3-179c 0 Page TS / B 3.3-180 1 Page TS / B 3.3-181 3 Page TS / B 3.3-182 1 Page TS / B 3.3-183 2 Page TS / B 3.3-184 1 Page TS / B 3.3-185 4 Page TS / B 3.3-186 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-187 and TS / B 3.3-188 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-189 through TS / B 3.3-191 1 Page TS / B 3.3-192 0 Page TS / B 3.3-193 1 Pages TS / B 3.3-194 and TS / B 3.3-195 0 Page TS / B 3.3-196 2 Pages TS / B 3.3-197 through TS / B 3.3-204 0 Page TS / B 3.3-205 1 Pages B 3.3-206 through B 3.3-209 0 Page TS / B 3.3-210 1 Pages B 3.3-211 through B 3.3-219 0 B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM BASES Pages B 3.4-1 and B 3.4-2 0 Pages TS / B 3.4-3 and Page TS / B 3.4-4 4 Page TS / B 3.4-5 3 Pages TS / B 3.4-6 through TS / B 3.4-9 2 Page TS / B 3.4-10 1 Pages TS / 3.4-11 and TS / B 3.4-12 0 Page TS / B 3.4-13 1 Page TS / B 3.4-14 0 Page TS / B 3.4-15 2 Pages TS / B 3.4-16 and TS / B 3.4-17 4 Page TS / B 3.4-18 2 Pages B 3.4-19 through B 3.4-27 0 Pages TS / B 3.4-28 through TS / B 3.4-30 1 Page TS / B 3.4-31 0 Pages TS / B 3.4-32 and TS / B 3.4-33 1 Page TS / B 3.4-34 0 Pages TS / B 3.4-35 and TS / B 3.4-36 1 Page TS / B 3.4-37 2 Page TS / B 3.4-38 1 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TSIB LOES-5 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-5 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Pages B 3.4-39 and B 3.4-40 0 Page TS / B 3.4-41 2 Pages TS / B 3.4-42 through TS / B 3.4-45 0 Page TS / B 3.4-46 1 Pages TS B 3.4-47 and TS / B 3.4-48 0 Page TS / B 3.4-49 3 Page TS / B 3.4-50 1 Page TS / B 3.4-51 3 Page TS / B 3.4-52 2 Page TS / B 3.4-53 1 Pages TS / B 3.4-54 through TS / B 3.4-56 2 Page TS / B 3.4-57 3 Pages TS / B 3.4-58 through TS / B 3.4-60 1 B 3.5 ECCS AND RCIC BASES Pages B 3.5-1 and B 3.5-2 0 Page TS / B 3.5-3 2 Page TS / B 3.5-4 1 Page TS / B 3.5-5 2 Page TS / B 3.5-6 1 Pages B 3.5-7 through B 3.5-10 0 Page TS / B 3.5-11 1 Page TS / B 3.5-12 0 Page TS / B 3.5-13 1 Pages TS / B 3.5-14 and TS / B 3.5-15 0 Pages TS / B 3.5-16 through TS / B 3.5-18 1 Pages B 3.5-19 through B 3.5-24 0 Page TS / B 3.5-25 through TS / B 3.5-27 1 Page TS / B 3.5-28 0 Page TS / B 3.5-29 1 Pages TS / B 3.5-30 and TS / B 3.5-31 0 B 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS BASES Page TS / B 3.6-1 2 Page TS / B 3.6-1a 3 Page TS / B 3.6-2 4 Page TS / B 3.6-3 3 Page TS / B 3.6-4 4 Pages TS / B 3.6-5 and TS / B 3.6-6 3 Page TS / B 3.6-6a 2 Page TS / B 3.6-6b 3 Page TS / B 3.6-6c 0 Page B 3.6-7 0 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-6 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Page B 3.6-8 1 Pages B 3.6-9 through B 3.6-14 0 Page TS / B 3.6-15 3 Page TS / B 3.6-15a 0 Page TS / B 3.6-15b 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-16 and TS / B 3.6-17 2 Page TS / B 3.6-17a 1 Pages TS / B 3.6-18 and TS / B 3.6-19 0 Page TS / B 3.6-20 1 Page TS / B 3.6-21 2 Page TS / B 3.6-22 1 Page TS / B 3.6-22a 0 Page TS / B 3.6-23 1 Pages TS / B 3.6-24 and TS / B 3.6-25 0 Pages TS / B 3.6-26 and TS / B 3.6-27 2 Page TS / B 3.6-28 7 Page TS / B 3.6-29 2 Page TS / B 3.6-30 1 Page TS / B 3.6-31 3 Pages TS / B 3.6-32 and TS / B 3.6-33 1 Pages TS / B 3.6-34 and TS / B 3.6-35 0 Page TS / B 3.6-36 1 Page TS / B 3.6-37 0 Page TS / B 3.6-38 3 Page TS / B 3.6-39 2 Page TS / B 3.6-40 6 Page TS / B 3.6-40a 0 Page B 3.6-41 1 Pages B 3.6-42 and B 3.6-43 3 Pages TS / B 3.6-44 and TS / B 3.6-45 1 Page TS / B 3.6-46 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-47 through TS / B 3.6-51 1 Page TS / B 3.6-52 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-53 through TS / B 3.6-56 0 Page TS / B 3.6-57 1 Page TS / 3.6-58 2 Pages B 3.6-59 through B 3.6-63 0 Pages TS / B 3.6-64 and TS / B 3.6-65 1 Pages B 3.6-66 through B 3.6-69 0 Pages TS / B 3.6-70 through TS / B 3.6-72 1 Page TS / B 3.6-73 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-74 and TS / B 3.6-75 1 Pages B 3.6-76 and B 3.6-77 0 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT I TSIBLOES-7 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-7 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Page TS / B 3.6-78 1 Pages B 3.6-79 and B 3.3.6-80 0 Page TS / B 3.6-81 1 Pages TS / B 3.6-82 and TS / B 3.6-83 0 Page TS / B 3.6-84 4 Page TS / B 3.6-85 2 Page TS / B 3.6-86 4 Pages TS / B 3.6-87 through TS / B 3.6-88a 2 Page TS / B 3.6-89 4 Page TS / B 3.6-90 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-91 and TS / B 3.6-92 3 Page TS / B 3.6-93 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-94 through TS / B 3.6-96 1 Page TS / B 3.6-97 2 Page TS / B 3.6-98 1 Page TS / B 3.6-99 2 Pages TS / B 3.6-100 and TS / B 3.6-100a 5 Page TS / B 3.6-100b 3 Pages TS / B 3.6-101 and TS / B 3.6-102 1 Pages TS / B 3.6-103 and TS / B 3.6-104 2 Page TS / B 3.6-105 3 Page TS / B 3.6-106 2 Page TS / B 3.6-107 3 B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS BASES Pages TS / B 3.7-1 3 Page TS / B 3.7-2 4 Pages TS / B 3.7-3 through TS / B 3.7-5 3 Page TS / B 3.7-5a 1 Page TS / B 3.7-6 3 Page TS / B 3.7-6a 2 Page TS / B 3.7-6b 1 Page TS / B 3.7-6c 2 Page TS / B 3.7-7 3 Page TS / B 3.7-8 2 Pages TS / B 3.7-9 through TS / B 3.7-11 1 Pages TS / B 3.7-12 and TS / B 3.7-13 2 Pages TS / B 3.7-14 through TS / B 3.7-18 3 Page TS / B 3.7-18a 1 Pages TS / B 3.7-18b through TS / B 3.7-18e 0 Pages TS / B 3.7-19 through TS / B 3.7-23 1 Page TS / B 3.7-24 1 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS/BLOES-8 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-8 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision Pages TS / B 3.7-25 and TS / B 3.7-26 0 Pages TS / B 3.7-27 through TS I B 3.7-29 5 Page TS / B 3.7-30 2 Page TS / B 3.7-31 1 Page TS / B 3.7-32 0 Page TS / B 3.7-33 1 Pages TS / B 3.7-34 through TS / B 3.7-37 0 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS BASES Page TS / B 3.8-1 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-2 and TS / B 3.8-3 2 Page TS / B 3.8-4 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-4a and TS / B 3.8-4b 0 Page TS / B 3.8-5 5 Page TS / B 3.8-6 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-7 through TS/B 3.8-8 2 Page TS / B 3.8-9 4 Page TS / B 3.8-10 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-11 and TS / B 3.8-17 2 Page TS / B 3.8-18 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-19 through TS / B 3.8-21 2 Pages TS / B 3.8-22 and TS / B 3.8-23 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-24 through TS / B 3.8-37 2 Pages B 3.8-38 through B 3.8-44 .0 Page TS / B 3.8-45 2 Pages TS / B 3.8-46 through TS / B 3.8-48 0 Pages TS / B 3.8-49 and TS / B 3.8-50 2 Page TS / B 3.8-51 1 Page TS / B 3.8-52 0 Page TS / B 3.8-53 1 Pages TS / B 3.8-54 through TS / B 3.8-57 2 Pages TS / B 3.8-58 through TS / B 3.8-61 3 Pages TS / B 3.8-62 and TS / B 3.8-63 5 Page TS / B 3.8-64 4 Page TS / B 3.8-65 5 Pages TS / B 3.8-66 through TS / B 3.8-77 1 Pages TS / B 3.8-77A through TS / B 3.8-77C 0 Pages B 3.8-78 through B 3.8-80 0 Page TS / B 3.8-81 1 Pages B 3.8-82 through B 3.8-90 0 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS/BLOES-9 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-9 Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES)Section Title Revision B 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS BASES Pages TS / B 3.9-1 and TS / B 3.9-1a I Pages TS / B 3.9-2 through TS / B 3.9-5 1 Pages TS / B 3.9-6 through TS / B 3.9-8 0 Pages B 3.9-9 through B 3.9-18 0 Pages TS / B 3.9-19 through TS / B 3.9-21 1 Pages B 3.9-22 through B 3.9-30 0 B 3.10 SPECIAL OPERATIONS BASES Page TS / B 3.10-1 2 Pages TS / B 3.10-2 through TS / B 3.10-5 1 Pages B 3.10-6 through B 3.10-31 0 Page TS / B 3.10-32 2 Page B 3.10-33 0 Page TS / B 3.10-34 1 Pages B 3.10-35 and B 3.10-36 0 Page TS / B 3.10-37 1 Page TS / B 3.10-38 2 TSB1 Text LOES.doc 7/17/2013 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-lO Revision 110 SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B LOES-10 Revision 110 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.1.1 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND The RPS initiates a reactor scram when one or more monitored parameters exceed their specified limits, to preserve the integrity of the fuel cladding and the Reactor Coolant System (RCS) and minimize the energy that must be absorbed following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA).This can be accomplished either automatically or manually.The protection and monitoring functions of the RPS have been designed to ensure safe operation of the reactor. This is achieved by specifying limiting safety system settings (LSSS) in terms of parameters directly monitored by the RPS, as well as LCOs on other reactor system parameters and equipment performance.

The LSSS are defined in this Specification as the Allowable Values, which, in conjunction with the LCOs, establish the threshold for protective system action to prevent exceeding acceptable limits, including Safety Limits (SLs) during Design Basis Accidents (DBAs).The RPS, as shown in the FSAR, Figure 7.2-1 (Ref. 1), includes sensors, relays, bypass circuits, and switches that are necessary to cause initiation of a reactor scram. Functional diversity is provided by monitoring a wide range of dependent and independent parameters.

The input parameters to the scram logic are from instrumentation that monitors reactor vessel water level, reactor vessel pressure, neutron flux, main steam line isolation valve position, turbine control valve (TCV) fast closure trip oil pressure, turbine stop valve (TSV) position, drywell pressure, and scram discharge volume (SDV) water level, as well as reactor mode switch in shutdown position and manual scram signals. There are at least four redundant sensor input signals from each of these parameters (with the exception of the reactor mode switch in shutdown scram signal). When the setpoint is reached, the channel sensor actuates, which then outputs an RPS trip signal to the trip logic. Table B 3.3.1.1-1 summarizes the diversity of sensors capable of initiating scrams during anticipated operating transients typically analyzed.The RPS is comprised of two independent trip systems (A and B) with two logic channels in each trip system (logic (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B] 3.3-1 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES BACKGROUND (continued) channels Al and A2, B1 and B2) as shown in Reference

1. The outputs of the logic channels in a trip system are combined in a one-out-of-two logic so that either channel can trip the associated trip system. The tripping of both trip systems will produce a reactor scram. This logic arrangement is referred to as a one-out-of-two taken twice logic. Each trip system can be reset by use of a reset switch. If a full scram occurs (both trip systems trip), a relay prevents reset of the trip systems for 10 seconds after the full scram signal is received.

This 10 second delay on reset ensures that the scram function will be completed.

Two AC powered scram pilot solenoids are located in the hydraulic control unit for each control rod drive (CRD). Each scram pilot valve is operated with the solenoids normally energized.

The scram pilot valves control the air supply to the scram inlet and outlet valves for the associated CRD.When either scram pilot valve solenoid is energized, air pressure holds the scram valves closed and, therefore, both scram pilot valve solenoids must be de-energized to cause a control rod to scram. The scram valves control the supply and discharge paths for the CRD water during a scram.One of the scram pilot valve solenoids for each CRD is controlled by trip system A, and the other solenoid is controlled by trip system B. Any trip of trip system A in conjunction with any trip in trip system B results in de-energizing both solenoids, air bleeding off, scram valves opening, and control rod scram.The DC powered backup scram valves, which energize on a scram signal to depressurize the scram air header, are also controlled by the RPS.Additionally, the RPS System controls the SDV vent and drain valves such that when both trip systems trip, the SDV vent and drain valves close to isolate the SDV.APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY The actions of the RPS are assumed in the safety analyses of References 3, 4, 5 and 6. The RPS initiates a reactor scram before the monitored parameter values reach the Allowable Values, specified by the setpoint methodology and listed in Table 3.3.1.1-1 to preserve the integrity of the fuel cladding, the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB), and (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-2 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE the containment by minimizing the energy that must be absorbed following SAFETY a LOCA.ANALYSES, LCO, and RPS instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

APPLICABILITY (Ref. 2)(continued)

Functions not specifically credited in the accident analysis are retained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approved licensing basis.The OPERABILITY of the RPS is dependent on the OPERABILITY of the individual instrumentation channel Functions specified in Table 3.3.1.1-1.

Each Function must have a required number of OPERABLE channels per RPS trip system, with their setpoints within the specified Allowable Value, where appropriate.

The actual setpoint is calibrated consistent with applicable setpoint methodology assumptions.

Each channel must also respond within its assumed response time.Allowable Values are specified for each RPS Function specified in the Table. Nominal trip setpoints are specified in the setpoint calculations.

The nominal setpoints are selected to ensure that the actual setpoints do not exceed the Allowable Value between successive CHANNEL CALIBRATIONS.

Operation with a trip setpoint less conservatie than the nominal trip setpoint, but within its Allowable Value, is acceptable.

A channel is inoperable if its actual trip setpoint is not within its required Allowable Value.Trip setpoints are those predetermined values of output at which an action should take place. The setpoints are compared to the actual process parameter (e.g., reactor vessel water level), and when the measured output value of the process parameter reaches the setpoint, the associated device changes state. The analytic limits are derived from the limiting values of the process parameters obtained from the safety analysis.

The Allowable Values are derived from the analytic limits, corrected for calibration, process, and some of the instrument errors. The trip setpoints are then determined accounting for the remaining instrument errors (e.g., drift). The trip setpoints derived in this manner provide adequate protection because instrumentation uncertainties, process effects, calibration tolerances, (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-3 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE instrument drift and severe environment errors (for channels that must SAFETY function in harsh environments as defined by 10 CFR 50.49) are ANALYSES, accounted for.LCO, and APPLICABILITY The OPERABILITY of scram pilot valves and associated solenoids, (continued) backup scram valves, and SDV valves, described in the Background section, are not addressed by this LCO.The individual Functions are required to be OPERABLE in the MODES specified in the table, which may require an RPS trip to mitigate the consequences of a design basis accident or transient.

To ensure a reliable scram function, a combination of Functions are required in each MODE to provide primary and diverse initiation signals.The RPS is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies.

Control rods withdrawn from a core cell containing no fuel assemblies do not affect the reactivity of the core and, therefore, are not required to have the capability to scram. Provided all other control rods remain inserted, the RPS function is not required.

In this condition, the required SDM (LCO 3.1.1) and refuel position one-rod-out interlock (LCO 3.9.2) ensure that no event requiring RPS will occur. During normal operation in MODES 3 and 4, all control rods are fully inserted and the Reactor Mode Switch Shutdown Position control rod withdrawal block (LCO 3.3.2.1) does not allow any control rod to be withdrawn.

Under these conditions, the RPS function is not required to be OPERABLE.

The exception to this is Special Operations (LCO 3.10.3 and LCO 3.10.4) which ensure compliance with appropriate requirements.

The specific Applicable Safety Analyses, LCO, and Applicability discussions are listed below on a Function by Function basis.Intermediate Range Monitor (IRM)1.a. Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High The IRMs monitor neutron flux levels from the upper range of the source range monitor (SRM) to the lower range of the average power range monitors (APRMs). The IRMs are capable of generating trip signals that can be used to prevent fuel (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-4 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY l.a. Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (continued) damage resulting from abnormal operating transients in the intermediate power range. In this power range, the most significant source of reactivity change is due to control rod withdrawal.

The IRM provides diverse protection for the rod worth minimizer (RWM), which monitors and controls the movement of control rods at low power. The RWM prevents the withdrawal of an out of sequence control rod during startup that could result in an unacceptable neutron flux excursion (Ref. 5). The IRM provides mitigation of the neutron flux excursion.

To demonstrate the capability of the IRM System to mitigate control rod withdrawal events, generic analyses have been performed (Ref. 3) to evaluate the consequences of control rod withdrawal events during startup that are mitigated only by the IRM. This analysis, which assumes that one IRM channel in each trip system is bypassed, demonstrates that the IRMs provide protection against local control rod withdrawal errors and results in peak fuel energy depositions below the 170 cal/gm fuel failure threshold criterion.

The IRMs are also capable of limiting other reactivity excursions during startup, such as cold water injection events, although no credit is specifically assumed.The IRM System is divided into two trip systems, with four IRM channels inputting to each trip system. The analysis of Reference 3 assumes that one channel in each trip system is bypassed.

Therefore, six channels with three channels in each trip system are required for IRM OPERABILITY to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal. This trip is active in each of the 10 ranges of the IRM, which must be selected by the operator to maintain the neutron flux within the monitored level of an IRM range.The analysis of Reference 3 has adequate conservatism to permit an IRM Allowable Value of 122 divisions of a 125 division scale.The Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function must be OPERABLE during MODE 2 when control rods may be withdrawn and the potential for criticality exists. In (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-5 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY l.a. Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (continued)

MODE 5, when a cell with fuel has its control rod withdrawn, the IRMs provide monitoring for and protection against unexpected reactivity excursions.

In MODE 1, the APRM System and the RWM provide protection against control rod withdrawal error events and the IRMs are not required.

In addition, the Function is automatically bypassed when the Reactor Mode Switch is in the Run position.1.b. Intermediate Range Monitor-Inop This trip signal provides assurance that a minimum number of IRMs are OPERABLE.

Anytime an IRM mode switch is moved to any position other than "Operate," the detector voltage drops below a preset level, or when a module is not plugged in, an inoperative trip signal will be received by the RPS unless the IRM is bypassed.

Since only one IRM in each trip system may be bypassed, only one IRM in each RPS trip system may be inoperable without resulting in an RPS trip signal.This Function was not specifically credited in the accident analysis but it is retained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approved licensing basis.Six channels of Intermediate Range Monitor-Inop with three channels in each trip system are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal.Since this Function is not assumed in the safety analysis, there is no Allowable Value for this Function.This Function is required to be OPERABLE when the Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function is required.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-6 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued)

Average Power Range Monitor (APRM)The APRM channels provide the primary indication of neutron flux within the core and respond almost instantaneously to neutron flux increases.

The APRM channels receive input signals from the local power range monitors (LPRMs) within the reactor core to provide an indication of the power distribution and local power changes. The APRM channels average these LPRM signals to provide a continuous indication of average reactor power from a few percent to greater than RTP. Each APRM channel also includes an Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM) Upscale Function which monitors small groups of LPRM signals to detect thermal-hydraulic instabilities.

The APRM trip System is divided into four APRM channels and four 2-out-of-4 Voter channels.

Each APRM channel provides inputs to each of the four voter channels.

The four voter channels are divided into two groups of two each with each group of two providing inputs to one RPS trip system. The system is designed to allow one APRM channel, but no voter channels, to be bypassed.

A trip from any one unbypassed APRM will result in a "half-trip" in all four of the voter channels, but no trip inputs to either RPS trip system.APRM trip Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, and 2.d are voted independently from OPRM Trip Function 2.f. Therefore, any Function 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, or 2.d trip from any two unbypassed APRM channels will result in a full trip in each of the four voter channels, which in turn results in two trip inputs into each RPS trip system logic channel (Al, A2, B1, and B2), thus resulting in a full scram signal. Similarly, a Function 2.f trip from any two unbypassed APRM channels will result in a full trip from each of the four voter channels.Three of the four APRM channels and all four of the voter channels are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single failure will preclude a scram on a valid signal. In addition, to provide adequate coverage of the entire core consistent with the design bases for the APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, and 2.c, at least [20] LPRM inputs with at least three LPRM inputs from each of the four axial levels at which the LPRMs are located must be OPERABLE for each APRM channel, with no more than [9], LPRM detectors declared inoperable since the most recent APRM gain calibration.

Per Reference 23, the minimum input requirement for an APRM channel with 43 LPRM inputs is determined given that the total number of LPRM outputs used as inputs to an APRM channel that may be bypassed shall not exceed twenty-three (23). Hence, (20) LPRM inputs (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-7 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY Average Power Range Monitor (APRM) (continued) needed to be operable.

For the OPRM Trip Function 2.f, each LPRM in an APRM channel is further associated in a pattern of OPRM "cells," as described in References 17 and 18. Each OPRM cell is capable of producing a channel trip signal.2.a. Averaae Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-Hiqh (Setdown)For operation at low power (i.e., MODE 2), the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (Setdown)

Function is capable of generating a trip signal that prevents fuel damage resulting from abnormal operating transients in this power range. For most operation at low power levels, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (Setdown)

Function will provide a secondary scram to the Intermediate Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function because of the relative setpoints.

With the IRMs at Range 9 or 10, it is possible that the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux- High (Setdown)

Function will provide the primary trip signal for a corewide increase in power.The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (Setdown)Function together with the IRM -High Function provide mitigation for the control rod withdrawal event during startup (Section 15.4.1 of Ref. 5).Also, the Function indirectly ensures that before the reactor mode switch is placed in the run position, reactor power does not exceed 23% RTP (SL 2.1.1.1) when operating at low reactor pressure and low core flow.Therefore, it indirectly prevents fuel damage during significant reactivity increases with THERMAL POWER < 23% RTP.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-7a Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE 2.a. Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High (Setdown)SAFETY (continued)

ANALYSES, LCO, and The Allowable Value is based on preventing significant increases in power APPLICABILITY when THERMAL POWER is< 23% RTP.The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (Setdown)Function must be OPERABLE during MODE 2 when control rods may be withdrawn since the potential for criticality exists. In MODE 1, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function provides protection against reactivity transients and the RWM protects against control rod withdrawal error events.There are provisions in the design of the NUMAC PRNM that given certain circumstances, such as loss of one division of RPS power, an individual APRM will default to a 'run' mode condition logic. If the plant is in mode 2 when this occurs, the individual APRM will be in a condition where the 'run'mode setpoint (Function 2.c) and not the 'setdown' setpoint (Function 2.a)will be applied. If this condition occurs while in reactor mode 2 condition, the appropriate LCO condition per Table 3.3.1.1-1 needs to be entered.2.b. Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power- High The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function monitors neutron flux to approximate the THERMAL POWER being transferred to the reactor coolant. The APRM neutron flux is electronically filtered with a time constant representative of the fuel heat transfer dynamics to generate a signal proportional to the THERMAL POWER in the reactor. The trip level is varied as a function of recirculation drive flow (i.e., at lower core flows, the setpoint is reduced proportional to the reduction in power experienced as core flow is reduced with a fixed control rod pattern) but is clamped at an upper limit that is always lower than the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function Allowable Value. The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function is not credited in any plant Safety Analyses.

The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function is set above the APRM Rod Block to provide defense in depth to the APRM Neutron Flux -High for transients where THERMAL POWER increases slowly (such as loss of feedwater heating event).During these events, the THERMAL POWER increase does not significantly lag the neutron flux response and, because of a lower trip setpoint, will initiate a scram before the high neutron flux scram. For rapid neutron flux increase events, the THERMAL POWER lags the neutron flux and the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function will provide a scram signal before the Average (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-8 Revision 5 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE 2.b. Averaqe Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High SAFETY (continued)

ANALYSES, LCO, and Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function setpoint APPLICABILITY is exceeded.The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function uses a trip level generated based on recirculation loop drive flow (W) representative of total core flow. Each APRM channel uses one total recirculation drive flow signal. The total recirculation drive flow signal is generated by the flow processing logic, part of the APRM channel, by summing the flow calculated from two flow transmitter signal inputs, one from each of the two recirculation drive flow loops. The flow processing logic OPERABILITY is part of the APRM channel OPERABILITY requirements for this Function.The adequacy of drive flow as a representation of core flow is ensured through drive flow alignment, accomplished by SR 3.3.1.1.20.

A note is included, applicable when the plant is in single recirculation loop operation per LCO 3.4.1, which requires reducing by AW the recirculation flow value used in the APRM Simulated Thermal Power -High Allowable Value equation.

The Average Power Range Monitor Scram Function varies as a function of recirculation loop drive flow (W). AW is defined as the difference in indicated drive flow (in percent of drive flow, which produces rated core flow) between two-loop and single-loop operation at the same core flow. The value of AW is established to conservatively bound the inaccuracy created in the core flow/drive flow correlation due to back flow in the jet pumps associated with the inactive recirculation loop.This adjusted Allowable Value thus maintains thermal margins essentially unchanged from those for two-loop operation.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-9 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 2.b. Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High (continued)

The THERMAL POWER time constant of < 7 seconds is based on the fuel heat transfer dynamics and provides a signal proportional to the THERMAL POWER. The simulated thermal time constant is part of filtering logic in the APRM that simulates the relationship between neutron flux and core thermal power.The Average Power Range Monitor Simulated Thermal Power -High Function is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 1 when there is the possibility of generating excessive THERMAL POWER and potentially exceeding the SL applicable to high pressure and core flow conditions (MCPR SL). During MODES 2 and 5, other IRM and APRM Functions provide protection for fuel cladding integrity.

2.c. Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function is capable of generating a trip signal to prevent fuel damage or excessive RCS pressure.

For the overpressurization protection analysis of Reference 4, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function is assumed to terminate the main steam isolation valve (MSIV)closure event and, along with the safety/relief valves (S/RVs), limit the peak reactor pressure vessel (RPV) pressure to less than the ASME Code limits. The control rod drop accident (CRDA) analysis (Ref. 5) takes credit for the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function to terminate the CRDA.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-10 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE 2.c. Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, The CRDA analysis assumes that reactor scram occurs on Average Power LCO, and Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function.APPLICABILITY The Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 1 where the potential consequences of the analyzed transients could result in the SLs (e.g., MCPR and RCS pressure) being exceeded.

Although the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function is assumed in the CRDA analysis, which is applicable in MODE 2, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High (Setdown)

Function conservatively bounds the assumed trip and, together with the assumed IRM trips, provides adequate protection.

Therefore, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux -High Function is not required in MODE 2.2.d. Average Power Range Monitor -Inop Three of the four APRM channels are required to be OPERABLE for each of the APRM Functions.

This Function (Inop) provides assurance that the minimum number of APRM channels are OPERABLE.For any APRM channel, any time its mode switch is not in the "Operate" position, an APRM module required to issue a trip is unplugged, or the automatic self-test system detects a critical fault with the APRM channel, an Inop trip is sent to all four voter channels.

Inop trips from two or more unbypassed APRM channels result in a trip output from each of the four voter channels to its associated trip system.This Function was not specifically credited in the accident analysis, but it is retained for the overall redu'ndancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approved licensing basis.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B3.3-11 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE 2.d. Average Power Range Monitor-mnop (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, There is no Allowable Value for this Function.LCO, and APPLICABILITY This Function is required to be OPERABLE in the MODES where the APRM Functions are required.2.e. 2-out-of-4 Voter The 2-out-of-4 Voter Function provides the interface between the APRM Functions, including the OPRM Trip Function, and the final RPS trip system logic. As such, it is required to be OPERABLE in the MODES where the APRM Functions are required and is necessary to support the safety analysis applicable to each of those Functions.

Therefore, the 2-out-of-4 Voter Function is required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2.All four voter channels are required to be OPERABLE.

Each voter channel includes self-diagnostic functions.

If any voter channel detects a critical fault in its own processing, a trip is issued from that voter channel to the associated RPS trip system.The Two-out-of-Four Logic Module includes both the 2-out-of-4 Voter hardware and the APRM Interface hardware.

The 2-out-of-4 Voter Function 2.e votes APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, and 2.d independently of Function 2.f. This voting is accomplished by the 2-out-of-4 Voter hardware in the Two-out-of-Four Logic Module. The voter includes separate outputs to RPS for the two independently voted sets of Functions, each of which is redundant (four total outputs).

The analysis in Reference 15 took credit for this redundancy in the justification of the 12-hour Completion Time for Condition A, so the voter Function 2.e must be declared inoperable if any of its functionality is inoperable.

The voter Function 2.e does not need to be declared inoperable due to any failure affecting only the APRM Interface hardware portion of the Two-out-of-Four Logic Module.There is no Allowable Value for this Function.2.f. Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM) Trip The OPRM Trip Function provides compliance with GDC 10, "Reactor Design," and GDC 12, "Suppression of Reactor Power Oscillations" thereby providing protection from exceeding the fuel MCPR safety limit (SL) due to anticipated thermal-hydraulic power oscillations.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-12 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 2.f. Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM) Trip (continued)

References 17, 18 and 19 describe three algorithms for detecting thermal-hydraulic instability related neutron flux oscillations:

the period based detection algorithm (confirmation count and cell amplitude), the amplitude based algorithm, and the growth rate algorithm.

All three are implemented in the OPRM Trip Function, but the safety analysis takes credit only for the period based detection algorithm.

The remaining algorithms provide defense in depth and additional protection against unanticipated oscillations.

OPRM Trip Function OPERABILITY for Technical Specification purposes is based only on the period based detection algorithm.

The OPRM Trip Function receives input signals from the local power range monitors (LPRMs) within the reactor core, which are combined into "cells" for evaluation by the OPRM algorithms.

Each channel is capable of detecting thermal-hydraulic instabilities, by detecting the related neutron flux oscillations, and issuing a trip signal before the MCPR SL is exceeded.

Three of the four channels are required to be OPERABLE.The OPRM Trip is automatically enabled (bypass removed) when THERMAL POWER is > 25% RTP, as indicated by the APRM Simulated Thermal Power, and reactor core flow is < the value defined in the COLR, as indicated by APRM measured recirculation drive flow. This is the operating region where actual thermal-hydraulic instability and related neutron flux oscillations are expected to occur. Reference 21 includes additional discussion of OPRM Trip enable region limits.These setpoints, which are sometimes referred to as the "auto-bypass" setpoints, establish the boundaries of the OPRM Trip enabled region. The APRM Simulated Thermal Power auto-enable setpoint has 1% deadband while the drive flow setpoint has a 2% deadband.

The deadband for these setpoints is established so that it increases the enabled region once the region is entered.The OPRM Trip Function is required to be OPERABLE when the plant is at _ 23% RTP. The 23% RTP level is selected to provide margin in the unlikely event that a reactor power increase transient occurring without operator action while the plant is operating below 25% RTP causes a power increase to or beyond the 25% APRM Simulated Thermal Power OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoint.

This OPERABILITY requirement assures that the OPRM Trip auto-enable function will be OPERABLE when required.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-12a Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE 2.f. Oscillation Power Ranqe Monitor (OPRM) Trip (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, An APRM channel is also required to have a minimum number of OPRM LCO, and cells OPERABLE for the Upscale Function 2.f to be OPERABLE.

The APPLICABILITY OPRM cell operability requirements are documented in the Technical Requirements Manual, TRO 3.3.9, and are established as necessary to support the trip setpoint calculations performed in accordance with methodologies in Reference 19.An OPRM Trip is issued from an APRM channel when the period based detection algorithm in that channel detects oscillatory changes in the neutron flux, indicated by the combined signals of the LPRM detectors in a cell, with period confirmations and relative cell amplitude exceeding specified setpoints.

One or more cells in a channel exceeding the trip conditions will result in a channel OPRM Trip from that channel. An OPRM Trip is also issued from the channel if either the growth rate or amplitude-based algorithms detect oscillatory changes in the neutron flux for one or more cells in that channel. (Note: To facilitate placing the OPRM Trip Function 2.f in one APRM channel in a "tripped" state, if necessary to satisfy a Required Action, the APRM equipment is conservatively designed to force an OPRM Trip output from the APRM channel if an APRM Inop condition occurs, such as when the APRM chassis keylock switch is placed in the Inop position.)

There are three "sets" of OPRM related setpoints or adjustment parameters:

a) OPRM Trip auto-enable region setpoints for STP and drive flow; b) period based detection algorithm (PBDA) confirmation count and amplitude setpoints; and c) period based detection algorithm tuning parameters.

The first set, the OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoints, as discussed in the SR 3.3.1.1.19 Bases, are treated as nominal setpoints with no additional margins added. The settings are defined in the Technical Requirements Manual, TRO 3.3.9, and confirmed by SR 3.3.1.1.19.

The second set, the OPRM PBDA trip setpoints, are established in accordance with methodologies defined in Reference 19, and are documented in the COLR. There are no allowable values for these setpoints.

The third set, the OPRM PBDA "tuning" parameters, are established or adjusted in accordance with and controlled by requirements in the Technical Requirements Manual, TRO 3.3.9.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-12b Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY

3. Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-Hiah An increase in the RPV pressure during reactor operation compresses the steam voids and results in a positive reactivity insertion.

This causes the neutron flux and THERMAL POWER transferred to the reactor coolant to increase, which could challenge the integrity of the fuel cladding and the RCPB. This trip Function is assumed in the low power generator load rejection without bypass and the recirculation flow controller failure (increasing) event. However, the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Function initiates a scram for transients that result in a pressure increase, counteracting the pressure increase by rapidly reducing core power. For the overpressurization protection analysis of Reference 4, reactor scram (the analyses conservatively assume a scram from either the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High signal, or the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High signal), along with the S/RVs, limits the peak RPV pressure to less than the ASME Section III Code limits.High reactor pressure signals are initiated from four pressure instruments that sense reactor pressure.

The Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Allowable Value is chosen to provide a sufficient margin to the ASME Section III Code limits during the event.Four channels of Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Function, with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal. The Function is (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-12c Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE

3. Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2 when the RCS is LCO, and pressurized and the potential for pressure increase exists.APPLICABILITY

4. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Low RPV water level indicates the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage could result. Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated at Level 3 to substantially reduce the heat generated in the fuel from fission. The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function is assumed in the analysis of the recirculation line break (Ref. 6). The reactor scram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS), ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 signals are initiated from four level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel.Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function, with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value is selected to ensure that during normal operation the separator skirts are not uncovered (this protects available recirculation pump net positive suction head (NPSH) from significant carryunder) and, for transients involving loss of all normal feedwater flow, initiation of the low pressure ECCS subsystems at Reactor Vessel Water-Low Low Low, Level 1 will not be required.The Function is required in MODES 1 and 2 where considerable energy exists in the RCS resulting in the limiting transients and accidents.

ECCS initiations at Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 and Low Low Low, (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-13 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE

4. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, Level 1 provide sufficient protection for level transients in all other LCO, and MODES.APPLICABILITY

5. Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure MSIV closure results in loss of the main turbine and the condenser as a heat sink for the nuclear steam supply system and indicates a need to shut down the reactor to reduce heat generation.

Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated on a Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure signal before the MSIVs are completely closed in anticipation of the complete loss of the normal heat sink and subsequent overpressurization transient.

However, for the overpressurization protection analysis of Reference 4, the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Function, along with the S/RVs, limits the peak RPV pressure to less than the ASME Code limits. That is, the direct scram on position switches for MSIV closure events is not assumed in the overpressurization analysis.

Additionally, MSIV closure is assumed in the transients analyzed in Reference 5 (e.g., low steam line pressure, manual closure of MSIVs, high steam line flow). The reactor scram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of the ECCS, ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.MSIV closure signals are initiated from position switches located on each of the eight MSIVs. Each MSIV has two position switches; one inputs to RPS trip system A while the other inputs to RPS trip system B. Thus, each RPS trip system receives an input from eight Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure channels, each consisting of one position switch. The logic for the Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Function is arranged such that either the inboard or outboard valve on three or more of the main steam lines must close in order for a scram to occur.The Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Allowable Value is specified to ensure that a scram occurs prior to a significant reduction in steam flow, thereby reducing the severity of the subsequent pressure transient.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-14 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY

5. Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure (continued)

Sixteen channels (arranged in pairs) of the Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Function, with eight channels in each trip system, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude the scram from this Function on a valid signal. This Function is only required in MODE 1 since, with the MSIVs open and the heat generation rate high, a pressurization transient can occur if the MSIVs close. In addition, the Function is automatically bypassed when the Reactor Mode Switch is not in the Run position.

In MODE 2, the heat generation rate is low enough so that the other diverse RPS functions provide sufficient protection.

6. Drvwell Pressure-Hiah High pressure in the drywell could indicate a break in the RCPB. A reactor scram is initiated to minimize the possibility of fuel damage and to reduce the amount of energy being added to the coolant and the drywell. The Drywell Pressure-High Function is assumed in the analysis of the recirculation line break (Ref. 6). The reactor scram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS), ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.High drywell pressure signals are initiated from four pressure instruments that sense drywell pressure.

The Allowable Value was selected to be as low as possible and indicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.

Four channels of Drywell Pressure-High Function, with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal. The Function is required in MODES 1 and 2 where considerable energy exists in the RCS, resulting in the limiting transients and accidents.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-15 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 7.a, 7.b. Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -Hiqh The SDV receives the water displaced by the motion of the CRD pistons during a reactor scram. Should this volume fill to a point where there is insufficient volume to accept the displaced water, control rod insertion would be hindered.

Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated while the remaining free volume is still sufficient to accommodate the water from a full core scram. The two types of Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -High Functions are an input to the RPS logic. No credit is taken for a scram initiated from these Functions for any of the design basis accidents or transients analyzed in the FSAR. However, they are retained to ensure the scram function remains OPERABLE.SDV water level is measured by two diverse methods. The level in each of the two SDVs is measured by two float type level switches and two level transmitters with trip units for a total of eight level signals. The outputs of these devices are arranged so that there is a signal from a level switch and a level transmitter with trip unit to each RPS logic channel. The level measurement instrumentation satisfies the recommendations of Reference 8.The Allowable Value is chosen low enough to ensure that there is sufficient volume in the SDV to accommodate the water from a full scram.Four channels of each type of Scram Discharge Volume Water Level-High Function, with two channels of each type in each trip system, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from these Functions on a valid signal. These Functions are required in MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 5 with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies, since these are the MODES and other specified conditions when control rods are withdrawn.

At all other times, this Function may be bypassed.8. Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Closure of the TSVs results in the loss of a heat sink that produces reactor pressure, neutron flux, and heat flux transients that must be limited.Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated at the start of TSV closure in anticipation of (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-16 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY

8. Turbine Stop Valve-Closure (continued) the transients that would result from the closure of these valves. The Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Function is the primary scram signal for the turbine trip event analyzed in Reference
5. For this event, the reactor scram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of the End of Cycle Recirculation Pump Trip (EOC-RPT)System, ensures that the MCPR SL is not exceeded.

Turbine Stop Valve-Closure signals are initiated from position switches located on each of the four TSVs. Two independent position switches are associated with each stop valve. One of the two switches provides input to RPS trip system A;the other, to RPS trip system B. Thus, each RPS trip'system receives an input from four Turbine Stop Valve-Closure channels, each consisting of one position switch. The logic for the Turbine Stop Valve -Closure Function is such that three or more TSVs must be closed to produce a scram. This Function must be enabled at THERMAL POWER> 26% RTP. This is accomplished automatically by pressure instruments sensing turbine first stage pressure.

Because an increase in the main turbine bypass flow can affect this function non-conservatively, THERMAL POWER is derived from first stage pressure.

The main turbine bypass valves must not cause the trip Function to be bypassed when THERMAL POWER is >_ 26% RTP.The Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Allowable Value is selected to be high enough to detect imminent TSV closure, thereby reducing the severity of the subsequent pressure transient.

Eight channels (arranged in pairs) of Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Function, with four channels in each trip system, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function if any three TSVs should close. This Function is required, consistent with analysis assumptions, whenever THERMAL POWER is _> 26% RTP. This Function is not required when THERMAL POWER is < 26% RTP since the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High and the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Functions are adequate to maintain the necessary safety margins.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-17 Revision 4 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued)

9. Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Fast closure of the TCVs results in the loss of a heat sink that produces reactor pressure, neutron flux, and heat flux transients that must be limited. Therefore, a reactor scram is initiated on TCV fast closure in anticipation of the transients that would result from the closure of these valves. The Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Function is the primary scram signal for the generator load rejection event analyzed in Reference
5. For this event, the reactor scram reduces the amount of energy required to be absorbed and, along with the actions of the EOC-RPT System, ensures that the MCPR SL is not exceeded.Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low signals are initiated by the electrohydraulic control (EHC) fluid pressure at each control valve. One pressure instrument is associated with each control valve, and the signal from each transmitter is assigned to a separate RPS logic channel. This Function must be enabled at THERMAL POWER>_ 26% RTP. This is accomplished automatically by pressure instruments sensing turbine first stage pressure.

Because an increase in the main turbine bypass flow can affect this function non-conservatively, THERMAL POWER is derived from first stage pressure.

The main turbine bypass valves must not cause the trip Function to be bypassed when THERMAL POWER is 26% RTP.The Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Allowable Value is selected high enough to detect imminent TCV fast closure.Four channels of Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Function with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure will preclude a scram from this Function on a valid signal. This Function is required, consistent with the analysis assumptions, whenever THERMAL POWER is _ 26% RTP. This Function is not required when THERMAL POWER is < 26% RTP, since the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High and the Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High Functions are adequate to maintain the necessary safety margins.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-18 Revision 4 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued)

10. Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position The Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position Function provides signals, via the manual scram logic channels, to each of the four RPS logic channels, which are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation channels and provide manual reactor trip capability.

This Function was not specifically credited in the accident analysis, but it is retained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approved licensing basis.The reactor mode switch is a single switch with four channels, each of which provides input into one of the RPS logic channels.There is no Allowable Value for this Function, since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on reactor mode switch position.Four channels of Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position.

Function, with two channels in each trip system, are available and required to be OPERABLE.

The Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position Function is required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2, and MODE 5 with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies, since these are the MODES and other specified conditions when control rods are withdrawn.

11. Manual Scram The Manual Scram push button channels provide signals, via the manual scram logic channels, to each of the four RPS logic channels, which are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation channels and provide manual reactor trip capability.

This Function was not specifically credited in the accident analysis but it is retained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the RPS as required by the NRC approved licensing basis.There is one Manual Scram push button channel for each of the four RPS logic channels.

In order to cause a scram it is necessary that at least one channel in each trip system be actuated.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-19 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES APPLICABLE

11. Manual Scram (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, There is no Allowable Value for this Function since the channels are LCO, and mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.APPLICABILITY Four channels of Manual Scram with two channels in each trip system arranged in a one-out-of-two logic are available and required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 5 with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies, since these are the MODES and other specified conditions when control rods are withdrawn.

ACTIONS A Note has been provided to modify the ACTIONS related to RPS instrumentation channels.

Section 1.3, Completion Times, specifies that once a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into the Condition.

Section 1.3 also specifies that Required Actions of the Condition continue to apply for each additional failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.

However, the Required Actions for inoperable RPS instrumentation channels provide appropriate compensatory measures for separate inoperable channels.

As such, a Note has been provided that allows separate Condition entry for each inoperable RPS instrumentation channel.A.1 and A.2 Because of the diversity of sensors available to provide trip signals and the redundancy of the RPS design, an allowable out of service time of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> has been shown to be acceptable (Refs. 9, 15 and 16) to permit restoration of any inoperable channel to OPERABLE status. However, this out of service time is only acceptable provided the associated Function's inoperable channel is in one trip system and the Function still maintains RPS trip capability (refer to Required Actions B.1, B.2, and C.1 Bases). If the inoperable channel cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the allowable out of service time, the channel or the associated trip system must be placed in the tripped (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-20 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 (continued) condition per Required Actions A.1 and A.2. Placing the inoperable channel in trip (or the associated trip system in trip) would conservatively compensate for the inoperability, restore capability to accommodate a single failure, and allow operation to continue.

Alternatively, if it is not desired to place the channel (or trip system) in trip (e.g., as in the case where placing the inoperable channel in trip would result in a full scram), Condition D must be entered and its Required Action taken.As noted, Action A.2 is not applicable for APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, or 2.f. Inoperability of one required APRM channel affects both trip systems. For that condition, Required Action A.1 must be satisfied, and is the only action (other than restoring OPERABILITY) that will restore capability to accommodate a single failure. Inoperability of more than one required APRM channel of the same trip function results in loss of trip capability and entry into Condition C, as well as entry into Condition A for each channel.B.1 and B.2 Condition B exists when, for any one or more Functions, at least one required channel is inoperable in each trip system. In this condition, provided at least one channel per trip system is OPERABLE, the RPS still maintains trip capability for that Function, but cannot accommodate a single failure in either trip system.Required Actions B.1 and B.2 limit the time the RPS scram logic, for any Function, would not accommodate single failure in both trip systems (e.g., one-out-of-one and one-out-of-one arrangement for a typical four channel Function).

The reduced reliability of this logic arrangement was not evaluated in Reference 9, 15 or 16 for the 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Completion Time.Within the 6 hour6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> allowance, the associated Function will have all required channels OPERABLE or in trip (or any combination) in one trip system.Completing one of these Required Actions restores RPS to a reliability level equivalent to that evaluated in Reference 9, 15 and 16, which justified a 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> allowable out of service time as presented in Condition A. The trip system in the more degraded state should be placed in trip or, alternatively, all the inoperable channels in that trip system should be placed in trip (e.g., a trip system with two inoperable channels could be in a more degraded state than a trip system with four inoperable channels if the two inoperable channels are in the same Function while the four inoperable channels are all in different Functions).

The decision of which trip system is in the more degraded state should be based on prudent judgment and take into account current plant conditions (i.e., what MODE the plant is in).(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-21 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS B.1 and B.2 (continued)

If this action would result in a scram, it is permissible to place the other trip system or its inoperable channels in trip.The 6 hour6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> Completion Time is judged acceptable based on the remaining capability to trip, the diversity of the sensors available to provide the trip signals, the low probability of extensive numbers of inoperabilities affecting all diverse Functions, and the low probability of an event requiring the initiation of a scram.Alternately, if it is not desired to place the inoperable channels (or one trip system) in trip (e.g., as in the case where placing the inoperable channel or associated trip system in trip would result in a scram), Condition D must be entered and its Required Action taken.As noted, Condition B is not applicable for APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, or 2.f. Inoperability of an APRM channel affects both trip systems and is not associated with a specific trip system as are the APRM 2-out-of-4 Voter (Function 2.e) and other non-APRM channels for which Condition B applies. For an inoperable APRM channel, Required Action A.1 must be satisfied, and is the only action (other than restoring OPERABILITY) that will restore capability to accommodate a single failure. Inoperability of a Function in more than one required APRM channel results in loss of trip capability for that Function and entry into Condition C, as well as entry into Condition A for each channel. Because Conditions A and C provide Required Actions that are appropriate for the inoperability of APRM Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, or 2.f, and because these Functions are not associated with specific trip systems as are the APRM 2-out-of-4 Voter and other non-APRM channels, Condition B does not apply.C.1 Required Action C. 1 is intended to ensure that appropriate actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within the same trip system for the same Function result in the Function not maintaining RPS trip capability.

A Function is considered to be maintaining RPS trip capability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip (or the associated trip system is in trip), such that both trip systems will generate a trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal. For the typical Function with one-out-of-two taken twice logic, this would require both trip systems to have one channel OPERABLE or in trip (or the associated trip system in trip). For Function 5 (Main Steam (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-22 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS C.1 (continued)

Isolation Valve-Closure), this would require both trip systems to have each channel associated with the MSIVs in three main steam lines (not necessarily the same main steam lines for both trip systems) OPERABLE or in trip (or the associated trip system in trip).For Function 8 (Turbine Stop Valve-Closure), this would require both trip systems to have three channels, each OPERABLE or in trip (or the associated trip system in trip).The Completion Time is intended to allow the operator time to evaluate and repair any discovered inoperabilities.

The (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-22a Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS C.1 (continued) 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing time for restoration or tripping of channels.D.1 Required.

Action D. 1 directs entry into the appropriate Condition referenced in Table 3.3.1.1-1.

The applicable Condition specified in the Table is Function and MODE or other specified condition dependent and may change as the Required Action of a previous Condition is completed.

Each time an inoperable channel has not met any Required Action of Condition A, B, or C and the associated Completion Time has expired, Condition D will be entered for that channel and provides for transfer to the appropriate subsequent Condition.

E.1, F.1, G.1, and J.1 If the channel(s) is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip (or the associated trip system placed in trip) within the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the specified condition from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. In addition, the Completion Time of Required Actions E. 1 and J. 1 are consistent with the Completion Time provided in LCO 3.2.2, "MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO (MCPR)." H.1 If the channel(s) is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip (or the associated trip system placed in trip) within the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply. This is done by immediately initiating action to fully insert all insertable control rods in core cells containing one or more fuel assemblies.

Control rods in core cells containing no fuel assemblies do not affect (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-23 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS H.1 (continued) the reactivity of the core and are, therefore, not required to be inserted.Action must continue until all insertable control rods in core cells containing one or more fuel assemblies are fully inserted.1.1 and 1.2 Required Actions 1. 1 and 1.2 are intended to ensure that appropriate actions are taken if more than two inoperable or bypassed OPRM channels result in not maintaining OPRM trip capability.

In the 4-OPRM channel configuration, any 'two' of the OPRM channels out of the total of four and one 2-out-of-4 voter channels in each RPS trip system are required to function for the OPRM safety trip function to be accomplished.

Therefore, three OPRM channels assures at least two OPRM channels can provide trip inputs to the 2-out-of-4 voter channels even in the event of a single OPRM channel failure, and the minimum of two 2-out-of-4 voter channels per RPS trip system assures at least one voter channel will be operable per RPS trip system even in the event of a single voter channel failure.References 15 and 16 justified use of alternate methods to detect and suppress oscillations under limited conditions.

The alternate methods are consistent with the guidelines identified in Reference

20. The alternate-methods procedures require increased operator awareness and monitoring for neutron flux oscillations when operating in the region where oscillations are possible.

If operator observes indications of oscillation, as described in Reference 20, the operator will take the actions described by procedures, which include manual scram of the reactor. The power/flow map regions where oscillations are possible are developed based on the methodology in Reference

22. The applicable regions are contained in the COLR.The alternate methods would adequately address detection and mitigation in the event of thermal hydraulic instability oscillations.

Based on industry operating experience with actual instability oscillations, the operator would be able to recognize instabilities during this time and take action to suppress them through a manual scram. In addition, the OPRM system may still be available to provide alarms to the operator if the onset of oscillations were to occur.The 12-hour allowed Completion Time for Required Action 1.1 is based on engineering judgment to allow orderly transition to the alternate methods (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-24 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES ACTIONS 1.1 and 1.2 (continued) while limiting the period of time during which no automatic or alternate detect and suppress trip capability is formally in place. Based on the small probability of an instability event occurring at all, the 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> is judged to be reasonable.

The 120-day allowed Completion Time, the time that was evaluated in References 15 and 16, is considered adequate because with operation minimized in regions where oscillations may occur and implementation of the alternate methods, the likelihood of an instability event that could not be adequately handled by the alternate methods during this 120-day period was negligibly small.The primary purpose of Required Actions 1.1 and 1.2 is to allow an orderly completion, without undue impact on plant operation, of design and verification activities required to correct unanticipated equipment design or functional problems that cause OPRM Trip Function INOPERABILITY in all APRM channels that cannot reasonably be corrected by normal maintenance or repair actions. These Required Actions are not intended and were not evaluated as a routine alternative to returning failed or inoperable equipment to OPERABLE status.SURVEILLANCE As noted at the beginning of the SRs, the SRs for each RPS REQUIREMENTS instrumentation Function are located in the SRs column of Table 3.3.1.1-1.

The Surveillances are modified by a Note to indicate that when a channel is placed in an inoperable status solely for performance of required Surveillances, entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions may be delayed for up to 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, provided the associated Function maintains RPS trip capability.

Upon completion of the Surveillance, or expiration of the 6 hour6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> allowance, the channel must be returned to OPERABLE status or the applicable Condition entered and Required Actions taken. This Note is based on the reliability analysis (Refs. 9, 15 and 16) assumption of the average time required to perform channel Surveillance.

That analysis demonstrated that the 6 hour6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> testing allowance does not significantly reduce the probability that the RPS will trip when necessary.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-24a Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.1 and SR 3.3.1.1.2 REQUIREMENTS Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK ensures that a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.

A CHANNEL CHECK is normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to a similar parameter on other channels.

It is based on the assumption that instrument channels monitoring the same parameter should read approximately the same value. Significant deviations between instrument channels could be an indication of excessive instrument drift in one of the channels or something even more serious. A CHANNEL CHECK will detect gross channel failure; thus, it is key to verifying the instrumentation continues to operate properly between each CHANNEL CALIBRATION.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-24b Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.1 and SR 3.3.1.1.2 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS Agreement criteria which are determined by the plant staff based on an investigation of a combination of the channel instrument uncertainties, may be used to support this parameter comparison and include indication and readability.

If a channel is outside the criteria, it may be an indication that the instrument has drifted outside its limit, and does not necessarily indicate the channel is Inoperable.

The Frequency of once every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> for SR 3.3.1.1.1 is based upon operating experience that demonstrates that channel failure is rare. The Frequency of once every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> for SR 3.3.1.1.2 is based upon operating experience that demonstrates that channel failure is rare and the evaluation in References 15 and 16. The CHANNEL CHECK supplements less formal checks of channels during normal operational use of the displays associated with the channels required by the LCO.SR 3.3.1.1.3 To ensure that the APRMs are accurately indicating the true core average power, the APRMs are calibrated to the reactor power calculated from a heat balance. The Frequency of once per 7 days is based on minor changes in LPRM sensitivity, which could affect the APRM reading between performances of SR 3.3.1.1.8.

A restriction to satisfying this SR when < 23% RTP is provided that requires the SR to be met only at _> 23% RTP because it is difficult to accurately maintain APRM indication of core THERMAL POWER consistent with a heat balance when < 23% RTP. At low power levels, a high degree of accuracy is unnecessary because of the large, inherent margin to thermal limits (MCPR, LHGR and APLHGR). At _> 23% RTP, the Surveillance is required to have been satisfactorily performed within the last 7 days, in accordance with SR 3.0.2. A Note is provided which allows an increase in THERMAL POWER above 23% if the 7 day Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2. In this event, the SR must be performed within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after reaching or exceeding 23% RTP. Twelve hours is based on operating experience and in (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-25 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.3 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS consideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SR.SR 3.3.1.1.4 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.As noted, SR 3.3.1.1.4 is not required to be performed when entering MODE 2 from MODE 1, since testing of the MODE 2 required IRM Functions cannot be performed in MODE 1 without utilizing jumpers, lifted leads, or movable links. This allows entry into MODE 2 if the 7 day Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2. In this event, the SR must be (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-26 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.4 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS performed within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after entering MODE 2 from MODE 1. Twelve hours is based on operating experience and in consideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SR.A Frequency of 7 days provides an acceptable level of system average unavailability over the Frequency interval and is based on reliability analysis (Ref. 9).SR 3.3.1.1.5 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.

A Frequency of 7 days provides an acceptable level of system average availability over the Frequency and is based on the reliability analysis of Reference

9. (The Manual Scram Function's CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST Frequency was credited in the analysis to extend many automatic scram Functions' Frequencies.)

SR 3.3.1.1.6 and SR 3.3.1.1.7 These Surveillances are established to ensure that no gaps in neutron flux indication exist from subcritical to power operation for monitoring core reactivity status.The overlap between SRMs and IRMs is required to be demonstrated to ensure that reactor power will not be increased into a neutron flux region without adequate indication.

The overlap is demonstrated prior to fully withdrawing the SRMs from the core. Demonstrating the overlap prior to fully withdrawing the SRMs from the core is required to ensure the SRMs are on-scale for the overlap demonstration.

The overlap between IRMs and APRMs is of concern when reducing power into the IRM range. On power increases, the system design will prevent further increases (by initiating a rod block) if adequate overlap is not maintained.

Overlap between IRMs and APRMs exists when sufficient IRMs and APRMs concurrently have onscale readings such that the transition between MODE 1 and MODE 2 can be made without either APRM downscale rod block, or IRM upscale rod block. Overlap (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-27 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.6 and SR 3.3.1.1.7 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS between SRMs and IRMs similarly exists when, prior to fully withdrawing the SRMs from the core, IRMs are above mid-scale on range 1 before SRMs have reached the upscale rod block.As noted, SR 3.3.1.1.7 is only required to be met during entry into MODE 2 from MODE 1. That is, after the overlap requirement has been met and indication has transitioned to the IRMs, maintaining overlap is not required (APRMs may be reading downscale once in MODE 2).If overlap for a group of channels is not demonstrated (e.g., IRM/APRM overlap), the reason for the failure of the Surveillance should be determined and the appropriate channel(s) declared inoperable.

Only those appropriate channels that are required in the current MODE or condition should be declared inoperable.

A Frequency of 7 days is reasonable based on engineering judgment and the reliability of the IRMs and APRMs.SR 3.3.1.1.8 LPRM gain settings are determined from the local flux profiles that are either measured by the Traversing Incore Probe (TIP) System at all functional locations or calculated for TIP locations that are not functional.

The methodology used to develop the power distribution limits considers the uncertainty for both measured and calculated local flux profiles.

This methodology assumes that all the TIP locations are functional for the first LPRM calibration following a refueling outage, and a minimum of 25 functional TIP locations for subsequent LPRM calibrations.

The calibrated LPRMs establish the relative local flux profile for appropriate representative input to the APRM System. The 1000 MWD/MT Frequency is based on operating experience with LPRM sensitivity changes.SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.14 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-28 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.14 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS intended function.

The 92 day Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.9 is based on the reliability analysis of Reference 9.SR 3.3.1.1.9 is modified by a Note that provides a general exception to the definition of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. This exception is necessary because the design of instrumentation does not facilitate functional testing of all required contacts of the relay which input into the combinational logic. (Reference

10) Performance of such a test could result in a plant transient or place the plant in an undo risk situation.

Therefore, for this SR, the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST verifies acceptable response by verifying the change of state of the relay which inputs into the combinational logic. The required contacts not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST are tested under the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, SR 3.3.1.1.15.

This is acceptable because operating experience shows that the contacts not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST normally pass the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, and the testing methodology minimizes the risk of unplanned transients.

The 24 month Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.14 is based on the need to perform this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power. Operating experience has shown that these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.

SR 3.3.1.1.10, SR 3.3.1.1.11, SR 3.3.1.1.13, and SR 3.3.1.1.18 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION verifies that the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary range and accuracy.CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant specific setpoint methodology.

Note 1 for SR 3.3.1.1.18 states that neutron detectors are excluded from CHANNEL CALIBRATION because they are passive devices, with minimal drift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.Changes in neutron detector sensitivity are compensated for by performing the 7 day calorimetric calibration (SR 3.3.1.1.3) and the 2000 MWD/MT LPRM (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-29 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.10, SR 3.3.1.1.11, SR 3.3.1.1.13 and SR 3.3.1.1.18 REQUIREMENTS (continued) calibration against the TIPs (SR 3.3.1.1.8).

A Note is provided for SR 3.3.1.1.11 that requires the IRM SRs to be performed within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> of entering MODE 2 from MODE 1. Testing of the MODE 2 APRM and IRM Functions cannot be performed in MODE 1 without utilizing jumpers, lifted leads, or movable links. This Note allows entry into MODE 2 from MODE 1 if the associated Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2. Twelve hours is based on operating experience and in consideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SR.A second note is provided for SR 3.3.1.1.18 that requires that the recirculation flow (drive flow) transmitters, which supply the flow signal to the APRMs, be included in the SR for Functions 2.b and 2.f. The APRM Simulated Thermal Power-High Function (Function 2.b) and the OPRM Trip Function (Function 2.f) both require a valid drive flow signal. The APRM Simulated Thermal Power-High Function uses drive flow to vary the trip setpoint.

The OPRM Trip Function uses drive flow to automatically enable or bypass the OPRM Trip output to the RPS. A CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the APRM drive flow signal requires both calibrating the drive flow transmitters and the processing hardware in the APRM equipment.

SR 3.3.1.1.20 establishes a valid drive flow / core flow relationship.

Changes throughout the cycle in the drive flow / core flow relationship due to the changing thermal hydraulic operating conditions of the core are accounted for in the margins included in the bases or analyses used to establish the setpoints for the APRM Simulated Thermal Power-High Function and the OPRM Trip Function.The Frequency of 184 days for SR 3.3.1.1.11, 92 days for SR 3.3.1.1.12 and 24 months for SR 3.3.1.1.13 and SR 3.3.1.1.18 is based upon the assumptions in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-30 Revision 3 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.12 REQUIREMENTS A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.

For the APRM Functions, this test supplements the automatic self-test functions that operate continuously in the APRM and voter channels.

The scope of the APRM CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is that which is necessary to test the hardware.

Software controlled functions are tested as part of the initial verification and validation and are only incidentally tested as part of the surveillance testing. Automatic self-test functions check the EPROMs in which the software-controlled logic is defined.Changes in the EPROMs will be detected by the self-test function and alarmed via the APRM trouble alarm. SR 3.3.1.1.1 for the APRM functions includes a step to confirm that the automatic self-test function is still operating.

The APRM CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST covers the APRM channels (including recirculation flow processing

-- applicable to Function 2.b and the auto-enable portion of Function 2.f only), the 2-out-of-4 Voter channels, and the interface connections into the RPS trip systems from the voter channels.Any setpoint adjustment shall be consistent with the assumptions of the current plant specific setpoint methodology.

The 184-day Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.12 is based on the reliability analyses of References 15 and 16. (NOTE: The actual voting logic of the 2-out-of-4 Voter Function is tested as part of SR 3.3.1.1.15.

The auto-enable setpoints for the OPRM Trip are confirmed by SR 3.3.1.1.19.)

A Note is provided for Function 2.a that requires this SR to be performed within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> of entering MODE 2 from MODE 1. Testing of the MODE 2 APRM Function cannot be performed in MODE 1 without utilizing jumpers or lifted leads. This Note allows entry into MODE 2 from MODE 1 if the associated Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2.A second Note is provided for Functions 2.b and 2.f that clarifies that the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for Functions 2.b and 2.f. includes testing of the recirculation flow processing electronics, excluding the flow transmitters.

SR 3.3.1.1.15 The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates the OPERABILITY of the required trip logic for a specific channel. The functional testing of control rods (LCO 3.1.3), and SDV vent (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-30a Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.15 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS and drain valves (LCO 3.1.8), overlaps this Surveillance to provide complete testing of the assumed safety function.The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST for APRM Function 2.e simulates APRM and OPRM trip conditions at the 2-out-of-4 Voter channel inputs to check all combinations of two tripped inputs to the 2-out-of-4 logic in the voter channels and APRM-related redundant RPS relays.The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform portions of this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power. Operating experience has shown that these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.

SR 3.3.1.1.16 This SR ensures that scrams initiated from the Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Functions will not be inadvertently bypassed when THERMAL POWER is_> 26% RTP. This is performed by a Functional check that ensures the scram feature is not bypassed at _> 26% RTP. Because main turbine bypass flow can affect this function nonconservatively (THERMAL POWER is derived from turbine first stage pressure), the opening of the main turbine bypass valves must not cause the trip Function to be bypassed when Thermal Power is _> 26% RTP.If any bypass channel's trip function is nonconservative (i.e., the Functions are bypassed at > 26% RTP, either due to open main turbine bypass valve(s) or other reasons), then the affected Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low Functions are considered inoperable.

Alternatively, the bypass channel can be placed in the conservative condition (nonbypass).

If placed in the nonbypass condition, this SR is met and the channel is considered OPERABLE.The Frequency of 24 months is based on engineering judgment and reliability of the components.

SR 3.3.1.1.17 This SR ensures that the individual channel response times are less than or equal to the maximum values assumed in the accident analysis.

This test may be performed in one (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-31 Revision 4 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.17 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS measurement or in overlapping segments, with verification that all components are tested. The RPS RESPONSE TIME acceptance criteria are included in Reference 11.RPS RESPONSE TIME for the APRM 2-out-of-4 Voter Function (2.e)includes the APRM Flux Trip output relays and the OPRM Trip output relays of the voter and the associated RPS relays and contactors.(Note: The digital portion of the APRM, OPRM and 2-out-of-4 Voter channels are excluded from RPS RESPONSE TIME testing because self-testing and calibration checks the time base of the digital electronics.

Confirmation of the time base is adequate to assure required response times are met. Neutron detectors are excluded from RPS RESPONSE TIME testing because the principles of detector operation virtually ensure an instantaneous response time. See References 12 and 13).RPS RESPONSE TIME tests are conducted on an 24 month STAGGERED TEST BASIS. Note 3 requires STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency to be determined based on 4 channels per trip system, in lieu of the 8 channels specified in Table 3.3.1.1-1 for the MSIV Closure Function because channels are arranged in pairs.This Frequency is based on the logic interrelationships of the various channels required to produce an RPS scram signal. The 24 month Frequency is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle and is based upon plant operating experience, which shows that random failures of instrumentation components causing serious response time degradation, but not channel failure, are infrequent occurrences.

SR 3.3.1.1.17 for Function 2.e confirms the response time of that function, and also confirms the response time of components to Function 2.e and other RPS functions. (Reference 14)Note 3 allows the STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency for Function 2.e to be determined based on 8 channels rather than the 4 actual 2-out-of-4 Voter channels.

The redundant outputs from the 2-out-of-4 Voter channel (2 for APRM trips and 2 for OPRM trips) are considered part of the same channel, but the OPRM and APRM outputs are considered to be separate channels for application of SR 3.3.1.1.17, so N = 8. The note further requires that testing of OPRM and APRM outputs from a 2-out-of-4 Voter be alternated.

In addition to these commitments, References 15 and 16 require that the testing of inputs to each RPS Trip System alternate.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-32 Revision 5 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.17 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS Combining these frequency requirements, an acceptable test sequence is one that: a. Tests each RPS Trip System interface every other cycle, b. Alternates the testing of APRM and OPRM outputs from any specific 2-out-of-4 Voter Channel c. Alternates between divisions at least every other test cycle.The testing sequence shown in the table below is one sequence that satisfies these requirements.

Function 2.e Testing Sequence for SR 3.3.1.1.17"Staggering" 24- Voter Month Output Voter Al Voter A2 Voter B1 Voter RPS Trip Cycle Tested Output Output Output B2 System Division I I jOutput 1st OPRM Al OPRM A 1 2nd APRM B1 APRM B 1 3rd OPRM A2 OPRM A 2 4th APRM B2 APRM B 2 5th APRM A1 APRM A 1 6th OPRM B1 OPRM B 1 7th APRM A2 APRM A 2 8th OPRM B2 OPRM B 2 After 8 cycles, the sequence repeats.Each test of an OPRM or APRM output tests each of the redundant outputs from the 2-out-of-4 Voter channel for that Function and each of the corresponding relays in the RPS. Consequently, each of the RPS relays is tested every fourth cycle. The RPS relay testing frequency is twice the frequency justified by References 15 and 16.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-32a Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.19 REQUIREMENTS This surveillance involves confirming the OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoints.

The auto-enable setpoint values are considered to be nominal values as discussed in Reference

21. This surveillance ensures that the OPRM Trip is enabled (not bypassed) for the correct values of APRM Simulated Thermal Power and recirculation drive flow. Other surveillances ensure that the APRM Simulated Thermal Power and recirculation drive flow properly correlate with THERMAL POWER (SR 3.3.1.1.2) and core flow (SR 3.3.1.1.20), respectively.

If any auto-enable setpoint is nonconservative (i.e., the OPRM Trip is bypassed when APRM Simulated Thermal Power 25% and recirculation drive flow < value equivalent to the core flow value defined in the COLR, then the affected channel is considered inoperable for the OPRM Trip Function.

Alternatively, the OPRM Trip auto-enable setpoint(s) may be adjusted to place the channel in a conservative condition (not bypassed).

If the OPRM Trip is placed in the not-bypassed condition, this SR is met, and the channel is considered OPERABLE.For purposes of this surveillance, consistent with Reference 21, the conversion from core flow values defined in the COLR to drive flow values used for this SR can be conservatively determined by a linear scaling assuming that 100% drive flow corresponds to 100 MIb/hr core flow, with no adjustment made for expected deviations between core flow and drive flow below 100%.The Frequency of 24 months is based on engineering judgment and reliability of the components.

SR 3.3.1.1.20 The APRM Simulated Thermal Power-High Function (Function 2.b) uses drive flow to vary the trip setpoint.

The OPRM Trip Function (Function 2.f)uses drive flow to automatically enable or bypass the OPRM Trip output to RPS. Both of these Functions use drive flow as a representation of reactor core flow. SR 3.3.1.1.18 ensures that the drive flow transmitters and processing electronics are calibrated.

This SR adjusts the recirculation drive flow scaling factors in each APRM channel to provide the appropriate drive flow/core flow alignment.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-32b Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.1.1.20 The Frequency of 24 months considers that any change in the core flow to drive flow functional relationship during power operation would be gradual and the maintenance of the Recirculation System and core components that may impact the relationship is expected to be performed during refueling outages. This frequency also considers the period after reaching plant equilibrium conditions necessary to perform the test, engineering judgment of the time required to collect and analyze the necessary flow data, and engineering judgment of the time required to enter and check the applicable scaling factors in each of the APRM channels.

This timeframe is acceptable based on the relatively small alignment errors expected, and the margins already included in the APRM Simulated Thermal Power -High and OPRM Trip Function trip -enable setpoints.

REFERENCES

1. FSAR, Figure 7.2-1.2. Final Policy Statement on Technical Specifications Improvements, July 22, 1993 (58 FR 39132).3. NEDO-23842, "Continuous Control Rod Withdrawal in the Startup Range," April 18, 1978.4. FSAR, Section 5.2.2.5. FSAR, Chapter 15.6. FSAR, Section 6.3.3..(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-32c Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES REFERENCES

7. Not used.(continued)
8. P. Check (NRC) letter to G. Lainas (NRC), "BWR Scram Discharge System Safety Evaluation," December 1, 1980.9. NEDO-30851-P-A, "Technical Specification Improvement Analyses for BWR Reactor Protection System," March 1988.10. NRC Inspection and Enforcement Manual, Part 9900: Technical Guidance, Standard Technical Specification 1.0 Definitions, Issue date 12/08/86.11. FSAR, Table 7.3-28.12. NEDO-32291A "System Analyses for Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements," October 1995.13. NRC Safety Evaluation Report related to Amendment No. 171 for License No. NPF 14 and Amendment No. 144 for License No. NPF 22.14. NEDO-32291-A Supplement 1 "System Analyses for the Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements," October 1999.15. NEDC-32410P-A, "Nuclear Measurement Analysis and Control Power Range Neutron Monitor (NUMAC PRNM) Retrofit Plus Option III Stability Trip Function," October 1995.16. NEDC-32410P-A Supplement 1, "Nuclear Measurement Analysis and Control Power Range Neutron Monitor (NUMAC PRNM) Retrofit Plus Option III Stability Trip Function," November 1997.17. NEDO-31960-A, "BWR Owners' Group Long-Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology," November 1995.18. NEDO-31960-A, Supplement 1, "BWR Owners' Group Long-Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology," November 1995.19. NEDO-32465-A, "BWR Owners' Group Long-Term Stability Detect and Suppress Solutions Licensing Basis Methodology and Reload Applications," August 1996.SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-33 Revision 5 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES REFERENCES (continued)

20. BWROG Letter BWROG 9479, L. A. England (BWROG) to M. J. Virgilio, "BWR Owners' Group Guidelines for Stability Interim Corrective Action," June 6, 1994.21. BWROG Letter BWROG 96113, K. P. Donovan (BWROG)to L. E. Phillips (NRC), "Guidelines for Stability Option III'Enable Region' (TAC M92882)," September 17,1996.22. EMF-CC-074(P)(A), Volume 4, "BWR Stability Analysis: Assessment of STAIF with Input from MICROBURN-B2." 23. GE Letter to PPL, GE-2005-EMC426, "Susquehanna 1 & 2 Minimum LPRM Input Requirement for NUMAC APRM 4-Channel Design," April 26, 2005.SUSQUEHANNA

-- UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-33a Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 Table B 3.3.1.1-1 (page 1 of 1)RPS Instrumentation Sensor Diversity Scram Sensors for Initiating Events RPV Variables Anticipatory Fuel Initiation Events (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) M (g)MSIV Closure X X X X Turbine Trip (w/bypass)

X X X X Generator Trip (w/bypass)

X X X Pressure Regulator Failure (primary X X X X X pressure decrease) (MSIV closure trip)Pressure Regulator Failure (primary X X X pressure decrease) (Level 8 trip)Pressure Regulator Failure (primary X X pressure increase)Feedwater Controller Failure (high X X X X reactor water level)Feedwater Controller Failure (low X X X reactor water level)Loss of Condenser Vacuum X X X X Loss of AC Power (loss of transformer)

X X X X Loss of AC Power (loss of grid X X X X X X connections)(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure-High Reactor Vessel Water Level-High, Level 8 Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure Turbine Stop Valve-Closure Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure Average Power Range Monitor Neutron Flux-High SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-34 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.6.1 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND The primary containment isolation instrumentation automatically initiates closure of appropriate primary containment isolation valves (PCIVs). The function of the PCIVs, in combination with other accident mitigation systems, is to limit fission product release during and following postulated Design Basis Accidents (DBAs). Primary containment isolation within the time limits specified for those isolation valves designed to close automatically ensures that the release of radioactive material to the environment will be consistent with the assumptions used in the analyses for a DBA.The isolation instrumentation includes the sensors, relays, and instruments that are necessary to cause initiation of primary containment and reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) isolation.

When the setpoint is reached, the sensor actuates, which then outputs an isolation signal to the isolation logic. Functional diversity is provided by monitoring a wide range of independent parameters.

The input parameters to the isolation logics are (a) reactor vessel water level, (b) area ambient and emergency cooler temperatures, (c) main steam line (MSL) flow measurement, (d) Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System initiation, (e) condenser vacuum, (f) main steam line pressure, (g) high pressure coolant injection (HPCI) and reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) steam line A pressure, (h) SGTS Exhaust radiation, (i) HPCI and RCIC steam line pressure, (j) HPCI and RCIC turbine exhaust diaphragm pressure, (k) reactor water cleanup (RWCU) differential flow and high flow, (I) reactor steam dome pressure, and (m) drywell pressure.

Redundant sensor input signals from each parameter are provided for initiation of isolation.

The only exception is SLC System initiation.

In addition, manual isolation of the logics is provided.Primary containment isolation instrumentation has inputs to the trip logic of the isolation functions listed below.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-147 Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES BACKGROUND

1. Main Steam Line Isolation (continued)

Most MSL Isolation Functions receive inputs from four channels.

The outputs from these channels are combined in a one-out-of-two taken twice logic to initiate isolation of all main steam isolation valves (MSIVs).The outputs from the same channels are arranged into two two-out-of-two logic trip systems to isolate all MSL drain valves. The MSL drain line has two isolation valves with one two-out-of-two logic system associated with each valve.The exceptions to this arrangement are the Main Steam Line Flow-High Function.

The Main Steam Line Flow-High Function uses 16 flow channels, four for each steam line. One channel from each steam line inputs to one of the four trip strings. Two trip strings make up each trip system and both trip systems must trip to cause an MSL isolation.

Each trip string has four inputs (one per MSL), any one of which will trip the trip string. The trip strings are arranged in a one-out-of-two taken twice logic. This is effectively a one-out-of-eight taken twice logic arrangement to initiate isolation of the MSIVs. Similarly, the 16 flow channels are connected into two two-out-of-two logic trip systems (effectively, two one-out-of-four twice logic), with each trip system isolating one of the two MSL drain valves.2. Primary Containment Isolation Most Primary Containment Isolation Functions receive inputs from four channels.

The outputs from these channels are arranged into two two-out-of-two logic trip systems. One trip system initiates isolation of all inboard primary containment isolation valves, while the other trip system initiates isolation of all outboard primary containment isolation valves.Each logic closes one of the two valves on each penetration, so that operation of either logic isolates the penetration.

The exceptions to this arrangement are as follows. Hydrogen and Oxygen Analyzers which isolate Division I Analyzer on a Division I isolation signal, and Division II Analyzer on a Division II isolation signal.This is to ensure monitoring capability is not lost. Chilled Water to recirculation pumps and Liquid Radwaste Collection System isolation valves (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-148 Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES BACKGROUND

2. Primary Containment Isolation (continued) where both inboard and outboard valves will isolate on either division providing the isolation signal. Traversing incore probe ball valves and the instrument gas to the drywell to suppression chamber vacuum breakers only have one isolation valve and receives a signal from only one division.3., 4. High Pressure Coolant Iniection System Isolation and Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System Isolation Most Functions that isolate HPCI and RCIC receive input from two channels, with each channel in one trip system using a one-out-of-one logic. Each of the two trip systems in each isolation group is connected to one of the two valves on each associated penetration.

The exceptions are the HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High and Steam Supply Line Pressure-Low Functions.

These Functions receive inputs from four turbine exhaust diaphragm pressure and four steam supply pressure channels for each system. The outputs from the turbine exhaust diaphragm pressure and steam supply pressure channels are each connected to two two-out-of-two trip systems. Each trip system isolates one valve per associated penetration.

5. Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Isolation Function receives input from four reactor vessel water level channels.

The outputs from the reactor vessel water level channels are connected into two two-out-of-two trip systems. The Differential Flow-High, Flow-High, and SLC System Initiation Functions receive input from two channels, with each channel in one trip system using a one-out-of-one logic. The temperature isolations are divided into three Functions.

These Functions are Pump Area, Penetration Area, and Heat Exchanger Area.Each area is monitored by two temperature monitors, one for each trip system. These are configured so that any one input will trip the associated trip system. Each of the two trip systems is connected to one of the two valves on each RWCU penetration.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-149 Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES BACKGROUND

6. Shutdown Cooling System Isolation (continued)

The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function receives input from four reactor vessel water level channels.

The outputs from the reactor vessel water level channels are connected to two two-out-of-two trip systems. The Reactor Vessel Pressure-High Function receives input from two channels, with each channel in one trip system using a one-out-of-one logic. Each of the two trip systems is connected to one of the two valves on each shutdown cooling penetration.

7. Traversing Incore Probe System Isolation The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Isolation Function receives input from two reactor vessel water level channels.

The Drywell Pressure-High Isolation Function receives input from two drywell pressure channels.

The outputs from the reactor vessel water level channels and drywell pressure channels are connected into one two-out-of-two logic trip system.When either Isolation Function actuates, the TIP drive mechanisms will withdraw the TIPs, if inserted, and close the inboard TIP System isolation ball valves when the proximity probe senses the TIPs are withdrawn into the shield. The TIP System isolation ball valves are only open when the TIP System is in use. The outboard TIP System isolation valves are manual shear valves.APPLICABLE The isolation signals generated by the primary containment isolation SAFETY instrumentation are implicitly assumed in the safety analyses of ANALYSES, References 1 and 2 to initiate closure of valves to limit offsite doses.LCO, and Refer to LCO 3.6.1.3, "Primary Containment Isolation Valves (PCIVs)," APPLICABILITY Applicable Safety Analyses Bases for more detail of the safety analyses.Primary containment isolation instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement. (Ref. 8) Certain instrumentation Functions are retained for other reasons and are described below in the individual Functions discussion.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-150 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued)

The OPERABILITY of the primary containment instrumentation is dependent on the OPERABILITY of the individual instrumentation channel Functions specified in Table 3.3.6.1-1.

Each Function must have a required number of OPERABLE channels, with their setpoints within the specified Allowable Values, where appropriate.

A channel is inoperable if its actual trip setpoint is not within its required Allowable Value. The actual setpoint is calibrated consistent with applicable setpoint methodology assumptions.

Each channel must also respond within its assumed response time, where appropriate.

Allowable Values are specified for each Primary Containment Isolation Function specified in the Table. Nominal trip setpoints are specified in the setpoint calculations.

The nominal setpoints are selected to ensure that the setpoints do not exceed the Allowable Value between CHANNEL CALIBRATIONS.

Operation with a trip setpoint less conservative than the nominal trip setpoint, but within its Allowable Value, is acceptable.

Trip setpoints are those predetermined values of output at which an action should take place. The setpoints are compared to the actual process parameter (e.g., reactor vessel water level), and when the measured output value of the process parameter reaches the setpoint, the associated device changes state. The analytic limits are derived from the limiting values of the process parameters obtained from the safety analysis.

The Allowable Values are derived from the analytic limits, corrected for calibration, process, and some of the instrument errors. The trip setpoints are then determined accounting for the remaining instrument errors (e.g., drift). The trip setpoints derived in this manner provide adequate protection because instrumentation uncertainties, process effects, calibration tolerances, instrument drift, and severe environment errors (for channels that must function in harsh environments as defined by 10 CFR 50.49) are accounted for.In general, the individual Functions are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3 consistent with the Applicability for LCO 3.6.1.1,"Primary Containment." Functions that have different Applicabilities are discussed below in the individual Functions discussion.

The specific Applicable Safety Analyses, LCO, and Applicability discussions are listed below on a Function by Function basis.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-151 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE The penetrations which are isolated by the below listed functions can be SAFETY determined by referring to the PCIV Table found in the Bases of LCO ANALYSES, 3.6.1.3, "Primary Containment Isolation Valves." LCO, and APPLICABILITY Main Steam Line Isolation (continued) l.a. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Low reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage could result. Therefore, isolation of the MSIVs and other interfaces with the reactor vessel occurs to prevent offsite dose limits from being exceeded.

The Reactor Vessel Water Level--Low Low Low, Level 1 Function is one of the many Functions assumed to be OPERABLE and capable of providing isolation signals. The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Function associated with isolation is assumed in the analysis of the recirculation line break (Ref. 1). The isolation of the MSLs on Level 1 supports actions to ensure that offsite dose limits are not exceeded for a DBA.Reactor vessel water level signals are initiated from four level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Allowable Value is chosen to be the same as the ECCS Level 1 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1) to ensure that the MSLs isolate on a potential loss of coolant accident (LOCA) to prevent offsite and control room doses from exceeding regulatory limits.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-152 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) l.b. Main Steam Line Pressure-Low Low MSL pressure indicates that there may be a problem with the turbine pressure regulation, which could result in a low reactor vessel water level condition and the RPV cooling down more than 100°F/hr if the pressure loss is allowed to continue.

The Main Steam Line Pressure-Low Function is directly assumed in the analysis of the pressure regulator failure (Ref. 2). For this event, the closure of the MSIVs ensures that the RPV temperature change limit (100°F/hr) is not reached. In addition, this Function supports actions to ensure that Safety Limit 2.1.1.1 is not exceeded. (This Function closes the MSIVs prior to pressure decreasing below 785 psig, which results in a scram due to MSIV closure, thus reducing reactor power to < 23% RTP.)The MSL low pressure signals are initiated from four instruments that are connected to the MSL header. The instruments are arranged such that, even though physically separated from each other, each instrument is able to detect low MSL pressure.

Four channels of Main Steam Line Pressure-Low Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Main Steam Line Pressure-Low trip will only occur after a 500 milli-second time delay to prevent any spurious isolations.

The Allowable Value was selected to be high enough to prevent excessive RPV depressurization.

The Main Steam Line Pressure-Low Function is only required to be OPERABLE in MODE 1 since this is when the assumed transient can occur (Ref. 2).1.c. Main Steam Line Flow-Hiqh Main Steam Line Flow-High is provided to detect a break of the MSL and to initiate closure of the MSIVs. If the steam were allowed to continue flowing out of the break, the reactor would depressurize and the core could uncover. If the RPV water level decreases too far, fuel damage could occur. Therefore, the isolation is initiated on high flow to prevent or minimize core damage. The Main Steam Line Flow-High Function is (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-153 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 1.c. Main Steam Line Flow-HiQh (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, directly assumed in the analysis of the main steam line break (MSLB)LCO, and (Ref. 1). The isolation action, along with the scram function of the APPLICABILITY Reactor Protection System (RPS), ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46 and offsite and control room doses do not exceed regulatory limits.The MSL flow signals are initiated from 16 instruments that are connected to the four MSLs. The instruments are arranged such that, even though physically separated from each other, all four connected to one MSL would be able to detect the high flow. Four channels of Main Steam Line Flow-High Function for each unisolated MSL (two channels per trip system) are available and are required to be OPERABLE so that no single instrument failure will preclude detecting a break in any individual MSL.1.d. Condenser Vacuum-Low The Allowable Value is chosen to ensure that offsite dose limits are not exceeded due to the break.The Condenser Vacuum-Low Function is provided to prevent overpressurization of the main condenser in the event of a loss of the main condenser vacuum. Since the integrity of the condenser is an assumption in offsite dose calculations, the Condenser Vacuum-Low Function is assumed to be OPERABLE and capable of initiating closure of the MSIVs. The closure of the MSIVs is initiated to prevent the addition of steam that would lead to additional condenser pressurization and possible rupture of the diaphragm installed to protect the turbine exhaust hood, thereby preventing a potential radiation leakage path following an accident.Condenser vacuum pressure signals are derived from four pressure instruments that sense the pressure in the condenser.

Four channels of Condenser Vacuum-Low Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-154 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 1.d. Condenser Vacuum-Low (continued)

The Allowable Value is chosen to prevent damage to the condenser due to pressurization, thereby ensuring its integrity for offsite dose analysis.As noted (footnote (a) to Table 3.3.6.1-1), the channels are not required to be OPERABLE in MODES 2 and 3 when all main turbine stop valves (TSVs) are closed, since the potential for condenser overpressurization is minimized.

Switches are provided to manually bypass the channels when all TSVs are closed.1.e. Reactor Buildinq Main Steam Tunnel Temperature-Hiqh Reactor Building Main Steam Tunnel temperature is provided to detect a leak in the RCPB and provides diversity to the high flow instrumentation.

The isolation occurs when a very small leak has occurred.

If the small leak is allowed to continue without isolation, offsite dose limits may be reached. However, credit for these instruments is not taken in any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR, since bounding analyses are performed for large breaks, such as MSLBs.Area temperature signals are initiated from thermocouples located in the area being monitored.

Four channels of Reactor Building Main Steam Tunnel Temperature-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The reactor building main steam tunnel temperature trip will only occur after a one second time delay.The temperature monitoring Allowable Value is chosen to detect a leak equivalent to approximately 25 gpm of water.1.f. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into the MSL isolation logic that are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.

There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit for this Function.

It is retained for the overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-155 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 1.f. Manual Initiation (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, There are four push buttons for the logic, two manual initiation push LCO, and button per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Function APPLICABILITY since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of Manual Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, since these are the MODES in which the MSL isolation automatic Functions are required to be OPERABLE.Primary Containment Isolation 2.a. Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

The valves whose penetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.The isolation of the primary containment on Level 3 supports actions to ensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.

The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function associated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 signals are initiated from level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value was chosen to be the same as the RPS Level 3 scram Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.1.1), since isolation of these valves is not critical to orderly plant shutdown.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-156 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 2.b. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low. Level 2 Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

The valves whose penetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.The isolation of the primary containment on Level 2 supports actions to ensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.

The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function associated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 signals are initiated from level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Allowable Value was chosen to be the same as the ECCS Level 2 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1), since this may be indicative of a LOCA.2.c. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level I Low reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage could result. The valves whose penetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.

The isolation of the primary containment on Level 1 supports actions to ensure the offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.

The Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low Low Low, Level 1 Function associated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-157 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 2.c. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 (continued)

Reactor vessel water level signals are initiated from four level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low Low, Level 1 Allowable Value is chosen to be the same as the ECCS Level 1 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1) to ensure that the associated penetrations isolate on a potential loss of coolant accident (LOCA) to prevent offsite and control room doses from exceeding regulatory limits.2.d. Drvwell Pressure-Hiah High drywell pressure can indicate a break in the RCPB inside the primary containment.

The isolation of some of the primary containment isolation valves on high drywell pressure supports actions to ensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.

The Drywell Pressure-High Function, associated with isolation of the primary containment, is implicitly assumed in the FSAR accident analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.High drywell pressure signals are initiated from pressure instruments that sense the pressure in the drywell. Four channels of Drywell Pressure-High per Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Allowable Value was selected to be the same as the ECCS Drywell Pressure-High Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1), since this may be indicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-158 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 2.e. SGTS Exhaust Radiation-Hiah High SGTS Exhaust radiation indicates possible gross failure of the fuel cladding.

Therefore, when SGTS Exhaust Radiation High is detected, an isolation is initiated to limit the release of fission products.

However, this Function is not assumed in any accident or transient analysis in the FSAR because other leakage paths (e.g., MSIVs) are more limiting.The SGTS Exhaust radiation signals are initiated from radiation detectors that are located in the SGTS Exhaust. Two channels of SGTS Exhaust Radiation-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Allowable Value is low enough to promptly detect gross failures in the fuel cladding.2.f. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into the primary containment isolation logic that are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.

There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit for this Function.

It is retained for overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.There are two push buttons for the logic, one manual initiation push button per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Function since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of the Manual Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, since these are the MODES in which the Primary Containment Isolation automatic Functions are required to be OPERABLE.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-159 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued)

High Pressure Coolant Injection and Reactor Core Isolation Coolinq Systems Isolation 3.a., 4.a. HPCI and RCIC Steam Line A Pressure-Hicih Steam Line A Pressure High Functions are provided to detect a break of the RCIC or HPCI steam lines and initiate closure of the steam line isolation valves of the appropriate system. If the steam is allowed to continue flowing out of the break, the reactor will depressurize and the core can uncover. Therefore, the isolations are initiated on high flow to prevent or minimize core damage. The isolation action, along with the scram function of the RPS, ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46. Specific credit for these Functions is not assumed in any FSAR accident analyses since the bounding analysis is performed for large breaks such as recirculation and MSL breaks. However, these instruments prevent the RCIC or HPCI steam line breaks from becoming bounding.The HPCI and RCIC Steam Line A Pressure -High signals are initiated from instruments (two for HPCI and two for RCIC) that are connected to the system steam lines. Two channels of both HPCI and RCIC Steam Line A pressure-High Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The steam line A Pressure -High will only occur after a 3 second time delay to prevent any spurious isolations.

The Allowable Values are chosen to be low enough to ensure that the trip occurs to prevent fuel damage and maintains the MSLB event as the bounding event, and high enough to be above the maximum transient steam flow during system startup.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-160 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 3.b., 4.b. HPCI and RCIC Steam Supply Line A Pressure-Low Low MSL pressure indicates that the pressure of the steam in the HPCI or RCIC turbine may be too low to continue operation of the associated system's turbine. These isolations are for equipment protection and are not assumed in any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR.However, they also provide a diverse signal to indicate a possible system break. These instruments are included in Technical Specifications (TS) because of the potential for risk due to possible failure of the instruments preventing HPCI and RCIC initiations (Ref. 3).The HPCI and RCIC Steam Supply Line Pressure-Low signals are initiated from instruments (four for HPCI and four for RCIC) that are connected to the system steam line. Four channels of both HPCI and RCIC Steam Supply Line Pressure-Low Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Allowable Values are selected to be high enough to prevent damage to the system's turbine.3.c., 4.c. HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High High turbine exhaust diaphragm pressure indicates that a release of steam into the associated compartment is possible.

That is, one of two exhaust diaphragms has ruptured.

These isolations are to prevent steam from entering the associated compartment and are not assumed in any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR. These instruments are included in the TS because of the potential for risk due to possible failure of the instruments preventing HPCI and RCIC initiations (Ref. 3).The HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphram Pressure-High signals and initiated from instruments (four for HPCI and four for RCIC) that are connected to the area between the rupture diaphragms on each system's turbine exhaust line. Four channels of both HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-161 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 3.c., 4.c. HPCI and RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure-High (continued)

The Allowable Values is low enough to identify a high turbine exhaust pressure condition resulting from a diaphragm rupture, or a leak in the diaphragm adjacent to the exhaust line and high enough to prevent inadvertent system isolation.

3.d., 4.d. Drvwell Pressure-Hiqh High drywell pressure can indicate a break in the RCPB. The HPCI and RCIC isolation of the turbine exhaust vacuum breaker line is provided to prevent communication with the wetwell when high drywell pressure exists. A potential leakage path exists via the turbine exhaust. The isolation is delayed until the system becomes unavailable for injection (i.e., low steam supply line pressure).

The isolation of the HPCI and RCIC turbine exhaust vacuum breaker line by Drywell Pressure-High is indirectly assumed in the FSAR accident analysis because the turbine exhaust vacuum breaker line leakage path is not assumed to contribute to offsite doses and is provided for long term containment isolation.

High drywell pressure signals are initiated from pressure instruments that sense the pressure in the drywell. Four channels of both HPCI and RCIC Drywell Pressure-High Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The Allowable Value was selected to be the same as the ECCS Drywell Pressure-High Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1), since this is indicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-162 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BAS ES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 3.e., 3.f., 3.q., 4.e., 4.f., 4.q., HPCI and RCIC Area and Emergency Cooler Temperature-High HPCI and RCIC Area and Emergency Cooler temperatures are provided to detect a leak from the associated system steam piping. The isolation occurs when a small leak has occurred and is diverse to the high flow instrumentation.

If the small leak is allowed to continue Without isolation, offsite dose limits may be reached. These Functions are not assumed in any FSAR transient or accident analysis, since bounding analyses are performed for large breaks such as recirculation or MSL breaks.Area and Emergency Cooler Temperature-High signals are initiated from thermocouples that are appropriately located to protect the system that is being monitored.

Two Instruments monitor each area. Two channels for each HPCI and RCIC Area and Emergency Cooler Temperature-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The HPCI and RCIC Pipe Routing area temperature trips will only occur after a 15 minute time delay to prevent any spurious temperature isolations due to short temperature increases and allows operators sufficient time to determine which system is leaking. The other ambient temperature trips will only occur after a one second time delay to prevent any spurious temperature isolations.

The Allowable Values are set low enough to detect a leak equivalent to 25 gpm, and high enough to avoid trips at expected operating temperature.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-163 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 3.h.. 4.h. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into the HPCI and RCIC systems' isolation logics that are redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.

There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit for these Functions.

They are retained for overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis There is one manual initiation push button for each of the HPCI and RCIC systems. One isolation pushbutton per system will introduce an isolation to one of the two trip systems. There is no Allowable Value for these Functions, since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of both HPCI and RCIC Manual Initiation Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3 since these are the MODES in which the HPCI and RCIC systems'Isolation automatic Functions are required to be OPERABLE.Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation 5.a. RWCU Differential Flow-Hiah The high differential flow signal is provided to detect a break in the RWCU System. This will detect leaks in the RWCU System when area temperature would not provide detection (i.e., a cold leg break). Should the reactor coolant continue to flow out of the break, offsite dose limits may be exceeded.

Therefore, isolation of the RWCU System is initiated when high differential flow is sensed to prevent exceeding offsite doses.A 45 second time delay is provided to prevent spurious trips during most RWCU operational transients.

This Function is not assumed in any FSAR transient or accident analysis, since bounding analyses are performed for large breaks such as MSLBs.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-164 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 5.a. RWCU Differential Flow-High (continued)

The high differential flow signals are initiated from instruments that are connected to the inlet (from the recirculation suction) and outlets (to condenser and feedwater) of the RWCU System. Two channels of Differential Flow-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure downstream of the common summer can preclude the isolation function.The Differential Flow-High Allowable Value ensures that a break of the RWCU piping is detected.5.b, 5.c, 5.d RWCU Area Temperatures-High RWCU area temperatures are provided to detect a leak from the RWCU System. The isolation occurs even when small leaks have occurred and is diverse to the high differential flow instrumentation for the hot portions of the RWCU System. If the small leak continues without isolation, offsite dose limits may be reached. Credit for these instruments is not taken in any transient or accident analysis in the FSAR, since bounding analyses are performed for large breaks such as recirculation or MSL breaks.Area temperature signals are initiated from temperature elements that are located in the area that is being monitored.

Six thermocouples provide input to the Area Temperature-High Function (two per area). Six channels are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The area temperature trip will only occur after a one second time to prevent any spurious temperature isolations.

The Area Temperature-High Allowable Values are set low enough to detect a leak equivalent to 25 gpm.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-165 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 5.e. SLC System Initiation SAFETY ANALYSES, The isolation of the RWCU System is required when the SLC System LCO, and has been initiated to prevent dilution and removal of the boron solution APPLICABILITY by the RWCU System (Ref. 4). SLC System initiation signals are (continued) initiated from the two SLC pump start signals...

There is no Allowable Value associated with this Function since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the SLC System initiation switch.Two channels (one from each pump) of the SLC System Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE only in MODES 1, 2, and 3 which is consistent with the Applicability for the SLC System (LCO 3.1.7).As noted (footnote (b) to Table 3.3.6.1-1), this Function is only required to close the outboard RWCU isolation valve trip systems.5.f. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage could result. Therefore, isolation of some interfaces with the reactor vessel occurs to isolate the potential sources of a break. The isolation of the RWCU System on Level 2 supports actions to ensure that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function associated with RWCU isolation is not directly assumed in the FSAR safety analyses because the RWCU System line break is bounded by breaks of larger systems (recirculation and MSL breaks are more limiting).

Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 signals are initiated from four level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels of (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-166 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 5.f. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Function are available LCO, and and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument APPLICABILITY failure can preclude the isolation function.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Allowable Value was chosen to be the same as the ECCS Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1), since the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

5.q. RWCU Flow -High RWCU Flow-High Function is provided to detect a break of the RWCU System. Should the reactor coolant continue to flow out of the break, offsite dose limits may be exceeded.

Therefore, isolation is initiated on high flow to prevent or minimize core damage. The isolation action, along with the scram function of the RPS, ensures that the fuel peak cladding temperature remains below the limits of 10 CFR 50.46.Specific credit for this Function is not assumed in any FSAR accident analyses since the bounding analysis is performed for large breaks such as recirculation and MSL breaks.The RWCU Flow-High signals are initiated from two instruments.

Two channels of RWCU Flow-High Functions are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.The RWCU flow trip will only occur after a 5 second time delay to prevent spurious trips.The Allowable Value is chosen to be low enough to ensure that the trip occurs to prevent fuel damage and maintains the MSLB event as the bounding event.5.h. Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals into the RWCU System isolation logic that are redundant to (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-167 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 5.h. Manual Initiation (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation LCO, and capability.

There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit APPLICABILITY for this Function.

It is retained for overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.There are two push buttons for the logic, one manual initiation push button per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Function, since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of the Manual Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3 since these are the MODES in which the RWCU System Isolation automatic Functions are required to be OPERABLE.Shutdown Cooling System Isolation 6.a. Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High The Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High Function is provided to isolate the shutdown cooling portion of the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) System. This interlock is provided only for equipment protection to prevent an intersystem LOCA scenario, and credit for the interlock is not assumed in the accident or transient analysis in the FSAR.The Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High signals are initiated from two instruments.

Two channels of Reactor Steam Dome Pressure-High Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.

The Function is only required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, since these are the only MODES in which the reactor can be pressurized with the exception of Special Operations LCO 3.10.1; thus, equipment protection is needed. The Allowable Value was chosen to be low enough to protect the system equipment from overpressurization.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-168 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY (continued) 6.b.- Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

Should RPV water level decrease too far, fuel damage could result. Therefore, isolation of some reactor vessel interfaces occurs to begin isolating the potential sources of a break. The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function associated with RHR Shutdown Cooling System isolation is not directly assumed in safety analyses because a break of the RHR Shutdown Cooling System is bounded by breaks of the recirculation and MSL.The RHR Shutdown Cooling System isolation on Level 3 supports actions to ensure that the RPV water level does not drop below the top of the active fuel during a vessel draindown event caused by a leak (e.g., pipe break or inadvertent valve opening) in the RHR Shutdown Cooling System.Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 signals are initiated from four level instruments that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Four channels (two channels per trip system) of the Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.

As noted (footnote (c) to Table 3.3.6.1-1), only two channels of the Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 4 and 5 (and must input into the same trip system), provided the RHR Shutdown Cooling System integrity is maintained.

System integrity is maintained provided the piping is intact and no maintenance is being performed that has the potential for draining the reactor vessel through the system.The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value was chosen to be the same as the RPS Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.1.1), since the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

The Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 Function is only required to be OPERABLE in MODES 3, 4, and 5 to prevent this potential flow path from lowering the reactor vessel level to the top of the fuel.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-169 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE 6.b. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low, Level 3 (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, In MODES 1 and 2, another isolation (i.e., Reactor Steam Dome LCO, and Pressure-High) and administrative controls ensure that this flow path APPLICABILITY remains isolated to prevent unexpected loss of inventory via this flow path.6.c Manual Initiation The Manual Initiation push button channels introduce signals to RHR Shutdown Cooling System isolation logic that is redundant to the automatic protective instrumentation and provide manual isolation capability.

There is no specific FSAR safety analysis that takes credit for this Function.

It is retained for overall redundancy and diversity of the isolation function as required by the NRC in the plant licensing basis.There are two push buttons for the logic, one manual initiation push button per trip system. There is no Allowable Value for this Function since the channels are mechanically actuated based solely on the position of the push buttons.Two channels of the Manual Initiation Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 3, 4, and 5, since these are the MODES in which the RHR Shutdown Cooling System Isolation automatic Function are required to be OPERABLE.Traversinq Incore Probe System Isolation 7.a Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

The valves whose penetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.The isolation of the primary containment on Level 3 supports actions to ensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.

The Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Function associated with isolation is implicitly assumed in the FSAR analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-170 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES, LCO, and APPLICABILITY 7.a Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 (continued)

Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 signals are initiated from level transmitters that sense the difference between the pressure due to a constant column of water (reference leg) and the pressure due to the actual water level (variable leg) in the vessel. Two channels of Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can initiate an inadvertent isolation actuation.

The isolation function is ensured by the manual shear valve in each penetration.

The Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low, Level 3 Allowable Value was chosen to be the same as the RPS Level 3 scram Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.1.1), since isolation of these valves is not critical to orderly plant shutdown.7.b. Drvwell Pressure -Hiah High drywell pressure can indicate a break in the RCPB inside the primary containment.

The isolation of some of the primary containment isolation valves on high drywell pressure supports actions to ensure that offsite and control room dose regulatory limits are not exceeded.

The Drywell Pressure -High Function, associated with isolation of the primary containment, is implicitly assumed in the FSAR accident analysis as these leakage paths are assumed to be isolated post LOCA.High drywell pressure signals are initiated from pressure transmitters that sense the pressure in the drywell. Two channels of Drywell Pressure -High per Function are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can initiate an inadvertent actuation.

The isolation function is ensured by the manual shear valve in each penetration.

The Allowable Value was selected to be the same as the ECCS Drywell Pressure -High Allowable Value (LCO 3.3.5.1), since this may be indicative of a LOCA inside primary containment.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-171 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows penetration flow path(s) to be unisolated intermittently under administrative controls.These controls consist of stationing a dedicated operator at the controls of the valve, who is in continuous communication with the control room.In this way, the penetration can be rapidly isolated when a need for primary containment isolation is indicated.

Note 2 has been provided to modify the ACTIONS related to primary containment isolation instrumentation channels.

Section 1.3, Completion Times, specifies that once a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into the Condition.

Section 1.3 also specifies that Required Actions of the Condition continue to apply for each additional failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.

However, the Required Actions for inoperable primary containment isolation instrumentation channels provide appropriate compensatory measures for separate inoperable channels.

As such, a Note has been provided that allows separate Condition entry for each inoperable primary containment isolation instrumentation channel.A. 1 Because of the diversity of sensors available to provide isolation signals and the redundancy of the isolation design, an allowable out of service time of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> for Functions 2.a, 2.d, 6.b, 7.a, and 7.b and 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> for Functions other than Functions 2.a, 2.d, 6.b, 7.a, and 7.b has been shown to be acceptable (Refs. 5 and 6) to permit restoration of any inoperable channel to OPERABLE status. This out of service time is only acceptable provided the associated Function is still maintaining isolation capability (refer to Required Action B.1 Bases). If the inoperable channel cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the allowable out of service time, the channel must be placed in the tripped condition per Required Action A.1. Placing the inoperable channel in trip would conservatively compensate for the inoperability, restore capability to accommodate a single failure, and allow operation to continue with no further restrictions.

Alternately, if it is not desired to place the channel in trip (e.g., as in the case where placing the inoperable channel in trip would result in an isolation), Condition C must be entered and its Required Action taken.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-172 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES ACTIONS B.1 and B.2 (continued)

Required Action B.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within the same Function result in redundant automatic isolation capability being lost for the associated penetration flow path(s). The MSL Isolation Functions are considered to be maintaining isolation capability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip, such that both trip systems will generate a trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal. The other isolation functions are considered to be maintaining isolation capability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip, such that one trip system will generate a trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal. This ensures that one of the two PCIVs in the associated penetration flow path can receive an isolation signal from the given Function.

For Functions 1.a,l.b, 1d, and 1.e, this would require both trip systems to have one channel OPERABLE or in trip. For Function 1 .c, this would require both trip systems to have one channel, associated with each MSL, OPERABLE or in trip. Therefore, this would require both trip systems to have one channel per location OPERABLE or in trip. For Functions 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, 3.b, 3.c, 3.d, 4.b, 4.c, 4.d, 5.f, and 6.b, this would require one trip system to have two channels, each OPERABLE or in trip. For Functions 2.e, 3.a, 3.e, 3.f, 3.g, 4.a, 4.e, 4.f, 4.g, 5.a, 5.b, 5.c, 5.d, 5.e, 5.g, and 6.a, this would require one trip system to have one channel OPERABLE or in trip. The Condition does not include the Manual Initiation Functions (Functions 1.f, 2.f, 3.h, 4.h, 5.h, and 6.c), since they are not assumed in any accident or transient analysis.

Thus, a total loss of manual initiation capability for 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> (as allowed by Required Action A. 1) is allowed.The Completion Time is intended to allow the operator time to evaluate and repair any discovered inoperabilities.

The 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing time for restoration or tripping of channels.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-173 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES ACTIONS C.1 (continued)

Required Action C.1 directs entry into the appropriate Condition referenced in Table 3.3.6.1-1.

The applicable Condition specified in Table 3.3.6.1-1 is Function and MODE or other specified condition dependent and may change as the Required Action of a previous Condition is completed.

Each time an inoperable channel has not met any Required Action of Condition A or B and the associated Completion Time has expired, Condition C will be entered for that channel and provides for transfer to the appropriate subsequent Condition.

D. 1, D.2.1, and D.2.2 If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be. placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply.This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and in MODE 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Actions D.2.1 and D.2.2).Alternately, the associated MSLs may be isolated (Required Action D.1), and, if allowed (i.e., plant safety analysis allows operation with an MSL isolated), operation with that MSL isolated may continue.

Isolating the affected MSL accomplishes the safety function of the inoperable channel. The Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.E.1 If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply.This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 2 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-174 Revision I PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES ACTIONS F.1 (continued)

If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, plant operations may continue if the affected penetration flow path(s) is isolated.

Isolating the affected penetration flow path(s) accomplishes the safety function of the inoperable channels.If it is not desired to isolate the affected penetration flow path(s) (e.g., as in the case where isolating the penetration flow path(s) could result in a reactor scram), Condition H must be entered and its Required Actions taken.The 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing sufficient time for plant operations personnel to isolate the affected penetration flow path(s).G.1 If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, plant operations may continue if the affected penetration flow, path(s) is isolated.

Isolating the affected penetration flow path(s) accomplishes the safety function of the inoperable channels.

The 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> Completion Time is acceptable due to the fact that these Functions are either not assumed in any accident or transient analysis in the FSAR (Manual Initiation) or, in the case of the TIP System isolation, the TIP System penetration is a small bore (0.280 inch), its isolation in a design basis event (with loss of offsite power)would be via the manually operated shear valves, and the ability to manually isolate by either the normal isolation valve or the shear valve is unaffected by the inoperable instrumentation.

It should be noted, however, that the TIP System is powered from an auxiliary instrumentation bus which has an uninterruptible power supply and hence, the TIP drive mechanisms and ball valve control will still function in the event of a loss of offsite power. Alternately, if it is not desired to isolate the affected penetration flow path(s) (e.g., as in the case where isolating the penetration flow path(s) could result in a reactor scram), Condition H must be entered and its Required Actions taken.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-175 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES ACTIONS H.1 and H.2 (continued)

If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, or any Required Action of Condition F or G is not met and the associated Completion Time has expired, the plant must be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply. This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and in MODE 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.1.1 and 1.2 If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, the associated SLC subsystem(s) is declared inoperable or the RWCU System is isolated.

Since this Function is required to ensure that the SLC System performs its intended function, sufficient remedial measures are provided by declaring the associated SLC subsystems inoperable or isolating the RWCU System.The 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Completion Time is acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing sufficient time for personnel to isolate the RWCU System.J.1 and J.2 If the channel is not restored to OPERABLE status or placed in trip within the allowed Completion Time, the associated penetration flow path should be closed. However, if the shutdown cooling function is needed to provide core cooling, these Required Actions allow the penetration flow path to remain unisolated provided action is immediately initiated to restore the channel to OPERABLE status or to isolate the RHR Shutdown Cooling System (i.e., provide alternate decay heat removal capabilities so the penetration flow path can be isolated).

Actions must continue until the channel is restored to OPERABLE status or the RHR Shutdown Cooling System is isolated.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-176 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE As noted at the beginning of the SRs, the SRs for each Primary REQUIREMENTS Containment Isolation instrumentation Function are found in the SRs column of Table 3.3.6.1-1.

The Surveillances are modified by a Note to indicate that when a channel is placed in an inoperable status solely for performance of required Surveillances, entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions may be delayed for up to 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> provided the associated Function maintains trip capability.

Upon completion of the Surveillance, or expiration of the 6 hour6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> allowance, the channel must be returned to OPERABLE status or the applicable Condition entered and Required Actions taken. This Note is based on the reliability analysis (Refs. 5 and 6) assumption of the average time required to perform channel surveillance.

That analysis demonstrated that the 6 hour6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> testing allowance does not significantly reduce the probability that the PCIVs will isolate the penetration flow path(s) when necessary.

SR 3.3.6.1.1 Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK once every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> ensures that a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.

A CHANNEL CHECK is normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to a similar parameter on other channels.

It is based on the assumption that instrument channels monitoring the same parameter should read approximately the same value. Significant deviations between the instrument channels could be an indication of excessive instrument drift in one of the channels or of something even more serious. A CHANNEL CHECK will detect gross channel failure; thus, it is key to verifying the instrumentation continues to operate properly between each CHANNEL CALIBRATION.

Agreement criteria which are determined by the plant staff based on an investigation of a combination of the channel instrument uncertainties, may be used to support this parameter comparison and include indication and readability.

If a channel is outside the criteria, it may be an indication that the instrument has drifted outside its limit, and does not necessarily indicate the channel is Inoperable.

The Frequency is based on operating experience that demonstrates channel failure is rare. The CHANNEL CHECK supplements less formal checks of channels during normal operational use of the displays associated with the channels required by the LCO.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-177 Revision 1 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.6.1.2 REQUIREMENTS (continued)

A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.The 92 day Frequency of SR 3.3.6.1.2 is based on the reliability analysis described in References 5 and 6.This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 provides a general exception to the definition of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. This exception is necessary because the design of instrumentation does not facilitate functional testing of all required contacts of the relays which input into the combinational logic. (Reference

11) Performance of such a test could result in a plant transient or place the plant in an undo risk situation.

Therefore, for this SR, the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST verifies acceptable response by verifying the change of state of the relay which inputs into the combinational logic. The required contacts not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST are tested under the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, SR 3.3.6.1.5.

This is acceptable because operating experience shows that the contacts not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST normally pass the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, and the testing methodology minimizes the risk of unplanned transients.

Note 2 provides a second specific exception to the definition of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. For Functions 2.e, 3.a, and 4.a, certain channel relays are not included in the performance of the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. These exceptions are necessary because the circuit design does not facilitate functional testing of the entire channel through to the coil of the relay which enters the combinational logic. (Reference

11) Specifically, testing of all required relays would require rendering the affected system (i.e., HPCI or RCIC)inoperable, or require lifting of leads and inserting test equipment which could lead to unplanned transients.

Therefore, for these circuits, the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST verifies acceptable response by verifying the actuation of circuit devices up to the point where further testing could result in an unplanned transient. (References 10 and 12)The required relays not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST are tested under the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, SR 3.3.6.1.5.

This exception (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-178 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SURVEQIRENEN SR 3.3.6.1.2 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS is acceptable because operating experience shows that the devices not tested during the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST normally pass the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, and the testing methodology minimizes the risk of unplanned transients.

SR 3.3.6.1.3 and SR 3.3.6.1.4 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION verifies that the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary range and accuracy.CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant specific setpoint methodology.

The Frequency of SR 3.3.6.1.3 is based on the assumption of a 92 day calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.

The Frequency of SR 3.3.6.1.4 is based on the assumption of an 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.It should be noted that some of the primary containment High Drywell pressure instruments, although only required to be calibrated on a 24 month Frequency, are calibrated quarterly based on other TS requirements.

SR 3.3.6.1.5 The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates the OPERABILITY of the required isolation logic for a specific.channel.

The system functional testing performed on PCIVs in LCO 3.6.1.3 overlaps this Surveillance to provide complete testing of the assumed safety function.

The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform portions of this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power. Operating experience has shown these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-179 Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.6.1.6 REQUIREMENTS (continued)

This SR ensures that the individual channel response times are less than or equal to the maximum values assumed in the accident analysis.Testing is performed only on channels where the guidance given in Reference 9 could not be met, which identified that degradation of response time can usually be detected by other surveillance tests.As stated in Note 1, the response time of the sensors for Functions 1 .b, is excluded from ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME testing.Because the vendor does not provide a design instrument response time, a penalty value to account for the sensor response time is included in determining total channel response time. The penalty value is based on the historical performance of the sensor. (Reference

13) This allowance is supported by Reference 9 which determined that significant degradation of the sensor channel response time can be detected during performance of other Technical Specification SRs and that the sensor response time is a small part of the overall ISOLATION RESPONSE TIME testing.Function 1.a and 1 .c channel sensors and logic components are excluded from response time testing in accordance with the provisions of References 14 and 15.As stated in Note 2, response time testing of isolating relays is not required for Function 5.a. This allowance is supported by Reference 9.These relays isolate their respective isolation valve after a nominal 45 second time delay in the circuitry.

No penalty value is included in the response time calculation of this function.

This is due to the historical response time testing results of relays of the same manufacturer and model number being less than 100 milliseconds, which is well within the expected accuracy of the 45 second time delay relay.ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME acceptance criteria are included in Reference

7. This test may be performed in one measurement, or in overlapping segments, with verification that all components are tested.ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME tests are conducted on an 24 month STAGGERED TEST BASIS. The 24 month Frequency is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle and is based upon plant operating experience that shows that random failures of instrumentation (continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-179a Revision 2 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.6.1.6 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS components causing serious response time degradation, but not channel failure, are infrequent occurrences.

REFERENCES

1. FSAR, Section 6.3.2. FSAR, Chapter 15.3. NEDO-31466, "Technical Specification Screening Criteria Application and Risk Assessment," November 1987.4. FSAR, Section 4.2.3.4.3.
5. NEDC-31677P-A, "Technical Specification Improvement Analysis for BWR Isolation Actuation Instrumentation," July 1990.6. NEDC-30851 P-A Supplement 2, "Technical Specifications Improvement Analysis for BWR Isolation Instrumentation Common to RPS and ECCS Instrumentation," March 1989.7. FSAR, Table 7.3-29.8. Final Policy Statement on Technical Specifications Improvements, July 22, 1993 (58 FR 39132).9. NEDO-32291-A "System Analyses for Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements," October 1995.10. PPL Letter to NRC, PLA-2618, Response to NRC INSPECTION REPORTS 50-387/85-28 AND 50-388/85-23, dated April 22, 1986.11. NRC Inspection and Enforcement Manual, Part 9900: Technical Guidance, Standard Technical Specification Section 1.0 Definitions, Issue date 12/08/86.12. Susquehanna Steam Electric Station NRC REGION I COMBINED INSPECTION 50-387/90-20; 50-388/90-20, File R41-2, dated March 5, 1986.13. NRC Safety Evaluation Report related to Amendment No. 171 for License No. NPF-14 and Amendment No. 144 for License No. NPF-22.14. NEDO 32291-A, Supplement 1, "System Analyses for the Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements," October 1999.(continued)

SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-179b Revision 0 PPL Rev. 5 Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES REFERENCES (continued)

15. NEDO 32291, Supplement 1, Addendum 2, "System Analyses for the Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements," September 5, 2003.SUSQUEHANNA

-UNIT 1 TS / B 3.3-179c Revision 0